Orthodontics

Self Study
Appendix A – N

Accreditation
Site Visit: November 12-14, 2013
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Table of Contents

Title Page i

Table of Contents iii

Table of Appendices iv

General Information Sheet v

Previous Site Visit Recommendations vii

Compliance with Commission Policies viii

Program Effectiveness 1

Standard 1 – Institutional Commitment/Program Effectiveness/Affiliations 3

Standard 2 – Program Director and Teaching Staff 7

Standard 3 – Facilities and Resources 13

Standard 4 – Curriculum and Program Duration 21

Standard 5 – Advanced Education Students/Residents 27

Standard 6 – Research 31

Summary of Self-Study Report 33

A Brilliant Future
- iii -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Table of Appendices

Appendix A-1: UIC College of Dentistry Vision and Mission Statements

Appendix A-2: Program Goals and Objectives
Appendix B: Exhibit 1a – Outcomes Measures and Methods of Assessment
Appendix C: Organization Charts
Appendix D: Board Examination Student Success Rates
Appendix F Exhibit 3.3 – BioSketches of the Program Director and Full Time Faculty
Appendix G: Monthly Attending Staff Schedules
Appendix H: Faculty Evaluation
Appendix I: Course Outlines and Objectives
Appendix J: Description of the Endodontics Program
Appendix K: Student/Resident Evaluation Form
Appendix L: Due Process Policy
Appendix M: Written Material Given to Entering Students
Appendix N: Exhibits
 Exhibit 1 - Affiliations
 Exhibit 2 – Program Director’s Time Commitment
 Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 – Faculty
 Exhibit 4 – Information Regarding Facilities
 Exhibit 5 – Information Regarding Support Staff
 Exhibit 6 – Student/Resident Total Program Time
 Exhibit 7 – Student/Resident Schedules
 Exhibit 8 – Biomedical Sciences Instruction
 Exhibit 11 – Clinical Sciences

A Proud Past
- iv -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

General Information

a. What is the length of the program? 32 months.

b. How many full-time students/residents are currently enrolled in the program per year?
9

c. How many part-time students/residents are currently enrolled in the program per year?
0

d. What is the program’s CODA-authorized base number enrollment?

27

e. The program offers a X certificate degree or both

f. What other programs does the organization sponsor? Indicate whether each program is
accredited. Indicate which programs are accredited by the Commission on Dental
Accreditation.
Endodontics Accredited – CODA
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Accredited – CODA
Pediatric Dentistry Accredited – CODA
Periodontics Accredited – CODA
Prosthodontics Accredited – CODA
Dental Education Accredited – CODA

g. If the program is affiliated with other institutions, provide the full names and addresses
of the institutions, the purposes of the affiliation and the amount of time each
student/resident is assigned to the affiliated institutions.

During the calendar year spanning the end of the first year and beginning of the second year, each
postgraduate orthodontic student observes 3 half days at the Cleft/Craniofacial Clinic, Outpatient
Center of the Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago, 467 West Deming Place, Chicago
IL 60614, under the supervision of Drs. Emily Williams. Dr. Williams is appointed as Clinical Assistant
Professor of Orthodontics at UIC and is boarded both in orthodontics and pediatric dentistry. The
UIC orthodontic postgraduate students participate in the Lurie rotation to gain additional exposure to
management of complex disorders resulting from congenital malformations, trauma, and tumors.

In the calendar year spanning the end of the second year and the beginning of the third year, each
postgraduate orthodontic student observes 3 half days at John H. Stroger Jr. Hospital of Cook
County, 1969 W. Ogden Ave., Chicago IL 60612, under the supervision of Therese Galang, Assistant
Professor in UIC’s Department of Orthodontics. The UIC orthodontic postgrads participate in the
Stroger rotation to see a large number of severe dentofacial deformities and observe their
management by Stroger clinicans.

The official agreements between UIC and these hospitals will be available on site.

A Brilliant Future
- v -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

h. What is the percentage of the students’/residents’ total program time devoted to each
segment of the program?

biomedical sciences 20 %
clinical Sciences 60 %
teaching 5 %
research 15 %
other (specify) 0 %

Total 100

%
For the clinical phases of the program, indicate the number of faculty members specifically
assigned to the advanced education program in each of the following categories and their
educational qualifications:
Total # Board # Educationally # Other**
Number Certified Qualified*
Full-time
6 6 0

Half-time
2 1 1

Less than half-

16 8 8
time
* Individual is eligible but has not applied to the relevant Board for certification.
**Individual is neither a Diplomate nor Candidate for board certification by the relevant certifying Board.

Verify the cumulative full-time equivalent (F.T.E.) for all faculty specifically Cumulative FTE
assigned to this advanced education program.
For example: a program with the following staffing pattern – one full-time
(1.00) + one half-time (0.50) + one two days per week (0.40) + one half-day per
week (0.10) – would have an F.T.E. of 2.00. 9.1

A Proud Past
- vi -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Previous Site Visit Recommendations

Using the program’s previous site visit report, please demonstrate that the recommendations
included in the report have been remedied.

The suggested format for demonstrating compliance is to state the recommendation and then
provide a narrative response and/or reference documentation within the remainder of this self-
study document.

* Please note if the last site visit was conducted prior to the implementation of the revised
Accreditation Standards for Advanced Specialty Education Programs (January 1, 2000), some
recommendations may no longer apply. Should further guidance be required, please contact
Commission on Dental Accreditation staff.

There were no recommendations in the 2006 site visit report.

A Brilliant Future
- vii -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Compliance with Commission Policies

Identify all changes which have occurred within the program since the program’s previous site
visit, in accordance with the Commission’s policy on Reporting Program Changes in Accredited
Programs.

Not applicable.

Provide documentation and/or indicate what evidence will be available during the site visit to
demonstrate compliance with the Commission’s policy on “Third Party Comments.”

Third party comments were solicited from students and patients via e-mail messages and posted
notices. College administrators posts notice and inform third parties.

Provide documentation and/or indicate what evidence will be available during the site visit to
demonstrate compliance with the Commission’s policy on “Complaints.”

The program is in compliance with the Commission’s “Complaints” policy.

Entering orthodontic postgraduate students are informed on the first day during the first class session
that they may report complaints to CODA. Their signatures on the behavioral expectations form
demonstrates that they have been informed (available on site). The second and third year students
are reminded of that document as they begin the new academic year.

A file of complaints is maintained in the program director’s office.

Provide documentation and/or indicate what evidence will be available during the site visit to
demonstrate compliance with the Commission’s policy on “Distance Education.”

Not applicable.

A Proud Past
- viii -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Program Effectiveness

Program Performance with Respect to Student Achievement:

Provide a detailed analysis explaining how the program uses student achievement measures, such as
national assessment scores, results of licensure or certification examinations and/or employment rates
to assess the program’s overall performance. In your analysis, provide examples of program changes
made based on student achievement data collected and analyzed.

It’s very hard to prepare young people for the future when the world is changing so quickly and the
future is so uncertain. The faculty of the Department of Orthodontics insist that our postgraduate
students understand, in depth, the fundamentals of science and clinical dentistry so that they can
adapt to new knowledge and technology easily after graduation. Applicants with an attitude of “Don’t
bother me with why -- just tell me how to do it” don’t make it onto our Match list. At UIC we
emphasize problem solving and timely completion of assigned tasks rather than memorization of facts.

The admissions process for the orthodontic specialty is becoming more complicated because the
National Board of Dental Examiners recently moved to releases only pass/fail scores and many dental
schools have pass/fail curricula. Most letters of recommendation are not informative and don’t truly
evaluate the academic qualifications and accomplishments of applicants. Consequently, orthodontic
specialty program directors are faced with selecting candidates for interviews without having enough
quantitative measures of academic success. A strong track record of academic achievement,
extracurricular activities with demonstration of leadership, documented insight and problem solving, and
ethical behavior is the package that the best predictor of future success. GRE scores are not enough,
but are being used widely at the present time, including at UIC, for screening of applications now that
National Board scores are not available.

At UIC we are participating in an IRB-approved multicenter study of possible predictors of success in

orthodontic programs. Three successive classes of new UIC orthodontic postgrads are taking three
examinations (dental knowledge, psychological traits, and spatial testing) to provide data that will be
compared with a test of orthodontic knowledge and performance on a standardized oral final clinical
exam. Such examinations may prove to be helpful in orthodontic admissions and in assessing
outcomes.
There’s an interesting article by Nasca et al. in the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM 366:1051-
1056, 2012) about evaluating levels of performance in the medical accreditation system. In Table 1,
five levels of performance are described for four milestones, namely professionalism, interpersonal and
communication skills, practice-based learning and improvement, and systems-based practice. We’re
grappling with how to evaluate those milestones as the students pass through our program.

An outside consultant (Dr. Sunil Kapila, chair and program director, Department of Orthodontics,
University of Michigan) evaluated UIC’s orthodontic specialty program in 2010. He made suggestions
that mirrored our conclusions about modifying our courses to match the changes we made during the
complete renovation of UIC’s Department of Orthodontics.

It’s important to note that all of our students take the written Phase II examination of the American
Board of Orthodontics (ABO) even though it’s not a requirement of the program. Board certification is
an aspiration and is not a qualification needed for licensure. The Board has changed the reporting of
scores so that the program directors now receive data for the different parts of the examination.

A Brilliant Future
- 1 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

That’s helpful in modifying courses and clinical exercises. Seven of the nine graduates in the class of
2012 have already become diplomates of the ABO by passing the clinical Phase III examination.

What’s different about UIC at this accreditation time point? We have a new modern clinic, digital
records/casts/radiographs, courses on Blackboard, and a full complement of clinical faculty. There
were some years during the construction projects and facing the tough economy that the faculty had
to work very hard to keep the quality of the program at a high level and those times were difficult
for our students. Even during those year, it’s clear that we delivered a good product by all outcomes
measures. Feedback from the senior doctors who hired them is uniformly positive. With the good
facility and our students’ confidence in the ability of patients to afford orthodontic treatment, we can
feel the magic in our clinic. This is the place they want to be!

A Proud Past
- 2 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

STANDARD 1 – Institutional Commitment/Program Effectiveness

1. Has the program developed clearly stated goals and objectives appropriate to
advanced specialty education, addressing education, patient care, research and YES
service? (1)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix A-1: UIC Campus Vision Statement
Appendix A-2: UIC Department of Orthodontics Mission, Goals and Objectives

On Site
UIC College of Dentistry Strategic Plan: Beyond 2010

2. Are planning for, evaluation of and improvement of educational quality for the
program broad-based, systematic, continuous and designed to promote achievement YES
of program goals related to education, patient care, research and service? (1)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix A-2: Department of Orthodontics Mission, Goals and Objectives

On Site
Minutes of clinic management meetings
Minutes of department meetings
Minutes of department advisory committee meetings
Minutes of faculty meetings
Minutes of mentor meetings

3. Does the program document its effectiveness using a formal and ongoing outcomes
assessment process to include measures of advanced education student/resident YES
achievement? (1)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix B: The Program’s Outcomes Assessment Plan, Measurements and Results.
Appendix D: Board Examination Student Success Rates, Last Seven Years

On Site
Results of Final Clinical Examinations

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 1

- 3 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

4. Are the financial resources sufficient to support the program’s stated goals and
YES
objectives? (1)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
The department budget showing relative proportion of the sources and the use of funds (i.e., state
appropriations, clinic revenue, donations, grants)

5. Does the sponsoring institution ensure that support from entities outside of the
institution does not compromise the teaching, clinical and research components of YES
the program? (1)

Fundraising is managed by the College’s Office of Advancement and Alumni Affairs, which operates under
the policies and procedures of the University of Illinois Foundation. The Foundation documents protect the
integrity of the program and the professional options of the students and/or graduates. University policies
regarding admissions and research integrity are very well defined and aggressively upheld.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
University of Illinois Foundation policy and procedures documents
College of Dentistry Conflict of Interest Policy
Sample brochures, newsletters and letters used to attract donations

6. Is the advanced specialty education program sponsored by an institution, which is

properly chartered, and licensed to operate and offers instruction leading to degrees, YES
diplomas or certificates with recognized education validity? (1)

The University of Illinois was founded in 1867. The University consists of three campuses: Urbana-
Champaign (UIUC), Chicago (UIC), and Springfield (UIS). State-supported institutions of higher learning
in the State of Illinois are governed by the Illinois Board of Higher Education (IBHE), which oversees
academic programs, budget appropriations, and other matters pertaining to higher education in Illinois.

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix C: Organization chart for the University of Illinois Chicago Campus
Appendix C: Organization chart for UIC’s College of Dentistry

On Site
Organization chart for the Illinois Board of Higher Education
Organization chart for the University of Illinois

7. If a hospital is the sponsor, is the hospital accredited by an accreditation

NA
organization recognized by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid (CMS)? (1)

STANDARD 1 A Proud Past

- 4 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

8. If an educational institution is the sponsor, is the educational institution Accredited

YES
by an agency recognized by the United States Department of Education? (1)

The University of Illinois at Chicago is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools, which is an accrediting body recognized by the United States Department of Education.
The University received its original accreditation in 1970 and its status was last confirmed by the
Higher Learning Commission on October 23, 2007. The status is confirmed upon the University until
its next review, which is scheduled in 2017.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
UIC Accreditation Certificate

9. If applicable, do the bylaws, rules and regulations of the hospital that sponsors or
provides a substantial portion of the advanced specialty education program ensure
that dentists are eligible for medical staff membership and privileges including the NA
right to vote, hold office, serve on medical staff committees and admit, manage and
discharge patients? (1)

10. Does the authority and final responsibility for curriculum development and
approval, student/resident selection, faculty selection and administrative matters YES
rest within the sponsoring institution? (1)

11. Is the position of the program in the administrative structure consistent with that of
YES
other parallel programs within the institution? (1)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix C: Organization chart for UIC’s College of Dentistry

12. Does the program director have the authority, responsibility and privileges
YES
necessary to manage the program? (1)

The program director, Dr. Carla Evans, also holds the position of Head of the Department. Her
authority, responsibilities, and privileges are comparable to other program administrators at the UIC
College of Dentistry.

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix F: Biosketch of Carla A. Evans
Appendix C: Organization chart for UIC’s College of Dentistry.

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 1

- 5 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Affiliations
(If the program is not affiliated with other institutions, please skip to Standard 2.)

13. Does the primary sponsor of the educational program accept full responsibility for
YES
the quality of education provided in all affiliated institutions? (1)

14. Is documentary evidence of agreements, approved by the sponsoring and relevant

YES
affiliated institutions, available? (1)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Agreement with Northwestern/Lurie Children’s Hospital
Agreement with Stroger (Cook County) Hospital

15. Are the following items covered in such inter-institutional agreements:

a) Designation of a single program director? YES

b) The teaching staff YES
c) The educational objectives of the program?? YES
d) The period of assignment of students/residents? And YES
e) Each institution's financial commitment? (1) YES

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Agreement with Northwestern/Lurie Children’s Hospital
Agreement with Stroger (Cook County) Hospital

STANDARD 1 A Proud Past

- 6 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

STANDARD 2 - Program Director and Teaching Staff

16. Is the program administered by a director who is board certified in the respective
specialty of the program, or if appointed after January 1, 1997, has previously served YES
as a program director? (2)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix F: Biosketch of Program Director, Carla A. Evans

On Site
Full Curriculum Vitae of Program Director, Carla A. Evans
Letter from American Board of Orthodontics verifying Diplomate status of Program Director
Program Director’s ABO certificate

17. Is the program director appointed to the sponsoring institution and have sufficient
authority and time to achieve the educational goals of the program and assess the YES
program’s effectiveness in meeting its goals? (2)

18. Is the program directed by one individual? (2-1) YES

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Program director’s notice of appointment

19. Is there evidence that sufficient time is devoted to the program by the director so
YES
that the educational and administrative responsibilities can be met? (2-2)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix G: Weekly schedule of Carla Evans

20. Is a majority of the specialty instruction and supervision conducted by individuals

YES
who are educationally qualified in orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics? (2-3)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix F: Biosketches of Teaching Faculty

On Site
Full CVs of Teaching Faculty

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 2

- 7 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

21. Besides maintaining clinical skills, does the director have teaching experience in
YES
orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics? (2-4)

The Program Director, Dr. Carla Evans, has been a full-time faculty member of an orthodontic
department beginning in 1975 at the Harvard School of Dental Medicine. She served as Program
Director and Acting Head of the Department at Harvard from 1989 to 1993. In 1994, she was
appointed Program Director and Department Head at the University of Illinois at Chicago. She has
taught orthodontics and topics in oral biology to predoctoral dental students, dental specialty students
in all fields, graduate students in oral sciences, continuing education students, and plastic surgeons.

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix F: Biosketch of Program Director, Carla A. Evans

On Site
Full Curriculum Vitae of Program Director, Carla A. Evans

22. For all appointments after July 1, 2009, has the director had teaching experience in
NA
an academic orthodontic departmental setting for a minimum of two (2) years? (2-4)

23. Are periodic faculty meetings held for the proper function and improvement of an
advanced specialty education program in orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics? YES
(2-5)

The entire contingent of full-time and part-time orthodontic faculty members meets formally at least
once each year on a weekend day to discuss departmental goals, objectives and policies; student
progress, clinic management, faculty issues, special events; and department finances and fundraising
efforts. Other types of faculty meetings are also held, including meetings of the elected advisory
committee, special issue groups assembled on an ad hoc basis, monthly clinic management meetings
held with the postgraduate students and staff, and daily informal meetings as the orthodontic faculty
eat lunch together. Most new problems are resolved within hours of their identification.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Minutes of department faculty meetings
Minutes of department advisory committee

24. Does the faculty have knowledge of the required biomedical sciences relating to
YES
orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics? (2-6)

The teaching staff is adequate for the didactic, laboratory and clinical needs of the Department of
Orthodontics teaching programs. Often expert guest lecturers are invited to supplement the education
provided by the UIC teachers.

STANDARD 2 A Proud Past

- 8 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix G: Monthly Attending Staff Schedules
Appendix F: Biosketches of the Program Director and All FTE Teaching Faculty

On Site
Faculty involvement in teaching, research, and service as documented in the Department Annual
Reports and weekly schedules.

25. Are clinical instruction and supervision in orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics
provided by individuals who have completed an advanced specialty education
program in orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics approved by the Commission YES
on Dental Accreditation (grandfathered), or by individuals who have equivalent
education in orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics? (2-6)

Faculty needs are identified on the basis of faculty surveys, suggestions from faculty, residents and
alumni, and review of changes in the field of orthodontics. New faculty members are selected
carefully not only for their skills in orthodontics, but also for desired personality traits and their
interest in education. All clinical faculty are informed by the Program Director of expectations
regarding their responsibilities in the clinic, reminded immediately if they do not meet expectations,
and released if continued deficiencies are noted. Faculty members are expected to maintain their
knowledge and skills at the forefront of orthodontics as a discipline.

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix F: Biosketches of the Program Director and All FTE Teaching Faculty

26. In addition to regular teaching responsibilities with the department, do full-time

YES
faculty have adequate time for their own professional development? (2-7)

Each day the entire clinical department meets for seminar (ORTD595) from 8:30am to 9:30am to learn
something new. The topic of the seminar may be a case discussion, a journal article, a resident
presentation, a guest lecturer, clinic issues, or other topics, but always something different and of
interest to the entire group. Continuing education credits are available to faculty who attend the
morning seminar or selected seminars in the College of Dentistry. In addition, the orthodontic clinic is
closed on the four days each year that the Illinois Society of Orthodontists schedules all-day guest
lecturers; all residents and faculty are expected to attend. Full-time faculty are also released from
duties for a reasonable number of days each year (roughly one day each week) for private practice,
consulting or to attend professional meetings and courses. Faculty development issues are discussed
at faculty meetings and during the formal faculty evaluation process.

Tenure track Assistant Professors Therese Galang and Phimon Atsawasuwan have attended Academy
of Academic Leadership courses. Therese Galang attended the University of Washington Summer
Research Institute. Phimon Atsawasuwan received a teaching fellowship from the American Association
of Orthodontists Foundation and is finishing year two of a three-year College of Dentistry research
start-up package. Budi Kusnoto is a tenured Associate Professor and on June 30, 2013, completed a
6 month sabbatical focused on radiation algorithms at the University of Chicago and Argonne National
Laboratory.

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 2

- 9 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Department Reports documenting grants, publications, other scholarly activities
Weekly schedules of full-time faculty
Faculty effort reports
Faculty annual evaluation forms with documentation of CE activities

27. Are the number and time commitment of faculty sufficient to provide full
YES
supervision of the clinical portion of the program? (2-8)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix G: Monthly Attending Staff Schedules

28. Are faculty evaluations conducted and documented at least annually? (2-9) YES

Clinical faculty performance is monitored continually and observations of the Program Director (Carla
Evans) and Clinic Director (Budi Kusnoto) are delivered informally as needed to maintain a high level
of performance. Faculty are informed of student concerns or suggestions as soon as an issue is
noted by the Program Director or reported by a student or staff member.

Formal reviews are also conducted utilizing survey forms filled out by:
a) students once each year (or at the end of a course)
b) faculty peers once each five year period or as required for promotion and tenure reasons
c) themselves (self-evaluation) once each year

Students review faculty efforts in writing at the end of the academic year in late April, Faculty
members review themselves in writing annually as part of the annual reporting mechanisms. In June,
all faculty members meet individually with Dr. Evans to discuss information supplied on their annual
report forms, the results of student and peer evaluations, and changes planned for the coming year.
Documentation of evaluations is maintained in the program director’s office.

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix H: Sample faculty evaluation forms

On Site
Evaluation forms completed by students and faculty

STANDARD 2 A Proud Past

- 10 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

29. Is there evidence of an ongoing systematic procedure to evaluate the quality of

YES
treatment provided in the program? (2-10)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Progress records in axiUm, Dolphin, Orthocad
Treatment seminars as shown on weekly schedules
Custom treatment planning software (TxWiz) requiring degree of difficulty scores and final ABO scores.

30. Do the program director and faculty prepare students/residents to pursue

YES
certification by the American Board of Orthodontics? (2-11)

The Midwest ABO Director visits the department.

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix D: Table showing success on board examinations

On Site
Class schedules showing training in ABO procedures
Results of ABO Phase II examinations

31. Does the program director document the number of graduates who become certified
YES
by the American Board of Orthodontics? (2-11.a)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix D: Table showing success on board examinations

Is there evidence of an ongoing faculty development process? (2-12) YES

All faculty describe their plans for development on the annual faculty evaluation form. The plans are
then discussed at the annual meeting with the program director. Participation in development activities
is expected.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Annual faculty evaluation forms

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 2

- 11 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

STANDARD 3 – Facilities and Resources

32. Are institutional facilities and resources adequate to provide the educational
experiences and opportunities required to fulfill the needs of the educational
YES
program as specified in the Accreditation Standards for Advanced Specialty
Education Programs? (3)

Institutional support of the teaching program provides for basic science, staffing and supplies. The
College of Dentistry assists departmental efforts to secure necessary outside funding for equipment
and renovation from other sources. The central university’s performance related to maintaining and
repairing the building varies. The 27 chair orthodontic clinic is now about three years old and hasn’t
needed much renovation yet. The university’s administrative services related to admissions, finances
and student matters are adequate. The department staff and faculty also help in acquiring adequate
resources. Available as an incentive production program based on fees collected from patient starts
which provides monetary rewards to the students. The availability of monetary rewards enhances the
ability of the students to focus on their studies. This financial program is available to the American
students and students having F-1 visas, but not to the International students whose studies are paid
by their governments.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Department floor plans
Department budgets

33. Are equipment and supplies for use in managing medical emergencies readily
YES
accessible and functional? (3)

All clinically active personnel in the department are CPR certified. Emergency telephone numbers are
posted by the clinic telephones and a campus emergency telephone is located in the hallway just
outside the clinic. Emergency medications and equipment as well as a defibrillator are located next
door in the oral surgery clinic. A “Crash Cart” is readily available. The clinic director monitors that
the protocols for emergencies are followed. Training is provided for Code Blue procedures for the
College of Dentistry

Orthodontic clinic manuals and College of Dentistry manuals are available online at any computer and
parts are distributed to orthodontic specialty residents and faculty. The dental assistants, orthodontic
faculty, clinic director and program director all monitor compliance with verbal and written suggestions
and warnings. If compliance is not obtained, clinic privileges are withdrawn. The College of Dentistry
also monitors the clinics routinely.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
On line emergency instructions

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 3

- 13 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

34. Does the program document its compliance with the institution’s policy and
applicable regulations of local, state and federal agencies, including but not limited
YES
to radiation hygiene and protection, ionizing radiation, hazardous materials, and
bloodborne and infectious diseases? (3)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Lists of students, staff, and faculty who completed courses in CPR, OSHA, and HIPAA
Online Clinic Manual
Infection Control Manual
UIC Orthodontic Clinic Manual
COD Intranet: UIC’s policies on radiation hygiene, hazardous materials, bloodborne and infectious
diseases, and immunizations

35. Are the above policies provided to all students/residents, faculty and appropriate
YES
support staff and continuously monitored for compliance? (3)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Clinic Manual
College of Dentistry Intranet

36. Are policies on bloodborne and infectious diseases made available to applicants for
YES
admission and patients? (3)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Clinic Manual
College of Dentistry Intranet
Memos from the Office of the Director of Clinics

37. Are students/residents, faculty and appropriate support staff encouraged to be

immunized against and/or tested for infectious diseases, such as mumps, measles,
YES
rubella and hepatitis B, prior to contact with patients and/or infectious objects or
materials, in an effort to minimize the risk to patients and dental personnel? (3)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Infection Control Manual
Medical form for admission to the orthodontic specialty program

STANDARD 3 A Proud Past

- 14 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

38. Are all students/residents, faculty and support staff involved in the direct provision
of patient care continuously recognized/certified in basic life support procedures, YES
including cardiopulmonary resuscitation? (3)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
CPR certification lists held in department files and by College of Dentistry

39. Are private office facilities used as a means of providing clinical experiences in
NO
advanced specialty education? (3)*

40. Is adequate space designated specifically for the advanced specialty education
YES
program in orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics? (3-1)

The our clinic is located in Room 131 of the College of Dentistry. No other department uses this space.

The postgraduate clinic is open 5 full days per week (Monday through Friday). There are 27 chairs
with each student being assigned a chair for each year while in the orthodontic specialty program.
The orthodontic curriculum is set up on a schedule of “A” week and “B” week so that there are two
of the three classes of specialty students in the clinic at any one time. This allows for seven empty
chairs for emergencies, unscheduled visits, predoctoral patients and retention checks. Moreover, with
blocks in the online appointment book, the students learn to schedule their patients for efficient time
utilization. When not assigned to the clinic, the students do research, take other classes, discuss
patients with instructors, have tutorial sessions, or do treatment planning or lab work.

The clinic has a modern open design that provides each student with their assigned patient treatment unit.
This open concept facilitates the educational process of demonstration by instructors by allowing the
student to watch the procedures and progress of patients treated in adjacent units as well as her/his own
patients. It is for this reason that the unit assignments are set up so that all of the first year
student/residents are in the center aisle of the clinic with an adjacent second and third year student.

Each unit has its own computer which has web access and provides for a completely paperless
practice since all of the records (Dolphin® and Orthocad®) are digital and connected to the College
of Dentistry’s axiUm computer program. Also, each unit has locked cabinets for the student’s patient
treatment instruments, camera, alginate mixing bowls and other accessories. A separate sterilization
room attached to the clinic has assigned drawers and cabinet space for the students’ sterilized
instruments. Each student also has a computer on her/his assigned desk in the second floor
computer lab.

Areas outside of the clinic are available for patient/parent consultation and education.

Documentary Evidence:
On Site
Department floor plans

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 3

- 15 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

41. Do facilities permit the students/residents to work effectively with trained allied
YES
dental personnel? (3-2)

The orthodontic clinic has 4 full-time dental assistants to help students at the chair, provide
sterilization of the instruments and equipment, take care of all of the ordering and maintain a
computer database of all the products and inventory of the supplies and, if bilingual, provide Spanish
translation for the Spanish speaking parents and patients. In addition, there are 2 full-time orthodontic
business office staff members to help the students with business aspects such as appointments,
insurance, verifying status of patients with state aid agencies, and referral to other departments along
with Spanish translation when required. All of the auxiliaries also participate in instruction of the
students along with transmitting up-to-date information about technology and supplies to the students.
Preparation of patient information to be sent electronically for public aid approval is done by another
staff member.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Staff work schedules
Department staff roster

42. Are radiographic, biometric and data collecting facilities readily available to
YES
document both clinical and research data? (3-3)

Networked computers and connections to patient records are available at all computers including the
assigned computers in the second floor lab. In this lab, every student has his/her own assigned
desk, computer, locker and storage drawers. Scanners are available in the second floor lab, as well as
CAD/CAM® (Computer Aided Design/Computer Aided Manufacturing) and Webcam® capabilities for
instruction both internally and with outside sources and software for 2D and 3D analysis.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Department second floor plan
Computer and imaging manuals

43. Is imaging equipment available? (3-3) YES

All orthodontic students purchase clinical cameras for facial and intraoral photographs. The College
of Dentistry’s radiographic facilities nearby on the first floor are used to obtain panoramic, periapical,
occlusal, lateral jaw and cephalometric radiographs, and cone beam computed tomography (CBCT)
images. MRI and CT scans are available in the University of Illinois Medical Center Hospital. No
radiographic equipment is present in the Department of Orthodontics.

STANDARD 3 A Proud Past

- 16 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Patient records
Photographic Imaging Manuals
Cone Beam CT Manual

44. Do students/residents in the orthodontic program have access to adequate space,

YES
equipment, and physical facilities to do research? (3-4))

Funded department basic science faculty (e.g. Diekwisch, Luan, Atsawasuwan) have well-equipped
laboratories. At the present time Drs. Galang and Silberstein also have research grants and work with
postgrad students. The department has other general purpose laboratories on the second floor with
modern computing facilities and bench space. Research mentors in the College of Dentistry and other
colleges on the UIC campus likewise provide research facilities to our students as necessary. Another
very important place with excellent facilities and exceptional research mentors are the American Dental
Association Laboratories located in downtown Chicago.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Specific information about laboratory resources and visual inspection

45. Are adequate secretarial, clerical, dental auxiliary and technical personnel provided
YES
to enable students/residents to achieve the educational goals of the program? (3-5)

The department office has a business manager and a part-time student worker in the fall and spring
semesters. Specifically, the list of orthodontic staff includes:
 Business manager/administrative assistant - one
 Secretaries/clerks - two
 Student worker (part-time in fall and spring) - one
 Dental assistants - four
 Dental hygienist supervisor – one (unfilled position)
 Information technology specialist - one

In addition to the staff in the department, the College of Dentistry has an IT Department which assists
the orthodontic department.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Department staff roster

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 3

- 17 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

46. Are clinical facilities provided within the sponsoring or affiliated institution to
YES
fulfill the educational needs of the program? (3-6)

In addition to the Orthodontic Clinic (Room 131), the College of Dentistry has well-equipped clinics for
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Periodontics, Pediatric Dentistry, Endodontics, Prosthodontics/Restorative
Dentistry, Implants, Oral Radiology, and predoctoral dentistry.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
An on site tour will be available.

47. Is sufficient space provided for storage of patient records, models and other related
YES
diagnostic materials? (3-7)

There is a room next to the sterilization room and the clinic for patient photography.

Patient records are stored digitally following HIPAA requirements on secure servers which are managed
by the IT Department of the College of Dentistry. The computers throughout the department are
networked so that patient records can be viewed from any computer terminal. In addition, the
department has a large storage area in the basement for inactive paper charts and plaster models.

Dr. Budi Kusnoto, Clinic Director, provides crucial in-house expertise needed to integrate the Dolphin
Orthodontic Imaging® program and OrthoCad® software for 3D study models with the College of
Dentistry’s digital patient record program, axiUm dental school software. A Motion View 3D laser
scanner has been installed in the Department for scanning impressions, but is not fully implemented in
the routines of the clinic yet.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Department floor plan

48. Are these records and materials readily available to effectively document active
YES
treatment progress and immediate as well as long term post-treatment results? (3-8)

Digital patient records can be retrieved for viewing and updating at the computer workstation at each
chair in the clinic, at each desk in the second floor lab, and on department computers in the
classrooms and faculty offices. A log of completed inactive patients from the pre-digital era is kept in
the basement storage room. The log, charts and dental study models can be retrieved readily.

Orthodontic students/residents are required to document the treatment and retention changes of, at
least, three patients by comparing full “A,” “B” and “C” records. The write-ups are stored in axiUm
and reviewed and approved by a faculty member.

STANDARD 3 A Proud Past

- 18 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Graduating student withdrawal check sheet
List of files available on computers and in the basement storeroom.

49. Is digital radiography equipment available and accessible to the orthodontic clinic
so that panoramic, cephalometric and other images can be provided for patients? YES
Cone-beam volumetric images are also acceptable (3-9)

Digital radiographs are obtained in the Oral Radiology Clinic on the first floor of the College of
Dentistry. A scanner for digitizing film radiographs is located in the second floor orthodontic
laboratory. Every student has an assigned clinical unit with its own computer and capabilities to
retrieve all of the patient records including radiographs including CBCTs, 2D radiographs, digital
models, photos and patient charts.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Demonstration of imaging capabilities

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 3

- 19 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

STANDARD 4 - Curriculum and Program Duration

50. Is the advanced specialty education program designed to provide special knowledge
and skills beyond the D.D.S. or D.M.D. training and oriented to the accepted
YES
standards of specialty practice as set forth in the Accreditation Standards for
Advanced Specialty Education Programs? (4)

51. Is the level of specialty area instruction in the certificate and degree-granting
NA
programs comparable? (4)

52. Is documentation of all program activities ensured by the program director and
YES
available for review? (4)

53. If the institution/program enrolls part-time students/residents, does the institution

NA
have guidelines regarding enrollment of part-time students/residents? (4)

54. If the institution/program enrolls part-time students/residents, do they start and

complete the program within a single institution, except when the program is NA
discontinued? (4)

55. If the institution/program enrolls students/residents on a part-time basis, does the

director of the accredited program ensure that:
a) The educational experiences, including the clinical experiences and
NA
responsibilities, are the same as required by full-time students/residents? and
b) There is an equivalent number of months spent in the program? (4) NA

56. Is the advanced specialty education program in orthodontics and dentofacial

orthopedics a minimum of twenty-four (24) months and 3700 scheduled hours in YES
duration? (4-1)

The program is 32 months in duration (August of the first year to May of the third year). The number
of scheduled hours exceeds 4400. The calculation is based upon six 17 week semesters and two 12
week semesters, 35 hours per week.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Class schedules
Annual reports

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 4

- 21 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

57. Do at least two consecutive years of clinical education take place in a single
educational setting? (4-1)
a) Develop treatment plans and diagnoses based on information about normal and
YES
abnormal growth and development?
b) Use the concepts gained in embryology and genetics in planning treatment? YES
c) Include knowledge of anatomy and histology in planning and carrying out
YES
treatment? and
d) Apply knowledge about the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of pathology of
YES
oral tissues? (4-2)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Final Clinical Examination results
Reports from craniofacial rotations
Grades on ORTD 513 (Craniofacial Growth and Development) oral examination
Grades from OMDS (Oral Pathology) course

58. Is orthodontic treatment evidence-based? (EBD is an approach to oral health care

that requires the judicious integration of systematic assessments of clinically
relevant scientific evidence, relating to the patient’s oral and medical condition and
YES
history, with the dentist’s clinical expertise and the patient’s treatment needs and
preferences.) (Adopted by the American Association of Orthodontists House of
Delegates 05/24/2005) (4-3.1)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix I: Courses

On Site
Entries on Blackboard

STANDARD 4 A Proud Past

- 22 -
 University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

59. Does the advanced specialty education program in orthodontics and dentofacial
orthopedics require extensive and comprehensive clinical experience, which is
YES
representative of the character of orthodontic problems encountered in private
practice? (4-3.2)

The first table summarizes the appliances used by each instructor. The second table shows patient
completion and transfer data. The third table summarizes the clinical experiences of the class finishing
in May, 2013.

Instructor #Percentage
Active 0.018
cases 0.022 Preadjusted Standard Conventional SelfLigating
2.61% 2.61% 2.61%
5.23% 5.23% 5.23%
5.49% 5.49% 5.49%
3.92% 3.92% 3.92%
2.35% 2.35% 2.35%
1.13% 1.13% 1.13%
13.41% 13.41% 13.41%
8.54% 8.54% 8.54%
1.13% 1.13% 1.13%
1.57% 1.57% 1.57%
3.05% 3.05% 3.05%
7.49% 7.49% 7.49%
3.48% 3.48% 3.48%
6.53% 6.53% 6.53%
6.45% 6.45% 6.45%
1.39% 1.39% 1.39%
3.05% 3.05% 3.05%
10.37% 10.37% 10.37%
3.57% 3.57% 3.57%
8.36% 8.36% 8.36%
0.87% 0.87% 0.87%

86.15% 13.85% 93.47% 6.53% 82.49% 17.51%

Student 1 Student 2 Student 3 Student 4 Student 5 Student 6 Student 7 Student 8

Case you start yourself (includes 8 freebies) 51 51 50 48 58 52 50 65 425

Case you start yourself and debond (retained) 44 33 34 21 23 34 35 30 254

Case you start and transferred 5 16 16 23 0 16 15 35 126

Case you get as transferred and debond 16 22 23 5 17 17 29 20 149

Case you get as transferred and still being transferred 0 5 2 1 4 2 4 2 20

Retention active 43 35 38 25 54 39 67 30 331

Phase 1 going to phase 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 0 14

162 164 164 126 158 162 201 182

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 4

- 23 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Student 1 Student 2 Student 3 Student 4 Student 5 Student 6 Student 7 Student 8 Total Average SD
Early/Mixed 2 3 4 2 3 3 3 5 25 3 1
Late mixed 3 5 4 3 2 2 2 4 25 3 1
Permanent 32 57 84 48 75 51 38 71 456 57 18
Extraction 20 28 38 18 32 21 21 39 217 27 8
Non Extraction 18 35 54 35 48 35 22 41 288 36 12
Esthetic tx (Ceramic) 4 5 5 4 3 3 3 5 32 4 1
Functional 8 7 5 5 4 7 4 4 44 6 2
Phase I 5 3 4 5 4 4 5 7 37 5 1
Phase II 3 2 3 3 3 2 4 3 23 3 1
Multi disciplinary 2 4 4 5 3 2 3 3 26 3 1
Orthognathic 7 7 5 4 6 5 5 3 42 5 1
Class I Non Ext 6 16 25 11 23 17 9 29 136 17 8
Class I Ext 6 14 15 10 6 7 11 21 90 11 5
Class II Div 1 Non Ext 6 8 13 7 14 11 4 8 71 9 3
Class II Div 2 Non Ext 2 2 7 3 4 4 1 1 24 3 2
Class II Div 1 Ext 6 8 11 6 10 7 6 5 59 7 2
Class II Div 2 Ext 1 1 1 3 1 0
Class II Surgical 1 1 1 1 4 1 0
Class III Non Ext 5 2 2 8 2 2 3 4 28 4 2
Class III Transverse 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 21 3 1
Class III Surgical 6 7 5 3 6 4 3 3 37 5 2
Class III Extraction 2 4 1 7 2 2 3 21 3 2
Limited 3 3 3 2 4 3 3 4 25 3 1

7.5 12.5 18.2 10.5 15.8 11.1 8.5 15.8 100.0 % Total: 505

Haas 3 2 4 3 2 3 3 2 22 3 1
Hyrax 3 4 4 3 3 5 5 5 32 4 1
Bonded RPE 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 12 2 1
Quadhelix 2 3 2 4 3 4 2 2 22 3 1
TPA 5 3 4 2 3 4 4 25 4 1
Lip bumper 3 1 2 1 1 8 2 1
Tandem 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 0
CHG 3 5 3 4 3 5 6 4 33 4 1
HPHG 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 17 2 1
Protraction ChinCup 1 1 1 1 1 2 7 1 0
Facemask 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 16 2 1
Vertical pull Chincup 2 2 2
Removable functional 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 0
Herbst 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 12 2 0
Pendex 1 2 1 1 1 6 1 0
Distalizer 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 10 1 1
Forsus 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 14 2 1
Nance 2 1 1 4 1 1
Removable Lower Lingual 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 13 2 1
Fixed Lower Lingual 1 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 18 2 1
2x4 auxilliary 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 4 33 4 0
Segmental extraction 3 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 26 3 0
Invisalign 4 4 4 5 3 5 5 7 37 5 1
Other 0
a. Onplant 0
b. Miniscrews 5 3 3 2 4 3 6 3 29 4 1
c. Palatal implant 0
d. Lower HG 0
e. Damon 3 4 2 3 3 3 3 3 24 3 1
f. Schwartz 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 13
g. Lingual 2 2 4 2 0

Total cases: 55 63 49 58 49 61 68 46 449 cases

% 12.2 14.0 10.9 12.9 10.9 13.6 15.1 10.2 100.0 %

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Weekly schedules
Patient records

STANDARD 4 A Proud Past

- 24 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

60. Does experience include treatment of all types of malocclusion, whether in the
YES
permanent or transitional dentitions? (4-3.3)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Patient screening and assignment reports
Similar clinical statistics from 2003-2013

61. Is a graduate of an advanced specialty education program in orthodontics proficient

to:
a) Coordinate and document detailed interdisciplinary treatment plans which may
include care from other providers, such as restorative dentists and oral and YES
maxillofacial surgeons or other dental specialists?
b) Treat and manage developing dentofacial problems which can be minimized by
YES
appropriate timely intervention?
c) Use dentofacial orthopedics in the treatment of patients when appropriate? YES
d) Treat and manage major dentofacial abnormalities and coordinate care with oral
YES
and maxillofacial surgeons and other healthcare providers?
e) Provide all phases of orthodontic treatment including initiation, completion and
YES
retention?
f) Treat patients with at least one contemporary orthodontic technique? YES
g) Manage patients with functional occlusal and temporomandibular disorders? YES
h) Treat or manage the orthodontic aspects of patients with moderate and advanced
YES
periodontal problems?
i) Develop and document treatment plans using sound principles of appliance
YES
design and biomechanics?
j) Obtain and create long term files of quality images of patients using techniques of
photography, radiology and cephalometrics, including computer techniques when YES
appropriate?
k) Use dental materials knowledgeably in the fabrication and placement of fixed and
YES
removable appliances?
l) Develop and maintain a system of long-term treatment records as a foundation for
YES
understanding and planning treatment and retention procedures?
m) Practice orthodontics in full compliance with accepted standards of ethical
YES
behavior?
n) Manage and motivate patients to participate fully with orthodontic treatment
YES
procedures? and
o) Study and critically evaluate the literature and other information pertaining to this
YES
field? (4-3.4)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix I: Course syllabi

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 4

- 25 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

62. Does the orthodontic graduate have familiarity with:

a) Biostatistics? YES
b) History of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics? YES
c) Jurisprudence? YES
d) Oral Physiology? YES
e) Pain and Anxiety Control? YES
f) Pediatrics? YES
g) Periodontics? YES
h) Pharmacology? YES
i) Preventive Dentistry? YES
j) Psychological Aspects of Orthodontic and Dentofacial Orthopedic treatment? YES
k) Public Health Aspects of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics? YES
l) Speech Pathology and Therapy? YES
m) Practice Management? and YES
n) The variety of recognized techniques used in contemporary orthodontic
YES
practice? (4-4)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix I: Course syllabi

STANDARD 4 A Proud Past

- 26 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

STANDARD 5 - Advanced Education Students/Residents Eligibility and Selection

63. Are dentists with the following qualifications eligible to enter the advanced
specialty education program accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation:
Graduates from institutions in the U.S. accredited by the Commission on Dental
YES
Accreditation?
Graduates from institutions in Canada accredited by the Commission on Dental
YES
Accreditation of Canada? and
Graduates of international dental schools who possess equivalent educational
YES
background and standing as determined by the institution and program? (5)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix J: A Brochure, School Catalog or Formal Description of the Program

On Site
Acceptance packet that is sent to applicants

64. Are specific written criteria, policies and procedures followed when admitting
YES
students/residents? (5)

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Admissions files from previous years

65. Is the admission of students/residents with advanced standing based on the same
standards of achievement required by students/residents regularly enrolled in the NA
program? (5)

66. Do transfer students/residents with advanced standing receive an appropriate

curriculum that results in the same standards of competence required by NA
students/residents regularly enrolled in the program? (5)

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 5

- 27 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

67. Is a committee of orthodontic faculty members responsible for the selection of

students/residents for postdoctoral training, unless the program is sponsored by a YES
federal service utilizing a centralized student/resident selection process? (5-1)

All faculty are asked to participate in reading applications and ranking applicants for admission to the
program. This faculty ranking is the basis for the names the department submits to the Match
Program.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
Department Bylaws

Evaluation

68. Does a system of ongoing evaluation and advancement ensure that, through the
director and faculty, each program:
a) Periodically, but at least semiannually, evaluates the knowledge, skills, ethical
conduct and professional growth of its students/residents, using appropriate YES
written criteria and procedures?
b) Provides to students/residents an assessment of their performance, at least
YES
semiannually?
c) Advances students/residents to positions of higher responsibility only on the
YES
basis of an evaluation of their readiness for advancement? And
d) Maintains a personal record of evaluation for each student/resident which is
YES
accessible to the student/resident and available for review during site visits? (5)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix K: Forms for evaluation of students

On Site
Records of residents’ meetings with Program Director

STANDARD 5 A Proud Past

- 28 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

Due Process

69. Are there specific written due process policies and procedures for adjudication of
academic and disciplinary complaints, which parallel those established by the YES
sponsoring institution? (5)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix L: Policies and Procedures For Adjudication of Academic and Disciplinary Complaints, Which
Parallel Those Established By The Sponsoring Institution.

On Site
Postgraduate Program Committee Policies and Procedures

Rights and Responsibilities

70. At the time of enrollment are the advanced specialty education students/residents
apprised in writing of the educational experience to be provided, including the
YES
nature of assignments to other departments or institutions and teaching
commitments? (5)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix M: Selected Written Materials Given to Entering Students

71. Are all advanced specialty education students/residents provided with written
information which affirms their obligations and responsibilities to the institution, YES
the program and program faculty? (5)

Documentary Evidence:
Appendix M: Selected Written Materials Given to Entering Students

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 5

- 29 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

STANDARD 6 – Research

72. Do advanced specialty education students/residents engage in scholarly activity?(6) YES

All orthodontic postgraduate students are simultaneously enrolled in a Graduate College degree
program, usually the Master of Science in Oral Sciences. They must submit their completed, defended
and revised M.S. theses to the Graduate College before they are allowed to take their final clinical
examinations for the Certificate in Orthodontics. Some of our postgraduate students enroll in PhD
degrees in such fields as Public Health, Bioengineering, Neuroscience, Anatomy/Cell Biology, and
Medical Education; none of these students has dropped out from a PhD program.

Documentary Evidence:

On Site
List of student theses
List of research awards
List of student publications
Withdrawal form
M.S. in Oral Sciences site visit reports

73. Do students/residents initiate and complete a research project to include critical

review of the literature, development of a hypothesis and the design, statistical YES
analysis and interpretation of data? (6-1)

All orthodontic postgraduate students are simultaneously enrolled in a Graduate College degree
program, usually the Master of Science in Oral Sciences. The orthodontic faculty require that they
submit their completed, defended and revised theses to the Graduate College before they are allowed
to take their final clinical examinations for the Certificate in Orthodontics. Since 1994, no one has
finished late. The theses are registered in the Proquest database and are copyrighted through the
Library of Congress.

A Brilliant Future STANDARD 6

- 31 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

SUMMARY OF SELF-STUDY REPORT

Summarize in a qualitative appraisal and analysis the program’s strengths and weakness.

Note: This summary culminates the self-study report in a qualitative appraisal and analysis of the
program’s strengths and weakness.

Institution-Related

1. Assess the adequacy of institutional support for the program.

The program has a new, dedicated, well-equipped, and attractive clinic with 27 chairs; the Brodie
library; two classrooms; an imaging and research laboratory; a large computer room with student
workspaces; a plaster and appliance laboratory; basement storage; and faculty offices. The College’s
IT staff is very able and supports the college’s clinical management software and other networking
functions. The alumni support has been outstanding! The cost of the recent renovations ($3-4 million)
has been funded by gifts and donations from alumni/ae and friends of the Department of
Orthodontics.

Some changes occurring since the last accreditation affect the desirability of UIC’s orthodontic
specialty program to applicants. For example, the loss of tuition waivers and student stipends for
specialty students puts us at a competitive disadvantage especially with hospital GME programs. The
lack of a formal TMD clinical rotation, as well as loss of access to the Center for Craniofacial
Anomalies across the hall from the Department of Orthodontics, impact the depth of experiences
available to the students. We have made satisfactory adjustments, however. The orthodontic
postgraduate students have new substitute rotations at Stroger and Lurie Hospitals in Chicago.

2. Assess whether the program is achieving goals through training beyond pre-
doctoral level.
Our graduates are very well prepared for specialty practice. The faculty members are extremely proud
of the caliber of our students, the use of technology, research productivity, the diverse patient
population and the breadth of the clinical experiences available. All of our postgraduate students finish
the complement of cases needed for the American Board of Orthodontics specialty examination, an
achievement that is unusual among orthodontic specialty programs. All of those who chose to take
the Phase III ABO diplomate examination passed. At graduation, our new orthodontists are at the
forefront of digital technology and are experienced with the use of temporary anchorage devices and
laser applications. Due to the high percentage of public aid patients in our clinic, our patients present
with malocclusions far more difficult than the typical patient seen in a suburban private practice and
they are treated to very high standards by the postgraduate doctors. Roughly half of our patients are
Hispanic. Each postgraduate student has many patients who require interdisciplinary interactions with
specialists from periodontics, prosthetic dentistry, and orthognathic surgery.

A Brilliant Future SUMMARY

- 33 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

3. Assess whether the program is achieving goals through stated competencies.

Student evaluations and surveys of students and graduates show that the program achieves the stated
competencies. A graduate of the postgraduate orthodontic specialty program will be competent to:
1. Diagnose and treat dentofacial problems for children, adolescents, and adults within the scope
of orthodontics.
2. Apply the fundamental principles of the biomedical sciences as they relate to the practice of
orthodontics.
3. Apply contemporary information and technology in the practice of orthodontics.
4. Apply the fundamental principles of the behavioral sciences in orthodontic treatment.
5. Manage medical and dental emergencies that may be encountered in orthodontic practice.
6. Apply the principles and philosophy of practice management in orthodontics.
7. Employ the interpersonal and communication skills necessary to provide orthodontic care to a
diverse patient population and to function in a multicultural work environment.
8. Apply legal and regulatory concepts in the practice of orthodontics.
9. Apply the principles of ethical reasoning and professional responsibility as they relate to
patient care and practice management.
10. Practice continual learning and self-assessment in maintaining competence.
11. Critically analyze scientific merits of orthodontic literature.

4. Assess whether the program is achieving goals through stated proficiencies.

Student evaluations and surveys of students and graduates show that the program achieves the stated
proficiencies. The proficiencies listed in the accreditation standards for orthodontic specialty students
are assessed by varied experiences, observation of work, performance examinations, and self-
evaluation, as described in question 3.

5. Assess whether the program is achieving goals through outcomes.

Faculty and students review outcome assessments and the curriculum is modified as needed. Outcome
assessments demonstrate that the graduates have a good scientific and clinical foundation for
specialty practice. They are savvy about technology and understand the need for evidence in
choosing their approaches to treatment. The department’s atmosphere promotes open discussion
among colleagues (critical thinking, evaluation of new information, production of new knowledge, and
academic exchanges at guest presentations). The department has a reputation for producing
successful, ethical practitioners. However, the size of the program doesn't meet the needs of the state
of Illinois in terms of numbers of new practitioners.

6. Assess calibration among program directors and faculty in the student/resident

evaluation process to ensure consistency of the evaluation process.
We have carefully constructed didactic and clinical grading systems to ensure consistency and
fairness. The treatment planning process is standardized with collection of high quality records, input
of data in a custom software called TxWiz, and entry of the diagnostic information and treatment plan
in AxiUm, the clinic management software. All treatment visits are recorded by codes and these
entries are tracked carefully. When multiple instructors are involved, as in the clinic courses, a
standard quantitative grade sheet is utilized and grades are calculated. In courses having oral
examinations, more than one instructor is present for all of the examinations and lists of
predetermined questions are utilized.

SUMMARY A Proud Past

- 34 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

7. Assess the faculty evaluation process to ensure consistency of the evaluation

process.
The Department of Orthodontics has a longstanding process for evaluating faculty. Faculty are
evaluated by students (yearly), the program director (yearly) and peers (at 5 year intervals or as
needed for promotion and tenure). The faculty members also complete a self-evaluation and report
continuing education activities on a yearly basis. Documentation is on file in the department office.

8. Assess the institution’s policies on advanced education students/residents.

The College of Dentistry has been educating advanced students for decades; the policies are well
thought out and effective. The institution has policies on advanced students that ensures students and
faculty are each well aware of their responsibilities in the learning process. Students are provided
relevant information regarding Program fees, immunizations, learning philosophy and gainful
employment prior to the matriculation so that they make informed decisions. Much of this information
is online. During program orientation, students are provided information regarding CODA Policy on
Complaints, Academic Professionalism, and relevant clinical information related to College and Program
clinical guidelines and procedures including HIPAA, OSHA, and CPR. They are provided infection
control guidelines and are closely monitored by attending faculty for compliance.

9. Assess the institution’s policies on eligibility and selection.

The Department of Orthodontics participates in PASS and MATCH programs for selection of
orthodontic residents. The entire faculty is engaged in selecting candidates for interviews and
prioritizing the match list. Applications are accepted from dentists who are graduates of CODA
accredited schools as well as foreign dental schools. We recently started requiring GRE scores
because the National Board scores are now distributed as pass/fail and many dental schools give
only pass/fail grades. We carefully review all the applications from minority applicants and discuss
each one by the faculty group.

10. Assess the institution’s policies on due process.

The policies on due process are very clear and are distributed to the students and faculty. Questions
of grades and academic status are primarily under the jurisdiction of the academic departments,
schools and colleges. The Executive Dean for Academic Affairs presides over academic activity at the
UIC College of Dentistry. Advanced students in the College of Dentistry have an opportunity to appeal
decisions made by specific course directors or their Program Director. Procedures for review of
departmental decisions are contained in the College’s “Procedures for Promotion and Dismissal for
Academic Reasons—Students in Certification Programs in Dentistry.” Students are provided this
information upon their matriculation into the program.

11. Assess the institution’s policies on student/resident rights and responsibilities.

The policies on student rights and responsibilities are very clear and are distributed to the students
and faculty. Students sign a behavioral expectations form on the first day of class. Students are
reminded of their rights and responsibilities through the review of documents such as the ADA Code
of Ethics and the College of Dentistry Academic Professionalism document. Review of these heightens
the students’ awareness of rights and responsibilities as students and practicing professionals.
Students are provided the Commission Policy on Complaints. Students are provided information on
due process. All policies reinforce the professional attitude by reinforcing student rights and
responsibilities.

A Brilliant Future SUMMARY

- 35 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

The University has a process for dealing with alleged cases of discrimination related to race, sex,
sexual orientation, national origin, religion, age, disability and other instances of alleged administration
injustices. A formal grievance may be filed with the UIC Department of Access and Equity following
informal attempts to resolve the complaint. This grievance must be filed within forty-five days of the
time that an individual knows or reasonably should have known that an occurrence has affected his
or her status.

12. Assess the adequacy and accessibility, hours of operation and scope of holdings of
the sponsoring institution’s library resources.
The university and departmental libraries are exceptional. Password-controlled digital access to UIC’s
libraries is available worldwide. Resources also include a dental liaison librarian who maintains office
hours at the College of Dentistry, teaches evidence based practice as part of the dental curriculum,
maintains a targeted research website linking to appropriate library and professional information
resources, and has regular one-on-one consults with students and faculty.

13. Assess the institutional oversight of the quality of training at affiliated

institutions.
Our limited off-site rotations at Stroger and Lurie Hospitals are overseen individuals who have
appointments in UIC’s Department of Orthodontics. The faculty members provide excellent feedback
about the rotations and the students report good learning experiences.

Patient Care

1. Assess the institution’s/program’s preparedness to manage medical emergencies.

The institution and program are prepared to manage medical emergencies because the College of
Dentistry oversees training programs and provision of emergency supplies. The Office of the Associate
Dean for Clinical Affairs monitors, inspects, and updates supplies in the crash carts in Group Practice
Da Vinci (room 211) and Rembrandt (room 321). Graduate Pediatric Dentistry, Graduate Oral Surgery,
and Graduate Periodontics monitor and maintain their own crash carts. The orthodontic clinic is
located next to the oral surgery clinic and, in an emergency, the oral surgeons would provide
immediate assistance.

2. Assess the adequacy of radiographic services and protection for patients,

advanced education students/residents and staff.
Radiographs are obtained in the Radiology Department under the close supervision of Dr. Richard
Monahan and his staff. The orthodontic residents and staff are well-trained in radiation hygiene. A
course on oral radiology for the specialist is included in the orthodontic curriculum. The policies on
utilization and recording of radiographs are available at any computer on the dental school intranet.

3. Assess the program’s capacity for four-handed dentistry.

At most we have 18 postgraduate orthodontic students in clinic at each session. The priority of the
four dental assistants in the clinic is to assist our doctors in taking photographs, bonding/banding
and debanding when possible. Also the orthodontic residents help each other when appropriate. The
residents know how to work with an assistant.

We no longer have dental assisting students on rotation from a local assisting school to prepare the
work area, pass instruments and brackets, and hold the curing light.

SUMMARY A Proud Past

- 36 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

4. Assess the institution’s policies and procedures on hazardous materials, and

bloodborne and infectious diseases for patients, advanced education
students/residents and staff.
Institutional policies and procedures for hazardous materials, and bloodborne and infectious diseases
are in force. The Director of Clinics oversees the immunization clearance process, and communicates
with applicants appropriately with the goal of reaching full compliance by the first day of the program.
The Office for Clinical Affairs maintains an informational board which contains pertinent clinical
information such as Privacy Policies, summarized Infection Control policies, CDC precautions for the
transmission of airborne diseases, Contact phone numbers, Protocol to manage Medical Emergencies,
Policy for Patient Input, among others.

5. Assess how students/residents may be able to apply ethical, legal and regulatory
concepts in the provision, prevention and/or support of oral health care.
Orthodontic residents are instructed on ethical, as well as legal and regulatory concepts and this
information is reinforced in the clinic and in treatment conferences. We have classroom sessions on
ethical principles and choices. Remedial instruction and counseling are available when necessary. For
example, the student counseling center accepts referrals of individuals who need additional positive
reinforcement after plagiarism, untruthful entries in patient records, or other inappropriate behavior.

Program-Related

1. Assess the student’s/resident’s time distribution among each program activity

(e.g., didactic, clinical, teaching, research) and how well it is working
The time distribution was determined by the Program Director on the basis of faculty meetings,
specialty accreditation requirements, recommendations developed at orthodontic educators meetings,
M.S. degree requirements, and other university requirements. We think we have a very desirable
balance of clinical, academic and research components. The time distribution working well and we
are very pleased with our graduates.

2. Assess the volume and variety of the program’s patient pool.

We have adequate numbers of patients to provide the students with the types of patients
representative of those found in specialty practice. They study their patients and the progress of
treatment very carefully. Each postgraduate student starts 50 or more comprehensive cases and
finishes about 75% of them. They also are assigned limited cases that are treated with predoctoral
students and some patients that need an early Phase I treatment or observation.

3. Assess the program’s student/resident/faculty ratio.

We have diverse and committed clinical and research faculty members. The program’s student/faculty
ratio is good. We have roughly 9.5 paid FTE and also volunteer faculty for fulfilling the needs of
predoctoral and postdoctoral instruction and departmental activities. Usually three or four instructors
are supervising in the clinic at each session.

A Brilliant Future SUMMARY

- 37 -
University of Illinois at Chicago  College of Dentistry  Celebrating our Centennial of Excellence

Orthodontics - Accreditation Self Study

November, 2013

4. Assess the program’s student/resident pool.

Approximately 40% of all applicants to accredited orthodontic programs request that PASS sends their
credentials to UIC’s orthodontic specialty program. We attribute this to the program’s reputation for
providing a sound clinical education, the faculty’s visibility at national meetings, the financial incentive
plan, and the location in a desirable city. With the increasing debt level of applicants and our
increasing tuition, we find that we have been losing some highly desirable candidates in the Match to
GME and two year programs.

5. Assess rotations, electives and extramural experiences of the program.

We are able to meet accreditation requirements. We would like to incorporate more clinical
experiences with patients having craniofacial anomalies, special needs, facial pain and
temporomandibular disorders.

6. Assess the program’s record keeping and retention practices.

Our top focus of the faculty for the past five years has been the implementation of superior quality
electronic patient records, successful completion of the American Board of Orthodontics examinations,
and graduating highly capable clinicians. We continue to develop procedures and auditing methods to
ensure that we are monitoring the course of treatment and retention for our patients. Our current and
former patient records are electronic and available from any computer in the clinic, classrooms and
second floor laboratory. Presentation of at least three analyzed post-retention records is a
requirement for graduation.

7. Assess the research activities of the program.

In the admissions process, we stress that completion of an original research project is an important
part of the program because we want our residents to experience the frustrations and satisfaction
involved in figuring out the answers to a problem. ALL graduates since the last accreditation
succeeded in defending a research thesis before their on-time completion of the orthodontic specialty
program and most have published their work. They work with the department’s two statisticians in
developing their hypotheses and research protocols. The postgraduates regularly win research awards
locally and at the national meeting of the American Association of Orthodontist. Ttwo recent
postgraduate projects have been featured on the website of the National Institute of Dental and
Craniofacial Research.

SUMMARY A Proud Past

- 38 -
 Vision Statement

The University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Dentistry will be recognized as a leader in:

 patient-centered, evidence-based, technically enhanced clinical care founded on the

preventive and public health sciences,

 integrated educational programs based upon contemporary pedagogy and technology, and

 centers of research excellence that are interdisciplinary, use innovative methodology and
focus on relevant health and healthcare issues.

Mission Statement
The mission of the University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Dentistry is to promote optimum
oral and general health to the people of the State of Illinois through excellence in education,
patient care, research, and service.

The College identifies the following Institutional Goals to meet this mission:

 To provide patient-centered care that is evidence-based, comprehensive and

compassionate for a culturally diverse population;

 To provide student-oriented educational programs that prepare learners to engage in the

evidence supported, thoughtful, ethical practice of dentistry;

 To prepare highly qualified oral healthcare professionals, educators, and scientists in the
oral health and basic sciences;

 To address health care needs through community-based initiatives, educational programs,

and consultative services;

 To value and seek diversity in students, staff, faculty, and patients;

 To provide an environment for individual growth founded on mutual respect and

professionalism;

 To foster collaborative research and develop specialized centers for innovative research
in areas of health and disease;

 To maintain a leadership role in forming health care policy at the university, state, and
national levels;

 To be a resource for continued professional development;

Appendix A-1
 UIC COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY

DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS

Program Goals and Objectives

Mission Statement

The mission of the Department of Orthodontics is to provide education in

the field of orthodontics, and to be a leading educational, research, and
patient care center.

Goals

 Provide tools for critical thinking

 Develop mature and caring professionals
 Provide patients with high-quality treatment
 Provide a friendly, caring, clean professional environment
 Foster an environment of mutual respect among patients, residents,
and staff
 Have an excellent faculty
 Attract excellent students

Objectives
 Train competent practitioners
 Prepare residents for American Board of Orthodontics diplomate
status
 Provide consultation and education to the community
 Contribute new knowledge through research
 Produce excellent documentation of cases
 Achieve financial success
 Assure patient satisfaction

Appendix A-2
 Exhibit 1a

OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT
(Standard 1)

Overall Goal or Objective # 1

Overall Goal or Objective Train Competent Practitioners

Formal examinations and informal assessments
Outcomes Assessment Clinic evaluations
Mechanism Patient record reviews and audits
Outside examiners
Annual resident interviews
Pass rate on boards
Questionnaire to new employer

Treatment cannot start until instructor approves treatment

How often conducted plan.

Each patient visit requires instructor approval (‘swipe’ daily

treatment records in Axium™—unswiped entries are picked
up weekly and must be corrected.)

Presentations of patients on recurring basis in morning

seminars, including treatment plan, progress, end of active
treatment, and final records.

Portfolio of treated patients presented at final oral

examination, which includes an outside examiner.
Date to be conducted/ Recurring evaluations
finished by

All completed cases must have post-treatment write up.

Results expected
Students receive critiques from faculty and classmates during
case presentations.

Clinic directors/faculty ‘flag’ patients whose treatment is not

progressing as expected for careful monitoring, which may
include decision to alter treatment plan.

Patients must begin active treatment within 60 days of

acceptance.

1 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 See Clinic Manual Clinic\ortho clinic3 UIC Orthodontic
Clinic Manual
Faculty ask students to self-evaluate at each patient visit.
Results achieved
Depth and scope of self-evaluation increases as student gains
experience

End of active treatment write up must include detailed

analysis of soft tissue, dental, and skeletal changes, and
indicate whether treatment objectives in the plan have been
realized.
Third year students are not only capable of making in depth
Assessment of results analysis of treatment plans, treatment progress, and finished
cases, but are willing and eager to voice their ideas in case
presentation seminars and in one-on-one interactions with
faculty.
Because the patient records are now fully digital, analysis of
Program improvement as a treatment progress at the chair side, and case presentations in
result of data analysis seminars have become increasingly sophisticated and well-
organized.

Quality of information has become an accepted norm, and

discussions focus primarily on substantive aspects of
diagnosis and treatment.

We expect that the chart audits will reflect these changes.

Date of next assessment Ongoing

2 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 2

Overall Goal or Objective Prepare Residents For American Board of

Orthodontics Diplomate Status

Formal examinations and informal assessments

Outcomes Assessment Clinic evaluations
Mechanism Record reviews
Annual resident interviews
ABO scoring of cases

Final Clinic Examination conducted by faculty and

outside examiners—students present portfolio of
treated cases using ABO criteria for documentation

Participation in ABO pilot program 2002-2006.

How often conducted Once

Date to be conducted/ During final semester of program

finished by

Results expected All residents will achieve ABO certification—graduates are

strongly encouraged to take ABO Phase II and III
examinations

Results achieved All residents are ABO certifiable upon graduation

Assessment of results ABO Directory

In February 2006, six new grads took the ABO Phase III
exam in St. Louis and six passed.

Program improvement as a Encourages higher quality and more standardized records

result of data analysis Treatment to a better ABO score

Date of next assessment Ongoing

3 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 3

Overall Goal or Objective Provide Consultation and Education to the Community

Outcomes Assessment New patient screening

Mechanism CE courses/fellowships

Resident participation in schools, health fairs, visits to

How often conducted general dental offices
Faculty practice in the community
Residents are ADA members
Date to be conducted/ ongoing
finished by

Better educated public

Results expected Service to dentistry
Referrals to the Department

Increased awareness of community oral health needs,

Results achieved increased awareness of desirability of orthodontic
corrections
Improved communication skills

Assessment of results Patient satisfaction surveys

Program improvement as a Better practice management skills

result of data analysis

Date of next assessment Ongoing

4 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 4

Overall Goal or Objective Contribute New Knowledge Through Research

Theses, Publications, Awards

Outcomes Assessment Department Annual Reports (grants awarded,
Mechanism publications, MS theses approved, presentations
at scientific meetings, research awards, etc.)
Grades in Oral Science courses,

How often conducted Yearly

Date to be conducted/ Ongoing

finished by

Results expected 100% of residents have completed an original research

experience

Results achieved 100% of residents have completed an original research

experience

Assessment of results Research endeavors are carefully planned, executed, and

evaluated.

Program improvement as a Scientifically literate graduates, able to become lifelong

result of data analysis learners
Graduates are able to discuss and evaluate orthodontic
research
Date of next assessment Ongoing

5 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 5

Overall Goal or Objective Produce Excellent Documentation of Cases

Outcomes Assessment Record audits

Mechanism Outside examiners
Morning case presentations
Publications
Medical history updates
Periodontal updates
Progress panoramic radiographs
Full sets of progress records

How often conducted Each semester

Date to be conducted/ Residents must meet the standard in order to graduate

finished by

Results expected All patient charts will have complete records of the highest
quality. All photos and radiographs are of publication
quality.
Nearly all patient records are complete and of the highest
Results achieved quality, which includes initial diagnostic records, progress
records, and retention records

As more of our patient records are in digital format, the

Assessment of results quality continues to improve
Progress records at key stages of active treatment are not
always obtained
Residents use records as part of self-assessment
Program improvement as a Faculty use records as teaching tools
result of data analysis Residents are now encouraged to take progress records
regularly

Date of next assessment Ongoing

6 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 6

Overall Goal or Objective Achieve Financial Success of Clinical Program

Outcomes Assessment Clinic evaluations

Mechanism Cash flow reports
Number of new patients assigned to each class
Clinic management meetings

How often conducted Monthly

Date to be conducted/ Ongoing

finished by

Results expected Run a profitable clinic

Results achieved Hire additional support staff as resources permit

Assessment of results Doing better

Program improvement as a Use new resources to improve quality of the residency

result of data analysis program

Date of next assessment Ongoing

7 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 7

Overall Goal or Objective Assure Patient Satisfaction

Record reviews
Outcomes Assessment Clinic management meetings
Mechanism Patient surveys
Patient/parent complaints registered by associate dean
for patient care
New referrals by patients
Clinic management meeting takes place monthly
How often conducted Formal record reviews occur whenever progress records are
taken; if a patient is transferred; and at the conclusion
of active treatment
Date to be conducted/ Resolve all patient complaints immediately
finished by

Results expected All patient complaints immediately resolved

Results achieved Happy, compliant patients and parents

Referrals
Assessment of results Increased clinic income
Shorter treatment

Program improvement as a Improved interpersonal skills of residents

result of data analysis

Date of next assessment Ongoing

8 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 8

Overall Goal or Objective Provide Tools For Critical Thinking

Formal examinations and informal assessments

Outcomes Assessment Clinic and research evaluations
Mechanism Patient record reviews
MS thesis committee meetings and final examination
Seminar discussions
Quality of presentations on assigned topics
Performance on oral examinations

How often conducted Informal—daily

Formal—each semester
Date to be conducted/ Graduation
finished by

Results expected Lifelong learners

Ability to compare and contrast patient treatments

Results achieved Can think on their feet
Ask good questions of guest speakers, detail persons,
faculty
Are well-prepared and able to make good quality
presentations
Can answer questions put to them
Quality and completeness of patient records evaluated
Assessment of results subjectively and with the clinic Scoring System
Finish MS Thesis on time
Few failures on oral examinations
Identify missing areas of knowledge
Program improvement as a Tutoring is provided when needed
result of data analysis Strong record of publications (MS Thesis, case reports) by
residents

Date of next assessment Ongoing

9 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 9

Overall Goal or Objective Develop Mature and Caring Professionals

Clinic evaluations
Outcomes Assessment Outside examiners
Mechanism Alumni surveys
Annual resident interviews by program director
Job placement
Patient surveys
Faculty concerns
Staff observation
Patient complaints
Admissions criteria

How often conducted Informal—daily

Formal—each semester
Date to be conducted/ Graduation
finished by

Results expected Ethical and concerned practitioners

Able to model ethical behavior displayed by mentors

Results achieved No license revocations

Residents provide community service in public schools

Assessment of results Alumni surveys

Feedback from employers of graduates

Program improvement as a Refer residents as necessary for counseling

result of data analysis Program sets limits when needed
Mentors attempt to model appropriate behavior
More sessions on ethics and risk management added to
program
Date of next assessment Ongoing

10 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 10

Overall Goal or Objective Provide Patients With High-Quality Treatment

Formal examinations and informal assessments

Outcomes Assessment Clinic evaluations
Mechanism Record reviews
Outside examiners
Clinic management meetings
Presentation to review patient status at initiation,
progress, and completion of treatment
Participation in ABO certification process
Patient education training
Ratio of students to faculty is low
Publications resulting from quality of care studies

How often conducted Informal—daily

Formal—each semester
Date to be conducted/ Graduation
finished by

Happy patients
Results expected Low ABO scores
Patient treatment completed in a timely manner
Fewer transfers of active patients from graduating class
3-D treatment plans
Results achieved Happy patients
Low ABO scores, Satisfactory audits
Patient treatment completed in a timely manner
Fewer transfers of active patients from graduating class
Publications
Chart audits
Assessment of results Final clinical oral examination

Program improvement as a Tutoring when needed

result of data analysis Change clinic procedures when necessary
Form new clinic management teams

Date of next assessment Ongoing and continuous

11 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 11

Overall Goal or Objective Provide a Friendly, Caring, Clean Professional Environment

Outcomes Assessment Clinic management meetings involving all residents,

Mechanism faculty, and staff
Referral reports from Axium™
Patient surveys
Productivity reports from Axium™
Clinic management meets once or twice a month
How often conducted Reports generated as needed
Surveys conducted yearly
Date to be conducted/ Ongoing and continuous
finished by

Results expected Good karma in the clinic

Results achieved Some days are better than others

Assessment of results Occasionally run out of supplies

Program improvement as a Review of procedures for supply management, sterilization,

result of data analysis and assignment of clinic staff duties
Staff reminded regularly about getting referral information

Date of next assessment Ongoing and continuous

12 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 12

Overall Goal or Objective Foster An Environment of Mutual Respect Among

Patients, Residents, Faculty, and Staff

Clinic evaluations
Outcomes Assessment Annual resident interviews
Mechanism Clinic management meetings
Staff evaluations of residents
Ethics training as required by university ethics office
Ethics training in behaviors promulgated by ADA and
AAO

How often conducted Staff evaluations are yearly

Clinic management meetings occur once or twice a month
Date to be conducted/ Ongoing and continuous
finished by

Results expected No cheap personal attacks

Respect for diversity

Results achieved Harmony in the clinic

Assessment of results We must work at it all the time, sometimes with

disappointments.

Program improvement as a Special instruction on how to get along on as needed basis

result of data analysis Orientation to teamwork

Date of next assessment Ongoing and continuous

13 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 13

Overall Goal or Objective Have an Excellent Faculty

Outside examiners
Outcomes Assessment Alumni and faculty surveys
Mechanism Annual resident interviews
Pass rate on boards
Faculty CV’s/Department Annual Reports showing grants,
publications, and other measures of scholarly and
clinical excellence
Faculty promotions
Appointments of faculty to the graduate college
Evaluations of courses, faculty by residents
Diversity of expertise among the faculty

How often conducted Yearly

Date to be conducted/ Ongoing and continuous

finished by

Results expected Residents learn various techniques

Results achieved Younger faculty are developing well.

Have been unable to attract senior tenurable faculty.

Assessment of results We are doing well, but could be doing better.

Program improvement as a Ongoing recruitment of excellent faculty from large and

result of data analysis diverse pool
Guest speakers are invited for added dimension

Date of next assessment Ongoing and continuous

14 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 Overall Goal or Objective # 14

Overall Goal or Objective Attract Excellent Students

Formal examinations and informal assessments

Outcomes Assessment Clinic and research evaluations
Mechanism Admissions statistics detailing the number and quality of
applicants
Many faculty interview applicants
Maintaining tuition waivers and stipends for residents
Look for outstanding students worldwide
Many faculty review applications in careful detail each year
How often conducted as part of the process to select a new class

Date to be conducted/ Yearly

finished by

Excellent assessments by faculty of interviewees on

Results expected Interview Sheet
Recommendations of UIC Orthodontic Program by faculty
of other schools
Train the future leaders of the orthodontic profession

Results achieved Most of our top choices match with the UIC Orthodontic
Program

Assessment of results Performance of residents in our program is uniformly high

Residents finish requirements and graduate on time

Program improvement as a Improvements in website

result of data analysis Improved interview format

Date of next assessment Yearly

15 Appendix B: Exhibit 1a
 STANDARD 1 - INSTITUTIONAL COMMITMENT/PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS/AFFILIATIONS

Appendix B

UIC College of Dentistry

Department of Orthodontics

Mission, Program Goals, and Objectives

The mission of the Department of Orthodontics is to provide education in the field of

orthodontics, and to be a leading educational, research, and patient care center.

Goals
 provide tools for critical thinking
 develop mature and caring professionals
 provide patients with high-quality treatment
 provide a friendly, caring, clean professional environment
 foster an environment of mutual respect among patients, residents, and staff
 have an excellent faculty
 attract excellent students

Objectives
 train competent practitioners
 prepare residents for American Board of Orthodontics diplomate status
 provide consultation and education to the community
 contribute new knowledge through research
 produce excellent documentation of cases
 achieve financial success
 assure patient satisfaction

Outcome measures
 examinations and informal assessments
 clinic and research evaluations
 record reviews
 outside examiners
 alumni, faculty, and patient surveys
 annual resident interviews
 job placement
 admissions statistics

Actions
 course revision
schedule modification
 faculty recruitment

Adopted by the Department of Orthodontics in 2000

Appendix B
STANDARD 1 – INSTITUTIONAL COMMITMENT/PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS/AFFILIATIONS
Appendix C
Figure 1
1 Appendix C
STANDARD 1 – INSTITUTIONAL COMMITMENT/PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS/AFFILIATIONS
Appendix C
Figure 1
2 Appendix C
 STANDARD 1 – INSTITUTIONAL COMMITMENT/PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS/AFFILIATIONS
Appendix C
Figure 1
3 Appendix C
 Appendix C

UIC College of Dentistry Organization Chart

Last updated 4/12/2013

DEAN
Dr. Bruce Graham

Academic Affairs Research Administration Advancement & Assoc Dean for Patient Services Student Affairs Office of Prevention &
Executive Associate Dean Associate Dean Alumni Affairs Faculty Affairs Associate Dean Assistant Dean Public Health Sciences
Associate Dean [Link] Marucha Dean Justmann Assistant Dean Luisa DiPietro Dr. David Clark Dr. Darryl Pendleton Associate Dean
Dr. William Knight Mark Valentino Dr. Caswell Evans
4

Oral Medicine & Oral Biology Orthodontics Pediatric Dentistry Periodontics

Endodontics Oral Surgery [Link]
Diagnostic Sciences Dr. Carla Evans Dr. Indru Punwani Dr Phillip Marucha
Dr. Chris Wenckus Dr. Michael Miloro Diekwisch
Dr. Richard Dept. Head Dept. Head Dept. Head
Dept. Head Dept. Head Dept. Head
Monahan
Dept. Head
Restorative Dentistry
Center for Molecular Biology
Dr. Steven Campbell
of Oral Diseases
Dept. Head
Faculty
Appendix C

Staff Associates
Students
 APPENDIX D

Name Class ABO Status AAO Location in May, 2013

Year Member
Abualnja, Osama 2007 No Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

Al-Sanea, Rasha 2007 Diplomate No Riyadh, Saudi Arabia

Bock, Derek 2007 2007-2012 Yes Lake Forest, IL

Choi, Howard 2007 2007-2012 Yes Fountain Hills, AZ

Chow, Clara Ka 2007 Diplomate Yes Markham, Ontario,

Waichow Canada
Galang, Maria Therese 2007 Diplomate Yes Chicago, IL
Hedin-Thangamani, 2007 2007-2012 No Chicago, IL
Carrie
Gonzalez, Silvana- 2007 Diplomate Yes Austin, Texas
Manzur
Israel, Matt 2007 2007-2012 Yes Glenview, IL

Kravitz, Neal 2007 Diplomate Yes Chantilly, VA

Mansour, Ameerah 2007 Diplomate Yes Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

Albazazz, Michael 2008 No DesPlaines, IL

Al-Sanea, Jamal 2008 Diplomate Yes Riyadh, Saudi Arabia

Lin, Lihong 2008 Yes Chicago, IL

Lippincott, John 2008 Yes Aurora, IL

Novick, Darshana 2008 Yes River Forest, IL

Pakrivan, Darren 2008 No Chicago, IL

Sheshter, Abdullatif 2008 No Kuwait City, Kuwait

Volk, Tonya 2008 Diplomate Yes S Elgin, IL

Whitesman, Louis 2008 Yes Chicago, IL

Al-Ammar, Aiman 2009 No Kuwait City, Kuwait

Al-Twaijri, Sarah 2009 Diplomate No Chicago, IL

Doshi, Siddi 2009 No Middleton, WI

Hurley, Ryan 2009 Diplomate Yes Schaumburg, IL

Ligas, Bozena 2009 Yes Oak Lawn, IL

Morgan, Marcela 2009 Diplomate No Chicago, IL

Stansbury, Chris 2009 Diplomate Yes Austin, TX

Taha, Hala 2009 Diplomate Yes Carol Stream, IL

1 Appendix D
 APPENDIX D

Al-Hinai, Muntasar 2010 Diplomate No Oman

Chiang, Jonathan 2010 Diplomate Yes Albuquerque, NM

Couser, Gary 2010 No Gilbert, AZ

Dada, Doa 2010 Diplomate Yes Chicago, IL

Duaibis, Ramzi 2010 Diplomate Yes Elgin, IL

Iaculli, John 2010 Yes Atlanta, GA

Bauer, Danielle 2010 Yes Schaumburg, IL

Smith, Clark 2010 Yes Burlington, MA

Vajaria, Rohini 2010 No New York, NY

Atsawasuwan, Phimon 2011 Diplomate Yes Chicago, IL

Bakhsh, Heba 2011 Diplomate No Chicago, IL

Bhat, Daya 2011 Diplomate Yes Seattle, WA

Edgcomb, Kathryn 2011 Yes Morton Grove, IL

Hao, Jianjun 2011 Diplomate Yes Farmington, CT

Kwong, Thomas 2011 Yes Portage, MI

Li, Haitao 2011 Diplomate Yes Davie, FL

Verbic, Russell 2011 Yes DeKalb, IL

Williams, Emily 2011 Diplomate Yes Evanston, IL

Benjamin, Dale 2012 Diplomate Yes Chicago, IL

Hylan-Cohen, Jessica 2012 Diplomate Yes Chicago, IL

Dobbs, Mary Ellen 2012 Diplomate Yes Knoxville, TN

Everson, Michael 2012 No Atlanta, Georgia

Mahdavie, Niloufar 2012 Diplomate No Los Angeles, CA

Moore, Kristin 2012 Diplomate No Schaumburg, IL

Ortiz-Giuliani, Brunilde 2012 Diplomate No Puerto Rico

Oweis, Tamara 2012 Diplomate No Chicago, IL

Sagun, Matthew 2012 Yes Chicago, IL

Ahrens, Matthew 2013 No Clearwater, Florida

Alamir, George 2013 No Chicago, IL

D’Agostini-LaPoulas, 2013 Diplomate No Bloomfield Hills, MI
Justina

2 Appendix D
 APPENDIX D

Li, Michael 2013 No Austin, Texas

Masoud, Ahmed 2013 No Chicago, IL

Obaisi, Noor 2013 No Chicago, IL

Smith, Tharon 2013 No Arizona

Washington, Bradford 2013 No Brooklyn, NY

3 Appendix D
 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO
DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS
Fall 2013

Faculty List: Orthodontic Postgrads:

Evans, Carla A., Department Head Third Year:

Galang, Therese Maria, Director, Predoctoral Orthodontics Arboleda-Lopez, Cleidy
Kusnoto, Budi, Clinic Director Dragstrem, Kristina
Diekwisch, Thomas, Director, Brodie Laboratory Drozda, Agata
Haimof, Ryan
Atsawasuwan, Phimon
Bakhsh, Heba Hodge, Natalia
Chwa, Kyint Kaur, Pardeep
Dada, Doa Taneva, Emiliya
Eltink, Anthony Stroud, Kathryn
Golden, Laurence Salem, Arbeldrahman
Greene, Charles
Haas, Andrew Second Year:
Handelman, Chester Al-Hasawi, Saud
Hartsfield, James
Barysenka, Piotr
Hohlt, William
Jackson, Gregory Caplin, Jennifer
Jo, Heekyoung Conroy, Cara
John, Edward Dobbins, Erin
Kelsey, John Ghoneim, Salma
Li, Haitao Mostafiz, Whitney
Lippincott, Gary Schwartz, Robert
Luan, Xianghong Stevens, Katherine
Manasse, Robert
Masoud, Ahmed
First Year:
Muhl, Zane Al-Kharsa, Saleh
Nedvetsky, Yana
Alwadei, Abdurahmani
Pakravan, Darren
Belavsky, Benjamin
Robbins, Ralph
Dahiya, Ginu
Silberstein, Robyn
Tsay, Peter Goldberg, David
VanderWaal, Bill Lazari, Paul
Voss, Lawrence Mehta, Amitoj
Williams, Emily Nation, Lora
Yue, Isaac Polivka, John
BeGole, Ellen, Biostatistician
Viana, Grace, Biostatistician M.S. /PhD. Only Students:
Bakhsh, Heba
Lecturers/Other: Dada, Doa
Berkowitz, Samuel (Orthodontics) Masoud, Ahmed
Giddon, Donald (Psychology)
Kim, Myungrip (Orthodontics) Staff:
Laub, Leon (Materials) Srebro, David, Assistant to the Head
Megremis, Spiro (Materials) Liu, Huibi
Stone, Michael (Psychology) Chen, Yinghua, PhD
Musich, David (Orthodontics) Dental Assistants:
Sanchez, Flavio (Orthodontics) Abood, Ayas
Oppermann, Nelson (Orthodontics) Garnica, Maria
Pettis, Chiquita
Davila, Stephanie
Business Office Staff
Gonzalez, Denise
Visiting Scholars:
Xiulin Yan
08/8/2013 Appendix F
 Commission on Dental Accreditation
BioSketch
Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.
Print or Type Only

Name: Carlotta Ann Koziol Evans Preferred Name: Carla A. Evans

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Yr of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.

University of Michigan 1969 D.D.S. Dentistry

Forsyth Dental Center/ Harvard School of Dental Medicine 1975 Certificate Orthodontics

Harvard University 1975 [Link]. Oral Biology

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Michigan Dental License 1969 1970

Massachusetts Dental License 1970 1994

Illinois Dental License; Illinois Specialty License (Orthodontics) 1994 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

American Board of Orthodontics Orthodontics 1996

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)

Orthodontics/Program Director and

University of Illinois at Chicago Professor Department Head 1994 Present

University of Illinois at Chicago Professor Bioengineering/Research 1998 Present

Instructor-
Associate Orthodontics/ Acting Head (1989-
Harvard School of Dental Medicine Professor 1993) 1975 1993
\
CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES
Name of Institution, City, State Course Title Discipline and Level of Total Contact Hours Per Year
Students (Year)

Didactic Clinic/Laboratory

University of Illinois at Chicago Orthodontic Postgrads

(first, second and third)
HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

University of Illinois at Chicago Chicago IL 1999 Present

Massachusetts General Hospital Boston MA 1977 1993

Children’s Hospital Boston MA 1977 1993

Franciscan Children’s Hospital Brighton MA 1985 1993

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL DENTAL OR ALLIED

DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)

IADR/AADR President, Craniofacial Biology Group; Member- 1970 Present

at-Large AADR Board; Councilor, Chicago
Section AADR, 1997-present

ADEA Member/Delegate; Council on Hospitals and 1976 Present

Advanced Education Programs

American Association of Orthodontists Chair, Council on Orthodontic Education; Various 1988 Present
Task Forces and Committees

American Dental Association Consultant to Commission on Dental 1989 Present

Accreditation; Chair of Working Groups,
Standards Committee on Dental Informatics;
Consultant, Council on Dental Benefits Programs

E.H. Angle Society, Eastern Component Committee Chair, Editor 1996 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author that appeared in refereed
journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Assessing the American Board of

Okunami TR, Kusnoto B, BeGole E, Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop
Orthodontics objective grading system: 2007
Evans CA, Sadowsky C, Fadavi S. 131:51-6
digital vs. plaster dental casts.

Balducci L, Ramachandran A, Hao

Biological markers for root resorption. Arch Oral Biol 52:203-8 2007
J, Narayanan K, Evans C, George A.

Luan X, Ito Y, Holliday S, Walker

Extracellular matrix-mediated tissue
C, Daniel J, Galang TM, Fukui T, J Histochem Cytochem 55:127-
remodeling following axial movement of 2007
Yamane A, BeGole E, Evans C, 140
teeth.
Diekwisch TG.

How did orthodontics become a

Evans CA. World J Orthod 8:80 2007
recognized specialty in Belgium?

In vitro evaluation of frictional

Yeh C-L, Kusnoto B, Viana G, Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop
resistance between brackets with 2007
Evans CA, Drummond JL. 131:704.e11-22.
passive-ligation designs.

17-β estradiol enhances osteogenic and

Hong L, Colpan A, Peptan IA, Daw
adipogenic differentiations of human Tissue Eng 13:1197-203 2007
J, George A, Evans CA.
adipose-derived stromal cells.

Multiple differentiation potentials of Neurosurgery 60(2):346-52;

Peptan IA, Hong L, Evans CA. 2007
neonatal dura mater-derived cells. discussion 352
Lin JCY, Liou EJW, Yeh C-L, A comparative evaluation of current
World J Orthod 8:136-144 2007
Evans CA. orthodontic miniscrew systems.

Evans CA. Orthodontic education in Lebanon. World J Orthod 8:200-201 2007

Motivating Europeans toward board

Evans CA. World J Orthod 8:206 2007
certification.

The perception of children's computer-

Miner RM, Anderson NK, Evans
imaged facial profiles by patients, Angle Orthod 77:1034-1039 2007
CA, Giddon DB.
mothers, and clinicians.

Orthodontic management of dentofacial

Grubb J, Evans C. Clin Plast Surg 34:403-415 2007
skeletal deformities.

Montasser MA, Drummond JL, Rebonding of orthodontic brackets. Part

Angle Orthod 78:531-536 2008
Evans CA. I, A laboratory and clinical study.

Montasser MA, Drummond JL, Roth Rebonding of orthodontic brackets. Part

Angle Orthod 78:537-544 2008
JR, Al-Turki, Evans CA. II, an XPS and SEM study.

King KL, Evans CA, Obrez A, Preferences for vertical position of the
World J Orthod 9:147-54 2008
Viana G. maxillary lateral incisors.

Relationship between rapid maxillary

Oliveira De Felippe NL, Da Silveira
expansion and nasal cavity size and Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop
AC, Viana G, Kusnoto B, Smith B, 2008
airway resistance: short- and long-term 134:370-82
Evans CA.
effects.

Marfan syndrome - an orthodontic

Utreja A, Evans CA. Angle Orthod 79:394-400 2009
perspective.

Detection of root resorption using dentin

George A, Evans CA. Orthod Craniofac Res 12:229–235 2009
and bone markers.

Stability of open bite correction with

Stansbury CD, Evans CA, Miloro J Oral Maxillofac Surg 68:149-
sagittal split osteotomy and closing 2010
M, BeGole EA, Morris DE. 159
rotation of the mandible.

Guidelines for the Application of the

ADA SCDI Technical Report No.
Working Group Co-Chair DICOM Standard to Radiographic 2010
1059
Cephalometric Data

Lim H-J, Choi Y-J, Evans CA, Predictors of initial stability for
Eur J Orthod 33:528-32 2011
Hwang H-S. orthodontic miniscrew implants.

Ligas BB, Galang MTS, BeGole E, Phantom bite: a survey of U.S.

Orthodontics (Chic.) 12:38-47 2011
Evans CA, Klasser G, Greene C. orthodontists.

A comparison of traditional and

Israel M, Kusnoto B, Evans C,
computer-aided bracket placement Angle Orthod 81:828-35 2011
BeGole E.
methods.

The effectiveness of Oraqix® versus

Kwong TS, Kusnoto B, Viana G,
TAC (a) for placement of orthodontic Angle Orthod 81:754-9 2011
Evans CA, Watanabe K.
temporary anchorage devices.

In-vitro evaluation of self-etch bonding

Mansour AY, Drummond JL, Evans
in orthodontics using cyclic fatigue, Part Angle Orthod 81:828-35 2011
CA, Bakhsh Z.
I, Shear testing methods

In vitro properties of orthodontic

adhesives with fluoride or amorphous Int J Dent, Article ID 583521, 8
Chow CKW, Wu C, Evans CA. 2011
calcium phosphate. Special issue “New pages, doi:10.1155/2011/583521
Directions in Cariology Research 2011”

Prevalence of short dental roots in four

Edgcomb K, BeGole E, Johnson B,
ethnic groups in an orthodontic Dental Anthropology, 24:11-15 2011
Luan X, Evans C.
population.

Contributing Author Attachment of DICOM Datasets Using ADA SCDI Technical Report No. 2011
 E-mail in Dentistry 1048

The Secure Exchange and Utilization of ADA SCDI Technical Report No.
Contributing Author 2011
Digital Images in Dentistry 1060

Orthodontic Treatment (ISBN

Al-Sanea RA, Kusnoto B, Evans 3D facial soft tissue changes due to 978-953-307-806-9), Intech
2012
CA. orthodontic tooth movement. ([Link]), F.
Bourzgui, ed.

In: Orthodontic Treatment (ISBN

Orthodontic guidelines for “Surgery 978-953-307-806-9), Intech
Kim JH, Mahdavie NN, Evans CA. 2012
First” treatment of severe malocclusions ([Link]), F.
Bourzgui, ed.

Duaibis R, Kusnoto B, Natarajan R, Factors affecting stresses in cortical

Angle Orthod 82:875-880 2012
Zhao L, Evans C. bone around miniscrew implants

Evans C. Vignette: The Route from Detroit Orthodontics (Chic.), 13:238 2012

Nasal outcomes of presurgical nasal

Williams EM, Evans CA, Reisberg Int J Dent. Vol. 2012, Article ID
molding in complete unilateral cleft lip 2012
DJ, BeGole EA. 643896, 5 pages
and palate.

Bauer D, Evans CA, BeGole EA, Severity of occlusal disharmonies in Int J Dentistry, vol. 2012, Article
2012
Salzmann L. Down Syndrome ID 872367, 6 pages

In “Cone Beam Tomography in

Development of evidence-based
Orthodontics,” Craniofacial
Scarf WC, Simmons KE, Evans CA. selection criteria for cone-beam 2013
Growth Series Vol. 50, Ed. SD
computer tomography in orthodontics
Kapila, University of Michigan

Lu X, Ito Y, Atsawasuwan P, Ameloblastin modulates

Dangaria S, Yan X, Wu T, Evans osteoclastogenesis through the Bone 54:157-168 2013
CA, Luan X integrin/ERK pathway

Use Cases of the Orthodontic Health ADA SCDI Technical Report No.
Working Group Co-Chair 2013
Record 1065

Ameloblastin inhibits cranial suture

Atsawasuwan P, Lu X, Ito Y, Evans
closure by modulating MSX2 expression PLoS One, Apr 4;8(4):e52800 2013
CA, Luan X
and proliferation

Atsawasuwan P., Lu X, Ito Y., Chen

Y., Evans C.A., Kulkarni A.B., Enamel-related gene products in
J Dent Res 92:62208, 2013 2013
Gibson C.W., Luan X., Diekwisch calvarial development.
T.G.H.

Expression and function of NUMB in

Li H, Ramachandran A, Gao Q, odontogenesis. Special Issue: BioMed Res Intl
Ravindran S, Song Y, Evans C, “Development, Disease, and 2013;2013:182965. doi: 2013
George A. Regeneration of Tissues in the Dental- 10.1155/2013/182965
Craniofacial Complex”

Clinical Recommendations Regarding

Use of Cone Beam Computed
American Academy of Oral and Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol
Tomography (CBCT) in Orthodontics.
Maxillofacial Radiology – Panel, Oral Radiol Endod 116:238-257, 2013
Position Statement by the American
Co-chair. 2013
Academy of Oral and Maxillofacial
Radiology
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Phimon Atsawasuwan

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Mahidol University, Bangkok, Thailand 1993 D.D.S (First Rank) Dentistry

Mahidol University, Bangkok, Thailand 1995 Certificate Science Periodontology

Mahidol University, Bangkok, Thailand 1996 [Link]. Periodontology

Eastman Dental Institute, London, UK 1997 [Link]. Periodontology

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill,
Chapel Hill, NC 2003 Postdoctoral Biochemistry
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill,
Chapel Hill, NC 2008 Ph.D. Oral Biology

University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, 2011 Certificate Orthodontics

University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, 2011 M.S. Oral Sciences

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Dental license, Thailand 1993 Present

Temporary dental training license-Illinois 2008 2011

Restricted faculty dental license 2011 Present

Dental license 2011 Present

Dental specialty license 2011 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

Incognito (I-braces) certification 2008

Invisalign certification 2009

 Accelerated Osteogenic orthodontics certification 2009

American Board of Orthodontics 2011

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Department of Orthodontics 2011 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Dental Association of Thailand Member 1993 Present

General Dentistry Society of Thailand Member 1994 Present

Periodontology Society of Thailand Member 1994 Present

International Academy of Periodontology Member 1998 2000

American / International Association of Member 2003 Present
Dental Research
American Dental Association Member 2008 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 2008 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 2011 Present

Midwest Society of Orthodontists Member 2011 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 2011 Present

American Dental Education Association Member 2013 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Katafuchi M, Matsuura T, Biochemical Characterization of

Connect Tiss Res March
Atsawasuwan P, Sato H, Collagen in Alveolar Mucosa and
48: 85-92. 2007
Yamauchi M. Attached Gingival of Pig.
Kaku M, Mochida Y, Post-translational Modifications of Biochem Biophys
August
Atsawasuwan P, Parisuthiman Collagen upon BMP Induced Osteoblast Res Commun
2007
D, Yamauchi M. Differentiation. 359: 463-8
Verdelis K, Lukashova L,
Yamauchi M, Atsawasuwan P, Change in Matrix Phosphorylation Eur J Oral Sci August
Wright JT, Peterson MG, Jha During Bovine Dentine Development. 115:296-302 2007
D, Boskey AL.
Nagaoka H, Mochida Y, 1,25(OH)2D3 Regulates Collagen BioChem Biophys
Dec 12,
Atsawasuwan P, Kaku M, Quality in an Osteoblastic Cell Culture Res Commun
2008
Kondoh T, Yamauchi M System 377: 674-8
Tokutomi K, Matsuura T,
Characterization of Mandibular Bones in Connect Tiss Res
Atsawasuwan P, Sato H, 2008
Senile Osteoporotic Mice. 49: 361-6
Yamauchi M.
Atsawasuwan P, Mochida Y, Lysyl Oxidase Binds Transforming
J Biol Chem
Katafuchi M, Fong SK, Csiszar Growth Factor-β and Regulates Its 2008
283:34229-34240
K, Kaku M, Yamauchi M. Signaling via Amine Oxidase Activity.
Mochida Y, Parisuthiman D,
Pornprasertsuk-Damrongsri S, Decorin Modulates Collagen Matrix Matrix Biol
2009
Atsawasuwan P, Sricholpech Assembly and Mineralization 28: 44-52
M, Boskey AL, Yamauchi M.
Photomed Laser
Promklay A, Fuangtharnthip P, Response of Dental Pulp Cells to
Surg 2010
Surarit R, Atsawasuwan P. Er:YAG Irradiation.
28: 793-9
Atsawasuwan P, Yoshiyuki M,
Katafuchi M, Tokutomi K, A Novel Proteolytic Processing of Connect Tiss Res
2011
Mocanu V, Parker CE, Prolysyl Oxidase. 52: 479-86
Yamauchi M
Mochida Y, Kaku M, Yoshida Podocan-like Protein: A Novel Small Biochem Biophys
K, Katafuchi M, Atsawasuwan Leucine-rich Repeat Matrix Protein in Res Commun 2011
P, Yamauchi M. Bone. 410: 333-8
Ameloblastin Regulates Cell Attachment
Zhang Y, Zhang X, Lu X, Eur J Oral Sci
and Proliferation through Rho A and 2011
Atsawasuwan P, Luan X. 119:280-5
p27.
Lu X, Ito Y, Atsawasuwan P, Ameloblastin Modulates
Bone
Dangaria S, Yan X, Wu T, Osteoclastogenesis through the 2013
(E-Pub)
Evans CA, Luan X. Integrin/ERK Pathway.
Ameloblastin Inhibits Cranial Suture
Atsawasuwan P, Lu X, Ito Y,
Closure by Modulating MSX2 PLoS ONE 2013
Evans CA, Luan X.
Expression and Proliferation.
Atsawasuwan P, Lu X, Ito Y,
Chen Y, Evans CA, Kulkarni Enamel-related Gene Products in
J Dent Res Revision
AB, Gibson CW, Luan X, Calvarial Development.
Diekwisch TGH.
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Ellen Ann BeGole

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 1995 B.S

Columbia University, New York, NY 1969 M.S

University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 1974 Ph.D

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
University of Illinois at Chicago, Instructor OSCI 594, Topics in 2009 Present
 College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Biostatistics

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Online
Chicago, College of OSCI 594, Topics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL in Biostatistics 1

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Luan X, Ito Y, Holliday S,

Walker C, Daniel J, Galang “Extracellular matrix-mediated tissue J Histochem
TM, Fukui T, Yamane A, remodeling following axial movement of Cytochem 2007
BeGole E, Evans C, Diekwisch teeth.” 55:127-140
TGH.
“Relationship between index of
complexity, outcome and need, dental Am J Orthod
Onyeaso C, BeGole E. aesthetic index, peer assessment rating Dentofac Orthop 2007
index, and American Board of 131:248-252
Orthodontics objective grading system.”

“Use of an electronic patient record

Shelley PQ, Johnson BR, J Dent Educ
system to evaluate restorative treatment 2007
BeGole EA. 71:1333-1339
following root canal therapy.”

Nudera WJ, Fayad MI, Johnson “The antimicrobial effect of Triclosan

J Endod
BR, Zhu M, Wenckus CS, and Triclosan with gantrez on five 2007
33:1239-1242
BeGole EA, Wu C. common endodontic pathogens.”

Am J Orthod
“Bond strength analysis of custom base
Thompson MA, Drummond Dentofacial
variables in indirect bonding 2008
JL, BeGole EA. Orthop
techniques.”
133:9.e15-9.e20
“Outcome of one-visit and two=visit
Penesis VA, Fitzgerald PI, endodontic treatment of necrotic teeth
J Endod 34:251-
Fayad MI, Wenckus CS, with apical periodontitis: A randomized 2008
257
BeGole EA, Johnson BR. controlled trial with one=year
evaluation”
“Associations between pretreatment age
and treatment time with orthodontic Hellenic Orthod
Onyeaso CO, BeGole EA. 2008
treatment outcome: A comparison by Rev 11:9-20
means of two orthodontic indices.”

Oral Surg Oral

“Differences in clinical decision making:
Bigras BR, Johnson BR, Med Oral Pathol
A comparison between specialists and 2008
BeGole EA, Wenckus CS. Oral Radiol Endod
general dentists.”
106:963-968

“How well does Invisalign work? A

Am J Orthod
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, prospective clinical study evaluating the
Dentofacial 2009
BeGole E, Obrez A, Agran B. efficacy of tooth movement with
Orthop 135:27-35
Invisalign.”

Stansbury CD, Evans CA, “Stability of open bite correction with J Oral Maxillofac
Miloro M, BeGole EA, Morris sagittal split osteotomy and closing Surg 2010
DE. rotation of the mandible.” 68:149-151
 Am J Orthod
Volk T, Sadowsky C, BeGole “Rapid palatal expansion for Dentofacial
2010
EA, Boice P. spontaneous Class II correction.” Orthop 137:310-
315

Burgener B, Sitti H, Fayad M,

“Biological markers for odontogenic J Endod
Hao J, Wenckus C, BeGole E, 2010
periradicular periodontitis.” 36:1307-1310
George A.

Phantom bite: A survey of US

Ligas B, Galang T, BeGole E,
orthodontists. Orthodontists: The Art and 12:38-47 2011
Evans C, Klasser G, Greene C.
Practice of Dentofacial Enhancement.

“Prevalence of short dental roots in four

Edgcomb K, BeGole EA, J Dent Anthrop
ethnic groups in an orthodontic 2011
Evans CA, Johnson B, Luan X. 24:11-15
population”

“A comparison of traditional and Angle Orthod

Israel M, Kusnoto B, Evans April 28,
computer-aided bracket placement (E-pub ahead of
CA, BeGole E. 2011
methods.” print)

“Evaluation of incisor position and

Vajaria R, BeGole E, Kusnoto Angle Orthod
dental transverse dimensional changes 2011
B, Galang MT, Obrez A. 81:647-652
using the Damon system.”

“A comparison of traditional and

Israel M, Kusnoto B, Evans Angle Orthod
computer-aided bracket placement 2011
CA, BeGole E. 81:828-835
methods.”

Sheshter AH, BeGole EA, “Assessment of the orthodontic referral Smile Dent J
2011
Koerber A, Muhl ZF. by undergraduate dental students.” 6:42-45

“Nasal outcomes of presurgical nasal Int J Dent,

Williams E, Evans C, Reisberg
molding in complete unilateral cleft lip Vol. 2012 2012
DJ, BeGole EA
and palate.” 5 Pages

Int J Dent
Bauer D, Evans CA, BeGole “Severity of occlusal disharmonies in
Vol. 2012 2012
EA, Salzmann L. Down Syndrome.”
5 Pages
 June 2013
CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Kyint Chwa

Address: Department of Orthodontics
College of Dentistry
University of Illinois at Chicago
801 S. Paulina St., M/C 841
Chicago, IL 60612-7211
Telephone: 847-663-8889
Fax:
E-mail: kyintchwa@[Link]

Place of Birth:

Education:
1984 B.D.S., Institute of Dental Medicine, Rangoon, Burma(Myanmar)
1992 D.D.S., Northwestern University Dental School, Chicago, IL
1994 M.S. in Orthodontics; Certificate in Orthodontics, Northwestern University Dental School,
Chicago, IL

Licensure and Certification:

1992 Northeast Regional Boards
1992-present Illinois State Dental License
1994-present Illinois State Specialty License in Orthodontics

ABO Board:
1994 ABO Eligible
2007-present Diplomate, American Board of Orthodontics

Academic Appointments:
1999 Clinical Assistant Professor, Orthodontic Division, Northwestern University Dental
School, Chicago, IL

Professional Appointments:
1994-2003 Associate Orthodontist, Ernst K. Jansen, D.D.S., M.S., & Associates Orthodontics, Ltd.
Northbrook, IL
2004-present Orthodontist, Janzen, Janzen & Chwa, Orthodontics, Ltd. Northbrook, IL

Work Experience:
1984-1985 Resident House Surgeon, Internship, Institute of Dental Medicine and Departments of
Plastic, Maxillofacial and Oral Surgery and Dental Out-patient Department at Rangoon
General Hospital, Rangoon, Burma.
1985-1988 General Dentist, Private Practice, Rangoon, Burma

Awards and Honors:

1989-1992 Dean’s Commendations, Northwestern University Dental School

1
1992 Achievement Award of the American Academy of Gold Foil Operators
1992 Outstanding Student Award of the American Association of Orthodontists

Memberships:
Present College of Diplomates of the American Board of Orthodontics
Present The American Board of Orthodontics
Present World Federation of Orthodontics
Present American Association of Orthodontists
Present Midwestern Society of Orthodontists
Present Illinois Society of Orthodontists
Present American Dental Association
Present Illinois State Dental Society
Present Chicago Dental Society
Present Burma Dental Association

Journal and Society Committee Assignments:

Research Grants:

Publications:

1. Chwa KH, Marshall SD, Jacobson RS, Kallal RH, Forbes DP. Direction and magnitude of
postsurgical changes following mandibular advancement with rigid fixation, M.S Thesis.
Northwest Dent Res. 5:8-12, 1994.

2. Kristofor C, Sharin D, Forbes D, Chwa K. The effect of mandibular rotation on molar

position, Northwest Dent Res. 5:8-12, 1997.

3. Lee-Chan S, Jacobson BN, Chwa KH, Jacobson RS. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
113:293-9, 1998.

Published Abstracts:

Abstracts and Presentations at Scientific Meetings:

2
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Anthony P. Eltink

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Notre Dame, South Bend, IN 1998 B.A
University of Illinois at Chicago College of Specialty Certificate
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2005 in Orthodontics Orthodontics
University of Illinois at Chicago College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2005 M.S Oral Science

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 2003 Present

Illinois Dental Specialty License 2006 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

N/A

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
Illinois Society of Orthodontics Technology, Orthodontic Treatment 2008-2013

Clear Techniques Invisalign 2008,2010,2013

American Association of Orthodontists Orthodontics Diagnosis and Treatment 2011

Planning
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant
Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 2005 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
N/A

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Buffalo Grove, IL Orthodontics Private Practice 2005 Present

Chicago, IL Orthodontics Private Practice 2005 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 1998 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 2002 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 2002 Present

 Chicago Dental Society Member 2005 Present

American Dental Education Association Member 2006 Present

Illinois Orthodontic Alumni Association Board Member 2010 Present

Illinois Association of Orthodontists Vice President 2012 Present

Society of Orthodontics Educators Member 2013 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

A new measure of
Craniofacial Growth
Eltink AP, Handelman gingival recession and the
Series 2011
CS, BeGole E. significance of attrition
48:353-375.
gender and race.
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Therese Galang-Boquiren

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of the Philippines, Manila 2000 D.M.D
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2004 M.S Oral Sciences
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2007 Certificate Orthodontics
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Advanced Standing
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2009 D.D.S.
Clinical Dental Research Summer Institute, Postdoctoral
University of Washington 2010 Fellow Training

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Dental License granted by the Professional Regulation 2001 Present

Commission, Philippines

Illinois Dental License Registration 2007 Present

Illinois Dental Specialty License 2007 Present

American Board of Orthodontics, Diplomate 2007 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Graduate
University of Illinois at Chicago, College
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Faculty Department of Orthodontics 2008 Present
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant Clinic Supervision
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Department of Orthodontics 2007 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
University of Illinois at Growth and Didactic Clinic/Laborat
Chicago, Department of Development ory
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
John H. Stroger Jr. Hospital of Cook County, Chicago IL 2009 Present
Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Philippine Dental Association Member 2001 2004
 Sigma Xi Scientific Research Society, Full Member 2003 2009
University of Illinois at Chicago Chapter
International Association for Dental Member 2003 Present
Research/ American Association for Dental
Research
American Dental Association Member 2003 Present

Illinois State Dental Society Member 2003 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 2004 Present

American Cleft Palate-Craniofacial Member 2004 2009

Association
American Association of Orthodontists Member 2004 Present

College of Diplomates, American Board of Member 2007 Present

Orthodontics
World Federation of Orthodontists Fellow 2009 Present

American Dental Education Association Member 2009 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Luan X, Ito Y, Holliday S,

Walker C, Daniel J, Galang Extracellular Matrix-mediated Tissue J Histochem
MT, Fukui T, Yamane A, Remodeling Following Axial Movement Cytochem. 2007
Begole E, Evans C, Diekwisch of Teeth. 55:127-140
TG.
American
Association of
DeFelippe, N and Galang, MTS Miniscrew 101 May 2008
Women Dentists
Journal. Epub
Luan X, Dangaria, S, Ito Y,
Walker CG, Jin, T, Schmidt, Neural Crest Lineage Segregation: A J Dent Res
2009
MK, Galang MT, and Blueprint for Periodontal Regeneration 88: 781-91
Druzinsky, R
Evaluation of incisor position and dental Angle Orthod. 2011
Vajaria R, Begole E, Kusnoto Mar 25
transverse dimensional changes using the Jul;81(4):647-52.
B, Galang MT, Obrez A 2011
Damon system. Epub
Galang MT, Yuan JC, Lee DJ, Factors influencing publication rates of
J Dent Educ.
Barao VA, Shyamsunder N, abstracts presented at the ADEA annual Apr 2011
75(4):549-56
Sukotjo C. session & exhibition
Phantom bite: a survey of U.S.
Ligas BB, Galang, MT, BeGole
orthodontists. Orthodontics: The Art and 12: 38-47 2011
E, Evans C, Klasser G, Greene
Practice of Dentofacial Enhancement
C
Yuan JC, Galang MT, Lee DJ, Differences between Abstracts and Full- J Dent Educ. Nov 2011
Barao VA, Shyamsunder N, length Publications from ADEA Annual 75(11):1476-81
Sukotjo C Meetings
Applicant Selection Procedures For U.S. Am J Orthod
Galang MT, Yuan JC, Lee DJ,
Orthodontic Specialty Programs: A Dentofacial Orthop Dec 2011
Sukotjo C
Survey Of Program Directors 140(6):822-827.e4
Gender Equality in Orthodontic
Dragstrem K, Yuan JC, Sukotjo
Literature and Leadership. Orthodontics 13(1):176-183 2012
C, Lee DJ, and Galang MT
(Chic.)
The effects of environment and cyclic
Hurley RK, Drummond JL, J Dent. Jun 18
fatigue on the mechanical properties of
Viana GC, Galang MT 40(10):787-92. Epub 2012
an indirect composite.
Dentistry and Obesity: a Review and its
Yuan, JC, Lee DJ, Afshari F, J Dent
Current Status in US Predoctoral Dental Sep 2012
Galang MT, Sukotjo C Educ.76(9):1129-36
Education.
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Laurence A. Golden

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI 1994 B.S
Northwestern University Dental School, Chicago,
IL 1998 D.D.S.
University of Illinois at Chicago, University of General Practice
Illinois at Chicago Hospital, Chicago, IL 1999 Residency

Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 2002 M.S. Dentistry

Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH 2002 Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois General Dental License 1998 Present

Illinois Dental Orthodontic Specialty License 1998 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

National Dental Board Certification 1998

Northeast Regional Board Certification 1998

American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 2006

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical Part-Time Faculty, Department
University of Illinois, College of Assistant of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 2005 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois, Faculty member
College of Dentistry,
Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Robert G. Brunetti, D.D.S., Chicago, IL General Dentistry 1999 2000

Central DuPage Orthodontics, Wheaton, IL Orthodontics and Dentofacial 2003 Present

Orthopedics

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 1998 Present

Illinois Dental Society Member 1998 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 1998 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 2003 Present

 Midwest Society of Orthodontists Member 2003 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 2003 Present

West Suburban Branch Member 2004 Present

Wheaton Dental Society President 2005-2010 2005 present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Charles S. Greene

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Illinois at Chicago, University of
Illinois at Chicago Hospital, Chicago, IL 1958 B.S
University of Illinois at Chicago, University of
Illinois at Chicago Hospital, Chicago, IL 1963 D.D.S

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois General Dental License 1963 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

N/A

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
N/A

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Name of Institution, City and Rank Subjects/Content Areas From To
 State Taught/ Administrative (Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical Dept. of Orthodontics
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 2008 Present
Director of Department of Oral
Orofacial Pain Medicine and Diagnostic
University of Illinois at Chicago, Studies, Clinical Sciences, and
College of Dentistry. Professor 2001 2008
Temporomandib Department of Oral &
ular Joint and Maxillofacial Surgery,
University of Illinois at Chicago, Facial Pain
College of Dentistry. Research Center, 1995 2002
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical Department of Oral &
College of Dentistry. Professor Maxillofacial Surgery. 1995 2001
Co-Director and TMD Clinic
Northwestern U. Dental School, Clinical
Department of Orthodontics. Professor. 1986 1995
University of Illinois at Chicago Director General Practice Residency
Hospital. Program 1978 1986
Director Dental Clinic of General
Program Michael Reese Hospital Practice Residency 1978 1986
Research Temporomandibular Joint
Coordinator & and Facial Pain Research
University of Illinois at Chicago, Professor Center, Department of Oral
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL & Maxillofacial Surgery 1974 1986
Temporomandibular Joint
and Facial Pain Research
University of Illinois at Chicago, Center, Department of Oral
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL & Maxillofacial Surgery 1965 1974

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Clinical
Chicago, College of Professor
Dentistry, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
International Association for Dental Member 1981 1983
Research (IADR)
Neuroscience Group, IADR/ AADR Secretary 1981 1983

International Association for Dental Member 1983 1984

Research (IADR)
Neuroscience Group, IADR/ AADR President 1983 1984

American Academy of Orofacial Pain Member Present

(AAOP)
Association of University Teachers of Member Present
Orofacial Pain Programs (AUTOPP)
American Academy of Oral Medicine Member Present
(AAOM)

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

“Mandibular Repositioning in the

The Quintessence
Greene CS, Obrez A. Treatment of Temporomandibular 2007
(Japan). 26: 171-178
Disorder: Critical Analysis.
Predoctoral Teaching of
Temporomandibular Disorders: A J Am Dent Assoc.
Klasser GD, Greene CS.
Survey of U.S. and Canadian Dental 138: 231-237
2007
Schools.”
“Role of oral appliances in the
Alpha Omegan. 100:
Klasser GD, Greene CS. management of sleep bruxism and 2007
111-119
temporomandibular disorders.”
 Pain Headache.
Greene CS. “Orofacial Pain: Past and Future.” 2007
15:223-235
“Dental Occlusion: A Critical Reflection J Oral Rehabil
Turp JC, Greene CS, Strub JR. 2008
on Past, Present, and Future Concepts.” 35: 446-453
Oral Maxillofac Surg
Gonzalez YM, Greene CS, “Technological devices in the diagnosis
Clin North Am. 20: 2008
Mohl ND. of temporomandibular disorders.”
211-220
In Orofacial Pain –
From Basic Science to
Greene CS. Ed. BJ Sessle, GJ “Science Transfer in Orofacial Pain.
Clinical Management 2008
Lavigne. Problems and Solutions.”
(2nd Ed),
Pg. 229-235
In Chronic Orofacial
Greene CS, Hinderstein B, “Temporomandibular disorders:
Pain (2nd Ed),Ed. RS
Konzelman J, Sollecito TP, myogenous and arthrogenous 2008
Brown, RN Arm, JB
Clark GT, Greenberg MS. conditions.”
Epstein. pg. 21-37
Oral Surg Oral Med
“Oral Appliances in the Management of
Klasser GD, Greene CS. Oral Pathol Oral Radiol. 2009
Temporomandibular Disorders.”
107:212-223
“The Changing Field of
J Canad Dent Assn.
Klasser GD, Greene CS. Temporomandibular Disorders: What 2009
75:49-53
Dentists need to know.”
“Validity of the Research Diagnostic
Criteria for Temporomandibular
Greene CS. Disorders Axis I in Clinical and J Orofac Pain. 23:20-23 2009
Research Settings - Critical Commentary
2.”
“Topical Review: Placebo Responses
Greene CS, Goddard G, J Orofac Pain.
and Therapeutic Responses. How Are 2009
Macaluso GM, Mauro G. 23:93–107.
They Related? “
“Book Review: Orofacial Pain:
J Orofac Pain
Greene CS. Guidelines for Assessment, Diagnosis, 2009
23:180
and Management.”
J Am Dent Assoc.
Greene CS. “Neuroplasticity and Sensitization” 2009
140:676-678
“Topical Review: Placebo Responses
Greene CS, Goddard G, The Quintessence
and Therapeutic Responses. How Are 2010
Macaluso GM, Mauro G. (JAPAN). 29:120-136
They Related?”
In: Current Concepts on
Mauro G, Macaluso GM,
Temporomandibular
Greene CS, Goddard G, “Placebo Effect.” 2010
Disorders. Ed. D
Manfredi E.
Manfredini. 383-392
“Editorial - Diagnosis and Treatment Of
Oral Surg Oral Med
Temporomandibular Disorders:
Greene CS. Oral Path Oral Radiol 2010
Emergence of a New Care Guidelines
Endod. 110:137-13
Statement.”
 “Editorial - Diagnosis and Treatment of
Quintessence
Temporomandibular Disorders:
Greene CS. International 41:623- 2010
Emergence of a New "Standard of
624
Care."”
“Managing the Care of Patients with
J Am Dent Assoc.
Greene CS. Temporomandibular Disorders: A New 2010
141:1086-1088
Guideline for Care.”
“Revision of the American Association
Greene CS, Klasser GD, of Dental Research’s Science J Can Dent Assoc
2010
Epstein JB. Information Statement about 76:115
Temporomandibular Disorders.”
“Management of The
Temporomandibular Disorder Patient Slovenian Dental
Obrez A, Greene CS, Turp JC. 2010
With Concurrent Need For Restorative Journal. 65: 3-11
Dentistry - A Case Report.”
J Oral Rehab 37:731–
List T, Greene CS. “Moving forward with the RDC/TMD.” 2010
733,
“Point – Counterpoint: Relationship
Am J Orthod
Between Occlusion and
Greene CS. Dentofacial Orthop. 2011
Temporomandibular Disorders:
139:10-16
Implications For The Orthodontist.”
“Survey of Orthodontic Residency
Stockstill J, Greene CS, Programs: Teaching About Occlusion, Am J Orthod
Kandasamy S, Campbell D, Temporomandibular Joints, and Dentofacial Orthop. 2011
Rinchuse DL. Temporomandibular Disorders in 139:17-23.
Postgraduate Curricula.”
Ligas BB, Galang MTS,
“Phantom Bite: A Survey of US Orthodontics (Chic.).
BeGole EA, Evans CA, Klasser 2011
Orthodontists.” 12: 38-47
GD, Greene CS.
“Atypical odontalgia - an oral J Am Dent Assoc.
Greene CS, Murray, GM. 2011
neuropathic pain phenomenon.” 142:1031-32
Orthodontics and temporomandibular Am J Orthod
Greene CS, Stockstill J,
disorders: A curriculum proposal for Dentofacial Orthop. 2012
Rinchuse DL, Kandasamy S.
postgraduate programs. 142:18-24
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Chester S. Handelman

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Washington and Jefferson College, Washington,
Pennsylvania 1957 B.S Pre-Med
Harvard School of Dental Medicine. Boston,
Massachusetts. 1961 D.M.D Dentistry
Harvard University School of Dental Medicine.
The Harvard- Forsyth Orthodontic Program,
Boston, Massachusetts 1964 Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1965 Present

Illinois specialist in Dentistry 1965 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
Advanced Invisalign RX Robert Boyd for Invisalign March 2013
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
University of Illinois at Chicago,
College of Dentistry, Department of Clinical
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 2010 Present
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical
College of Dentistry, Department of Associate
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL Professor Dept. of Orthodontics 1997 2009
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical
College of Dentistry, Department of Assistant
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL Professor Dept. of Orthodontics 1985 1997
University of Illinois at Chicago,
College of Dentistry, Department of
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL Lecturer Dept. of Orthodontics 1983 1985
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical
Center for Craniofacial Abnormalities Instructor Craniofacial Abnormalities 1964 1968

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 1963 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 1965 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontics Member 1966 Present

Harvard Society for the Advancement of Member 1970 Present

Orthodontics
Chicago Academy of Dental Research Member 1973 2002

Midwest Component of Edward H. Angle Member 1974 Present

Society of Orthodontists Chairperson of Study Committee 2001-
2006
Vice President 2004-2005
President Elect 2005-2006
President 2006-2007
Nomination Committee 2007-2009
Chairperson of Nomination Committee
2009-2010
Chicago Academy of Dental Research President 1982 1983

Chicago Academy of Dental Research President 2001 2002

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: William Fredrick Hohlt

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Indiana University, Bloomington, IN 1958 B.S Dentistry

Indiana University, Indianapolis, IN 1962 D.D.S. Dentistry

General Practice
United States Navy, Portsmouth Naval Hospital 1963 Residency
Clinical Proficiency
Indiana University, Indianapolis, IN 1969 Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Indiana License to practice Dentistry 1966 Present

Georgia License to practice Dentistry 1966 Present

United States Department of Justice Controlled substance 1966 Present

Registration
State of Indiana Controlled Substance Registration Certificate 1966 Present

Illinois Restricted Faculty License 1998 Present

Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiac Care 1998 Present

Provider American Heart Association
Illinois License to practice Dentistry 2010 Present

Illinois License-Specialist in Dentistry 2010 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 1991

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)
Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
Midwest Angle Society Orthodontics Subjects every hour January, 2013

AAO National Convention Your Choice, Biomechanics May, 2012

Bioprogressive Course Review, Bioprogressive, UIC September, 2012

Bunstone Symposium Centers of Resistance November, 2011

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical Dept. of Orthodontics
College of Dentistry Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 2010 Present
Indiana University School of Professor Dept. of Orthodontics
Dentistry Emeritus 2008 Present
Indiana University School of Dental Private Practice
Dentistry Faculty 2003 2011
Indiana University School of Professor Dept. of Orthodontics
Dentistry 2003 2008
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical Dept. of Orthodontics
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 2002 2009
Associate Dept. of Orthodontics
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 1998 2002
Associate Dept. of Orthodontics
Indiana University School of Professor
Dentistry with Tenure 1994 2003
Indiana University School of Graduate Full Time Appointment
Dentistry Faculty 1988 2008
Director of Dept. of Orthodontics, Full
Indiana University School of Undergradu Time Appointment
Dentistry, Indianapolis, IN ate 1988 2008
Indiana University School of Assistant Dept. of Orthodontics, Full
Dentistry, Indianapolis, IN Professor Time Appointment 1988 1994
Assistant Graduate Faculty of Dept. of
Indiana University School of Professor Orthodontics, Part-time
Dentistry, Indianapolis, IN Appointment 1980 1988
Assistant Graduate Faculty of Dept. of
Indiana University School of Professor Orthodontics, Part-time
Dentistry, Indianapolis, IN Appointment 1969 1974

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
 Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Clinical Dept. of Pre-doc,
Chicago, College of Professor Orthodontics Seminar, Lecture
Dentistry Chicago, IL Clinic Supervision Lecturer Orthodontics

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Indianapolis, IN Orthodontics 1969 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Indiana University Dental School Alumni Member 1962 Present

American Dental Association, Life Member-2002 1962 Present

Indiana Dental Association Life Member – 2002 1969 Present

Indianapolis District Dental Society Member 1969 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Life-active Member - 2010 1969 Present

Great Lakes Component, American Member 1969 Present

Association of Orthodontists
Indiana Society of Orthodontists Member 1971 Present

Midwest Component, Edward H. Angle Hotel Committee - 1986-2000 1978 Present

Society Hotel Committee - 2004-2005
Admissions Committee – 1990-1996
Vice-president – 2003
President-Elect – 2004
President - 2005
Past President - 2006
 National Association of Military Surgeons Member 1984 1988

American College of Dentists Member 1986 Present

Indiana University Orthodontic Alumni Member 1986 Present

International College of Dentists Member 1987 Present

Confrerie Des Compagnons Gouste-Via de Secretary- 1989-present 1989 Present

Normandie, Medical Chapter,
National Flying Dentists Association Secretary - 1998-2001 1990 Present
President Elect – 2001-02
President - 2002-03
Past President - 2004
American Association of Dental Schools Member 1993 1995

American Dental Education Association Member 2006 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Roberts WE, Kanomi R, Hohlt “Miniature implants and retromolar

16:205-211 2007
WF. fixtures for orthodontic anchorage.”
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Tsay “The use of temporary anchorage J Am Dent Assoc.
2007
TP, Hohlt WF. devices for molar intrusion.” 138:56-64
“Intrusion of an overerupted upper first
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Tsay Angle Orthod.
molar using two orthodontic 2007
TP, Hohlt WF. 77:915-22
miniscrews.”
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Hohlt “Simplified surgical guide for anterior J Clin Ortho.
2007
WF. placement of mini-implants.” 41: 224-226
World J Orthod.
Hohlt WF, Silberstein R. “The Mousetrap.” 2009
10:257-260
Hohlt WF, Silberstein R. “Die Mausefalle, Kieferorthopadie.” 24 : 289-292 2010
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Gregory W. Jackson

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 1970
University of Illinois College of Dentistry,
Chicago. IL 1974 D.D.S. with Honors

University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 1978 M.S.D.

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois General Dental License 1974 Present

Illinois Dental Orthodontic Specialty License 1981 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
University of Illinois, College of Clinical Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Assistant 2000 Present
 Professor

University of Illinois, College of Co-director Undergraduate Orthodontic

Dentistry, Chicago, IL Education 1978 1981
University of Illinois, College of Lecturer Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1978 1981

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois, Faculty member
College of Dentistry,
Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
International Association of Orthodontists Member 1978 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 1978 Present

Midwestern Society of Orthodontists Member 1978 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 1978 Present

 American Dental Association Member 1974 Present

Illinois State Dental Society Member 1974 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 1974 Present

American Academy of Dental Sleep Member 2013 Present

Medicine
Sleep Society Member 2013 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Heekyoung Jo
Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Seoul National University, College of Natural
Sciences, Seoul, Korea 1982 Natural Sciences
Seoul National University, College of Dentistry
Seoul, Korea 1986 Internship
University Hospital, Seoul National University, Internship and
College of Dentistry, Seoul, Korea 1987 Residency
Indiana University, School of Dentistry, Preventive
Indianapolis, IN 1989 M.S.D. Dentistry
University of Minnesota, School of Dentistry,
Division of Orthodontics, Minneapolis, MN 1991 Specialty Certificate Orthodontics
University of Minnesota, School of Dentistry,
Department of Oral Sciences, Minneapolis, MN 1993 Ph.D. Oral Sciences

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Korea (Inactive) 1986

Minnesota (Inactive) 1997

Wisconsin (Inactive) 1992

Michigan (Inactive) 1993

Illinois Dental License Registration 1997

Illinois Orthodontics Specialty License 1997

American Board of Orthodontics Examination, Phase III, 2001

Case Oral Exam

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified
CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)
Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Department of Orthodontics 2003 Present
University of Minnesota, School of
Dentistry, Minneapolis, MN Division of Orthodontics 1989 1991
University of Indiana, School of
Dentistry, Indianapolis, IN Preventive Dentistry 1987 1989
Seoul National University, Seoul, Operative Dentistry,
College of Dentistry, Korea Endodontic 1986 1987

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, College of Clinical Assistant
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Mundelein, IL Kelsey & Jo Orthodontics, Private 2000 Present
Practice
Highland Park, IL Kelsey & Jo Orthodontics, Private 1997 Present
Practice
John H. Kelsey Orthodontics, Private John H. Kelsey Orthodontics, Private 1993 1997
Practice, Midland, MI Practice
Apple Valley, MN Apple Park Associates, Inc., Private 1992 1993
Practice

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Korean Women Dental Association Member 1986 Present

Korean Dental Association Member 1986 Present

Indiana Dental Association Member 1987 1989

International Association for Dental Member 1987 1993

Research
American Association for Dental Research Member 1987 1993

American Dental Association Member 1987 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 1988 Present

Minnesota Dental Association Member 1989 1993

North Shore Women Dentists Member 1999 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Edward J. John

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

N/A

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
N/A

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: John H. Kelsey

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 1979- B.S. Petroleum Geology
1983
Michigan State University, School of Dentistry, 1983-
East Lansing, MI 1987 D.D.S.
St. Francis Hospital and Medical Center, Hartford, 1987- General Practice
CT 1988 Residency
University of Minnesota School of Dentistry, 1990- Orthodontic
Minneapolis, MN 1992 M.S. Graduate Program

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1996 Present

Illinois Orthodontic Specialty License 1996 Present

Northeast Regional Board License 1996 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

ABO Certification 2007

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical Faculty member, part-time,
University of Illinois, College of Assistant Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 1998 Present
University of Minnesota School of Instructor Post-Graduate Orthodontic
Dentistry, Minneapolis, MN Program 1990 1992
University of Michigan School of Clinical TMJ/Orofacial Pain Clinic
Dentistry, Ann Arbor, MI Instructor 1988 1990
University of Michigan School of Instructor Oral Health Day
Dentistry, Ann Arbor, MI 1998 1988
University of Michigan School of Instructor Mouthguard Clinic
Dentistry, Ann Arbor, MI 1988 1988
University of Michigan School of Lecturer Department of Restorative
Dentistry, Ann Arbor, MI Dentistry 1988 1990

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois, Clinical Department of
College of Dentistry, Assistant Orthodontics
Chicago, IL Professor

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 1987 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 1990 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 1996 Present

Illinois State Dental Society Member 1996 Present

Central Lake County Dental Study Club President 2004 2010

Diplomate American Board of Member 2005 Present

Orthodontists

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Ashok Kothari

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Bombay University, India 1970 B.S
Nair Hospital Dental College, Bombay University,
India 1975 B.D.S
Orthodontics, Nair Hospital Dental College,
Bombay University, India 1978 M.D.S

Loyola Univ. School of Dentistry, Maywood, IL 1983 Specialty Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1984 Present

Illinois Dental Specialty License 1984 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 2002

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
The CCO System Antonino Sechi February 2013

Orthodontics Antonino Sechi February 2013

Marketing Susan McElvy and Cynthia Kohler November 2012

Orthodontic Practice Eye towards future- Brent Larson September 202

Fundamental of treatment planning and Dr. Musich September 2012

practice transition
Not your Daddy’s Orthodontics Dr. Graham, ISO April 2012

Bisphosphante related osteonecrosis of Korompilas February 2012

the jaw
Interdisciplinary treatment Vanarsdall February 2012

The Interdisciplinary Team Dr. Kokich, Jr., ISO September 2011

Snap on smile Dr. Tuck September 2011

Academy of Laser Dentistry UIC Dr. Margolis, UIC July 2011

Mini Implants Dr. Melsen May 2011

New face in Interdisciplinary Dentistry Dr. Sarver February 2011

AAO Annual Session 2011 2011

Genetic Factors in External root Dr. Hartsfield, Harrell and Monahan November 2010
resorption and CBCT
10 Sensational Do it yourself Drs. Tyler, Alexander and Kozlowski October 2010
Technologies
Orthodontic risk management Dr. Jerrold September 2010

Diagnosing oral and facial lesions Dr. Olsen February 2010

The face of your patient is changing Dr. Warshawsky February 2010

When is it time for orthodontic treatment [Link] February 2010

to begin
Mini implant anchorage Dr. Baumgaertel February 2010

AAO Annual session 2010 2010

California Dental Practice Act and Homestead Schools Inc December 2009
Infection control
AAO Meeting 2009 2009

Mini screw anchorage Dr. Jason Cope, Unitek October 2008

Orthodontics Why and Why not Will County Dental Society September 2008

Managing Orthodontic Treatment for Dr. Vincent Kokich, ISO April 2008
patients with Periodontal problems
CPR Attendence IDA March 2008

Orthodontics and Esthetics Dr. Sarver, ISO December 2007

Treatment Planning and Treatment Dr. Richard McLaughlin, ISO October 2007
Mechanics
Healthy Living for a healthy Heart [Link], IDA September 2007
 Oral surgery and Bisphosphanates [Link], IDA June 2007

Cosmetic Dentistry [Link], IDA March 2007

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant
Chicago, IL Professor Dept. of Orthodontics 2002 Present
Loyola University, School of Teaching
Dentistry, Maywood, IL Assistant Dept. of Psychology 1982 1983

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, College of Clinical Assistant
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Joliet, IL Private Practice of Orthodontics 1984 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Indian Orthodontic Society Member 1975 Present
 American Association of Orthodontists Member 1982 Present

American Dental Association Member 1984 Present

CDABO Member 2002 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

“Closed coil spring to crossbite J Clin Orthod.

Kothari A. 2010
correction." 44:689-690
“Quick conversion of an expander to a J Clin Orthod
Kothari A. 2011
transpalatal arch.” 46:160
“Distalization of ectopically erupted J Clin Orthod
Kothari A. 2012
molars in mixed dentition.” 46:42-44
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Budi Kusnoto

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Computer
Computer Science Institute. Jakarta, Indonesia 1993 [Link]. Engineering

The University of Indonesia. Jakarta, Indonesia 1994 D.D.S.

University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1998 Specialty Certificate Orthodontics
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1998 M.S Oral Science
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Craniofacial
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1999 Fellow Surgery
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2004 D.D.S.

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Faculty Dental License, State of Illinois, License to Practice 2003 2005

State of Illinois, Licensed Dentist, State Professional Board, 2005 2009

Illinois
State of Illinois, Licensed Specialist in Dentistry Orthodontics, 2005 2009
State Professional Board, Illinois

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

American Board of Orthodontics Phase II, Certification Certification 1998

Dental National Board Examination Part I, Certification Certification 1998

Dental National Board Examination Part II, Certification Certification 2002

American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 2008

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)
Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
College of Dentistry, University of Associate
Illinois at Chicago Professor Department of Orthodontics 2009 Present
College of Dentistry, University of Assistant
Illinois at Chicago Professor Department of Orthodontics 2005 Present
College of Dentistry, University of Clinic
Illinois at Chicago Director Department of Orthodontics, 2004 Present
Faculty
College of Dentistry, University of Dental
Illinois at Chicago Practitioner Faculty Practice 2003 Present
Clinical
College of Dentistry, University of Assistant
Illinois at Chicago Professor Department of Orthodontics 2001 2004
Visiting
College of Dentistry, University of Assistant
Illinois at Chicago Professor Department of Orthodontics 1999 2001
College of Dentistry, University of Teaching
Illinois at Chicago Assistant Department of Orthodontics 1995 1998

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Clinical PG-1, 2, 3 200 800
Chicago Orthodontics,
Clinic Director

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Chicago, IL Private practice of orthodontics present
MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Curriculum Restructuring Committee, Member 2005 2006
Department of Orthodontics, College of
Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago
Patient Care Quality Assurance Committee, Member 2005 2007
Department of Orthodontics, College of
Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Tsay Intrusion of over erupted upper first Angle Orthod
2007
TP, Hohlt WF molar using two orthodontic miniscrews. 77:915-22.
Okunami, TR, Kusnoto B, Assessing the American Board of Am J Orthod
BeGole EA, Evans CA, Orthodontics Objective Grading System: Dentofacial Orthop. 2007
Sadowsky C, Fadavi S digital vs plaster dental casts. 131:51-6
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Tsay The use of temporary anchorage devices J Am Dent Assoc.
2007
TP, Hohlt WF for molar intrusion. 138:56-64
A quick and inexpensive method for J Clin Orthod.
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B. 2007
composite button fabrication. 41:65-6
Am J Orthod
Risks and complications of orthodontic
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B Dentofacial Orthop. 2007
miniscrews.
131(4 Sup):43-51
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Hohlt A simplified stent for anterior miniscrew J Clin Orthod.
2007
WF. insertion. 41:224-6
In-vitro evaluation of frictional resistance Am J Orthod
Yeh C, Kusnoto B, Viana G,
between brackets with passive-ligation Dentofacial Orthop. 2007
Evans CA, Drummond JL
designs 131:704. e11-e22
Two dimensional cephalometry and
Clin Plast [Link]
Kusnoto B. computerized orthognathic surgical 2007
34:417–26.
treatment planning.
Posterior impaction with orthodontic
World J Orthod. 8:
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B miniscrews for openbite closure and 2007
157-66
improvement of facial profile.
Am J Orthod
Soft-tissue lasers in orthodontics: an
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B. Dentofacial Orthop. 2008
overview.
133(4 suppl): S110-4
Influence of attachments and
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Agran Angle Orthod
interproximal reduction on the accuracy 2008
B, Viana G. 78:682-7.
of canine rotation with Invisalign
Oliveira De Felippe NL, Da Relationship between rapid maxillary Am J Orthod
Silveira AC, Viana MG, expansion and the nasal cavity’s size and Dentofacial Orthop. 2008
Kusnoto B, Smith B, Evans airway resistance short and long-term 134:370-82
CA. effects.
How well does Invisalign work? A
Am J Orthod
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, prospective clinical study evaluating the
Dentofacial Orthop. 2009
BeGole E, Obrez A, Agran B. efficacy of tooth movement with
135: 27-35
Invisalign.
Evaluation of incisor position and dental
Vajaria R, BeGole E, Kusnoto Angle Orthod. 81:
transverse dimensional changes using the 2011
B, Galang MT, Obrez A 647-52
Damon system.
The effectiveness of Oraqix® versus
Kwong TS, Kusnoto B, Viana Angle Orthod.
TAC Alternate for placement of 2011
G, Evans CA, Watanabe K.. 81: 754-59
orthodontic temporary anchorage devices
3D Facial Soft Tissue Changes Due to
Al-Sanea R, Kusnoto B, Evans Orthodontic Tooth Movement. In: ISBN 978-953-51-
2012
CA. Bourzgui F. Orthodontics - Basic 0143-7, InTech
Aspects and Clinical Considerations.
A comparison of traditional and
Israel M, Kusnoto B, Evans Angle Orthod.
computer-aided bracket placement 2011
CA, BeGole E. 81:828-35.
methods
Duabis R, Kusnoto B, Factors affecting stresses in cortical bone Angle Orthod
Natarajan R, Zhou L, Evans around miniscrew implants A three- 82:875-880 2012
CA. dimensional finite element study.
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Haitao Li
Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Yr of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.

Capital University of Medical Sciences, Beijing, China 1999 BDS Dentistry

Chao Yang Dental Group 2001 General Dentistry

University of Connecticut 2007 PhD Biomedical Science

University of Connecticut 2008 Postdoctoral Fellow Bone Biology

University of Illinois at Chicago 2011 Certificate Orthodontics

University of Illinois at Chicago 2011 M.S. Oral Sciences

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Florida - Teaching License 2011 2013

Illinois – Dentist 2013 Present

Illinois – Orthodontic Specialist 2013 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

American Board of Orthodontics Orthodontics 2011

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content AreasTaught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)

Clinical
Assistant
University of Illinois at Chicago Professor Orthodontics 2013 present

Assistant/As
University of Florida sociate Orthodontics 2011 2013
 Professor

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, State Course Title Discipline and Level of Total Contact Hours Per Year
Students (Year)

Didactic Clinic/Laboratory

University of Illinois at Chicago Clinical Orthodontics PG-1, 2, 3 6 140

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

N\A

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

Chicago, IL Private practice of orthodontics 2013 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL DENTAL OR ALLIED

DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)

American Association of Orthodontists Member 2008 Present

College of Diplomates, American Board of Member 2011 Present

Orthodontics

American Society of Bone and Mineral Research Member 2006 2007

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author that appeared in refereed
journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Li H, Marijanovic I, Kronenberg M,
Expression and function of Dlx genes in
Erceg I, Stover ML, Velonis D, Mina Dev Biol 316:458-70 2008
the osteoblast lineage
M, Upholt W, Kalajzic I, LichtlerA

Kalajzic Z, Li H, Wang L, Jiang X, Use of an alpha-smooth muscle actin GFP

Lamothe K, Adams DJ, Aguila HL, reporter to identify an osteoprogenitor Bone 43:501-10 2008
Rowe DW, Kalajzic I. population

A rapid, nonradioactive in situ

Salie R, Li H, Jiang X, Rowe DW,
hybridization technique for use on Calcif Tissue Int 83:212-21 2008
Kalajzic I, Susa M.
cryosectioned adult mouse bone

Defining a visual marker of

San Miguel SM, Fatahi MR, Li H,
osteoprogenitor cells within the J Periodontal Res 45:60-70 2010
Igwe JC, Aguila HL, Kalajzic I
periodontium
Li H, Jiang X, Delaney J,
Immature osteoblast lineage cells increase
Franceschetti T, Bilic-Curcic I,
osteoclastogenesis in osteogenesis Am J Pathol 176:2405-13 2010
Kalinovsky J, Lorenzo JA, Grcevic D,
imperfect murine
Rowe DW, Kalajzic I

Grcevic D, Pejda S, Repic D, Wang

L, Li H, Kronenberg M, Jiang X, In vivo fate mapping identifies
Stem Cell 30:187-196 2012
Maye P, Adams D, Rowe DW, Aguila mesenchymal progenitor cells
H, Kalajzic I

Li H, Ramachandran A, Gao Q,
Expression and function of NUMB in Biomed Res Int [Link],
Ravindran S, Song Y, Evans C, 2013
odontogenesis doi: 10.1155/2013/182965
George A.

Case report: Modified quadhelix-expander

Li H, Masoud A, Voss L J World Fed Orthod 2:e107-e114 2013
in treatment of a pseudo Class III patient
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Gary W. Lippincott

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Brigham Young University, Provo, UT 1975 B.S Zoology
Loyola University School of Dentistry, Chicago,
Illinois 1980 D.D.S
General Practice
Residency,
Certification of
Michael Reese Hospital, Chicago, IL 1981 Completion
Clinical Certificate
University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL 1987 in Orthodontics Orthodontics

University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL 1991 M.S Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1980 Present

Illinois Dental Orthodontic Specialty License 1987 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical
Assistant
University of Illinois at Chicago, Professor
Department of Orthodontics, and
Chicago, IL Lecturer Growth and Development 2009 Present
Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Volunteer Under auspices of Health
Honduras, San Pedro Sula, Honduras faculty Volunteers Overseas 2010
Institute of Odonto-Stomatology, Ho Volunteer Under auspices of Health
Chi Minh City, Vietnam faculty Volunteers Overseas 2005 Present
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical
Department of Orthodontics, Assistant
Chicago, IL Professor 1988 1995
Attending
Michael Reese Hospital, Chicago, IL Dentist General Practice Residency 1982 1984
Loyola University School of Clinical
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Instructor Removable Prosthetics 1981 1983
Loyola University School of Laboratory
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Instructor Gross Anatomy 1978 1980

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Growth and
Chicago, Department of Development
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
Michael Reese Hospital Chicago IL 1982 1984

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 1980 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 1987 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 1987 Present

American Board of Orthodontics Board Eligible 1990 Present

Health Volunteer Overseas Member 2005 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Robert Manasse

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Illinois College of Pharmacy,
Chicago, IL 1969 Pharmacy Apprentice
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1972 B.S
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Doctor of Dental
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1974 Surgery
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Certificate in
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1976 Orthodontic Orthodontics
Dr. Robert M Ricketts Bioprogressive
Pacific Palisades, California 1976 Independent study Therapy
Learn Haas
techniques for patient
Dr Andrew J Haas, Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio 1976 Independent study orthodontic treatment
University of Illinois in Chicago with Dr. Sam Independent Cranio-facial
Pruzansky 1977 research Anomalies

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1974 1985

American Board of Orhtodontics 1985 Present

Illinois Orthodontic Specialty License 1976 1985

Texas Dental License 1976 1994

Illinois Orthodontic Specialty License 1993 Present

Illinois Dental License 1993 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified
CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)
Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
Legislative Forum in Dentistry ISDS Capital Conference, Springfield, IL April 2013

Forensics in Dentistry Dr. Ed Pavlik, South Suburban Branch of March 2013

CDS
Open Wide: Let’s look inside Dr. Louis DePaola, CDS Midwinter February 2013
Meeting
What’s the Latest in Implant Technology Dr. Ahmad Eslami, CDS Midwinter February 2013
Meeting
Controversies in Dentistry-2013 Panel of Experts, CDS Midwinter February 2013
Meeting
Exhibit Commercial CE Chicago Midwinter Meeting February 2013

Current Trends in Oral Health Care Dr. Daniel Meyer, Odontographic February 2013
Society
Local Anesthetic Complications Dr. Robert Bosack, South Suburban January 2013
Branch of CDS
Neurosurgery and Dentistry Dr. Fady Charbel , Odontigraphic Society December 2012

Volunteer clinical dental services ISDS Illinois Mission of Mercy June 2012

Participated in the Annual Capital ISDS April 2012

Conference
Light, Love, Life and Sholom Dr. Steinberg, South Suburban Branch of April 2012
the CDS
Why are Women so Strange and Men so Cristopher, Chicago Dental Society February 2012
Weird Midwinter Meeting
Stainless Steel Crowns are a Snap Psaltis, Chicago Dental Society February 2012
Midwinter Meeting
Exhibit Commercial CE Chicago Dental Society Midwinter February 2012
Meeting
Raising the Bar: Health and Exercise Bryant, Odontographic Society of February 2012
Chicago
The Endo Restorative Continuum South Suburban Branch of CDS January 2012

Pediatric Oral Pathology/Salzmann South Suburban Branch of CDS April 2011

Participant in the Annual Capital ISDS April 2011

Conference
Oral Care for patients on Epstein, Odontographic Society of April 2011
Biophosphonates and Osteolytic Chicago
inhibitors
Invisalign Clear Techniques II Invisalign® March 2011

The Endo Restorative Continuum Brave & Koch, Chicago Dental Society February 2011
Midwinter Meeting 2011
Real World Dentistry 2011 Garber, Chicago Dental Society February 2011
Midwinter Meeting 2011
Principle Based Dentistry and Clinical Miyasaki, Chicago Dental Society February 2011
Success Midwinter Meeting 2011
Motivating in a down economy: Odontographic Society of Chicago February 2011
Practicing the Fundamentals of great
leadership
Updates in Pharmacology Gaynor, South Suburban Branch of CDS January 2011

Hands on Laser Seminar South Suburban Branch of CDS November 2011

Post-Election Commentary on Health Cotto, South Suburban Branch of CDS November 2010
Care
Leadership and Decision Making ISDS Annual Session 2010 October 2010
Strategies
Distinguished Speaker Series ADA Annual Session October 2010

IL Legal and Legislative Update South Suburban Branch of CDS October 2010

Self- Study Correspondence Course PennWell, Soft Tissue Lasers and September 2010
Procedures
Orthodontic Risk Management Jerrold, Orthodontic Alumni Association September 2010
of Illinois
Legislative and Clinical Issues That ISDS Annual Capital Conference April 2010
Effect Dentistry
Predictable Impressions Boghosian, South Suburban Branch of April 2010
CDS
Recent Advances and Prevention and Lingen, South Suburban Branch of CDS March 2010
Detection Of Oral Cancer
Biomorphaesthetics Lowe & Shavell, Chicago Dental Society February 2010
Midwinter Meeting 2011
Mini-Implant Anchorage Baumgaertel, Chicago Dental Society February 2010
Midwinter Meeting 2011
Portable Dentistry Bee, Chicago Dental Society Midwinter February 2010
Meeting 2011
PANDA Sullivan, South Suburban Branch of CDS January 2010

What’s New in Caries Kuehne, Odontographic Society of October 2009

Chicago
Achieving Excellence in Aesthetic Sorenson, ADA Annual Session 2009 September 2009
Dentistry
MBT Philosophy of Orthodontic IL Society of Orthodontists September 2009
Treatment
Perioral Cosmetic Procedures Costa, College of Diplomates of ABO July 2009

Aesthetics for a Lifetime Sarver, College of Diplomates of ABO July 2009

 Treating Patients with Gingival Display Kokich, College of Diplomates of ABO July 2009

Lasers Gorman, College of Diplomates of ABO July 2009

Best of Both Worlds Alexander, College of Diplomates of July 2009

ABO
Traditional View Boley, College of Diplomates of ABO July 2009

New Goals-New Methods Profitt, College of Diplomates of ABO July 2009

Legislative and Clinical Issues ISDS Annual Capital Conference April 2009

Abraction of Abfriction: Non-carious Dzakovich, South Suburban Branch of April 2009

cervical lesions CDS
Advance in Refractive Technology Joffe, South Suburban Branch of CDS March 2009

Update in Adhesive Dentistry Semprum, Odontographic Society of February 2009

Chicago
Office Emergencies: Are you prepared? Bosack, South Suburban Branch of CDS January 2009

A Huge Surprise in Post and Core Sharifi, North Suburban Branch of CDS December 2008

Proper Nutrition Siller, South Suburban Branch of CDS November 2008

Transitional Composite Bonding Willhite, West Suburban Branch of CDS November 2008

The Passion Driven Practice Zelesky, Regional Meeting of CDS November 2008
Legislative Update Miller, Kosel, Scully, South Suburban October 2008
Branch of CDS

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Organize orthodontic resident
clinical environment and
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant clinical procedures, clinical
Dept. of Orthodontics, College of Clinical assistant duties and sterilization
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Director protocol 2012 Present
Courses taught:
Orthodontic Diagnosis and
Treatment Planning,
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical Orthodontic Treatment, Practice
Dept. of Orthodontics College of Associate Management, Risk
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Management, Ethics 2008 Present
Orthodontic Diagnosis and
Treatment Planning
University of Illinois at Chicago, Orthodontic treatment
Dept. of Orthodontics, College of Guest Practice Management
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Lecturer Ethics 1978 2007
 University of Illinois at Chicago, Investigations to start
Dept. of Pediatric, College of Associate community based dental
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor programs 1992 1994
University of Texas, Department of Clinical
Communications-Speech Disorders, Associate
Edinburg, Texas. Professor Taught Cranio-facial Anomalies 1985 1989
Taught Diagnosis and
Clinical Treatment Planning, Growth
University of Texas HSC, San Associate and Development &
Antonio, Texas Professor Cephalometrics 1982 1986
Clinical Taught Growth and
University of Texas HSC, San Assistant Development and
Antonio, Texas Professor Cephalometrics 1977 1982
University of Illinois at Chicago,
Department of Operative Dentistry, Teaching Department of Operative
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Assistant Dentistry 1972 1974

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, Department of
Operative Dentistry,
College of Dentistry,
Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
Charter Palms Hospital McAllen TX 1984 1992

Rio Grande Valley Hospital McAllen TX 1980 1992

McAllen Medical Center Hospital McAllen TX 1977 1992

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Matteson, Illinois Private Practice Present

McAllen, Texas Private Practice 1977 1992

Chicago, Illinois Private Practice 1976 1977

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 1974

Texas Dental Association Member 1976 1992

Rio Grande Valley Dental Society Member 1976 1992

Illinois Orthodontic Alumni Association Member 1976 Present

American Association of Orthodontics Member 1976 Present

American Cleft Palate Association Member 1979 1992

American Association of Dental Schools Member 1979 1992

Illinois State Dental Society Member 1992 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 1992 Present

Members Group of the Chicago Dental Member 1992 Present

Society
Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 1992 Present

Chicago Dental Society Mediation Member 1995 2003

Committee
Chicago Dental Society Table Clinics Member 1996 1999
Committee
Board of Directors of South Suburban Member 1998 2008
Branch of the CDS
Annual Session of ISDS Alternate Delegate 2001 2002

Annual Session of ISDS Delegate 2003 2003

South Suburban Branch of the Chicago President 2003 2004

Dental Society
Illinois State Dental Society Representative 2003 Present

World Federation of Orthodontists Member 2004 2010

Nominating Committee of the Members Member 2005 2005

Group of the CDS-2005
ADA Annual Session House of Delegates Designated Alternate to Alternate 2006 2006
Delegate
Annual Session of ISDS Delegate 2006 2008

Board of Directors of the Chicago Dental Member 2006 2008

Society

CDS Ad Hoc Hispanic Dental Association Member 2006 2006

Committee
Academic Chapter of the Chicago Dental Board Liaison 2006 2008
Society
Executive Board of the Chicago Dental Member 2006 2008
Society
Policy Manual Committee of the Members Member 2006 2010
Group of the CDS
Committee on Insurance for ISDS Member 2006 2011

The Executive Council of the Members Member 2006 Present

Group of the CDS
The Executive Council of the Members Vice Chairperson – 2009 2006 Present
Group of the CDS
The Executive Council of the Members Treasurer – 2010 2006 Present
Group of the CDS
The Executive Council of the Members Secretary – 2011 2006 Present
Group of the CDS
The Executive Council of the Members Chairman – 2012 2006 Present
Group of the CDS
CDS Ad Hoc Continuing Education Member 2007 2008
Committee
CDS Ad Hoc Committee on Dental Hygiene Member 2007 2009
Programs
CDS Ad Hoc Committee on Dental Hygiene Chairperson - 2009 2007 2009
Programs
The Odontographic Society of Chicago Member 2007 Present

CDS Ad Hoc Donor Directed Contributions Member 2008 2009

Committee
CDS Ad Hoc Donor Directed Contributions Member 2008 2009
Committee
CDS General Arrangements Committee for Member 2008 2011
Midwinter Meetings
CDS General Arrangements Committee for Secretary – 2009 2008 2011
Midwinter Meetings
CDS General Arrangements Committee for Vice Chairperson – 2010 2008 2011
Midwinter Meetings
CDS General Arrangements Committee for Chairman – 2011 2008 2011
Midwinter Meetings
ADA Annual Session House of Delegates Alternate to Alternate Delegate 2009 2009

CDS Midwinter Meeting of 2014 Elected as Program Chair 2009 2009

Policy Manual Committee of the Members Chairperson 2009 2010

Group of the CDS
American Association of Dental Education Member 2009 Present
 Members Group for the Coalition Night Runner 2010 2010

CDS Midwinter Affairs Committee Member 2010 Present

Illinois State Dental Society representing the Trustee 2011 2014

Chicago Dental Society
ISDS Capital Conference Committee Member 2012

2012-2013 offices for the Members Group Chairperson of the Nominating 2012
Committee
Annual Session of ISDS Delegate 2012 2015

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Spiro John Megremis

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of Certificate or
Name of School, City and State Area of Study
Grad. Degree
Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology, Terre Mechanical
Haute, Indiana 1990 B.S Engineering
Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology, Terre Biomedical
Haute, Indiana 1995 M.S Engineering
Philosophy,
Biomedical
Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois, 2001 Ph.D. Engineering

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/ Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
University of Illinois Chicago Guest
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Lecturer Dental Materials Course 2012 Present
CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES
Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO
STATE BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Society for Biomaterials Student Member 1995 2001

American Association for Dental Research Student Member 1997 2001

International Association for Dental Student Member 2001 Present

Research
Chicago Section of American Associationa Member 2001 Present
for Dental Research
American Society for Testing Materials Member 2001 Present
International
ASTM International Committee F04 on Member 2001 Present
Medical and Surgical Materials and
Devices
American Dental Association Standards Member 2001 Present
Committee on Dental Products (ADA
SCDP)
U.S. Technical Advisory Group (TAG) for Member 2001 Present
ISO (International Organization for
Standardization)/TC (Technical
Committee) 106 Dentistry
 American Dental Association Standards Voting member 2002 Present
Committee on Dental Products (ADA
SCDP)
US Sub-TAGs 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 for Voting Member 2002 Present
ISO/TC 106 Dentistry
Dental/Craniofacial Special Interest Group Member 2002 Present
of the Society for Biomaterials
Society for Biomaterials Member 2002 Present

American Association for Dental Research Member 2002 Present

(AADR)
International Association for Dental Member 2002 Present
Research (IADR)
Dental Materials Group, IADR/AADR Member 2002 Present

Chicago Microtechnology & Member 2004 Present

Nanotechnology Community (CMNC)
American Society for Metals (ASM) Member 2006 Present
International
ASM International, Chicago Chapter Member 2006 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal
author that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

“An Evaluation of Selected Vinyl

Megremis S, Tiba A, Vogt K, Polysiloxane and Vinyl Polysiloxane-
JADA 143(4) 2012
Geary R, and Kuehne J. Hybrid Elastomeric Impression
Materials”
Megremis S, Tiba A, and Vogt
“An Evaluation of Eight Elastomeric
K. JADA 143(12) 2012
Occlusal Registration Materials”
“Comparison of Absolute and
Spink LS, Rungruanganut P, Dental Materials
Surrogate Measures of Translucency in 2013
Megremis, S, Kelly R. In Review
Dental Ceramics”
Journal of
“The Electrochemical Scratch Test Biomedical
Megremis SJ and Gilbert J.L. 2013
Behavior of Five Co-Cr-Mo Alloys,” Materials Research
In Revision
Publishing Limited
Megremis S, Baltzer N and “Corrosion Resistance”, Precious and CRC Press
2013
Copponnex T. Metals for Biomedical Applications, LLC
In Review
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Zane F Muhl

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois 1959 B.S

University of Illinois,Chicago. IL 1961 D.D.S.

University of Illinois,Chicago. IL 1971 Certificate Orthodontic

University of Illinois,Chicago. IL 1972 M.S. Thesis

University of Illinois,Chicago. IL 1974 Ph.D. Thesis

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois General Dental License 1963 Present

Illinois Dental Orthodontic Specialty License 1971 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
University of Illinois, College of Faculty Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Member 2003 Present
University of Illinois, College of Professor Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Emeritus 2002 2002
Interim Academic Affairs
University of Illinois, College of Associate
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Dean 1999 2003
University of Illinois, College of Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 1996 2002
University of Illinois, College of Associate Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 1977 1996
University of Illinois, College of Associate Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor 1974 1977
University of Illinois, College of Instructor Department of Orthodontics
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1971 1974

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois,
College of Dentistry,
Chicago, IL
University of Illinois,
College of Dentistry,
Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Peoria, Illinois Private dental practice 1964 1969
MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Sigma Xi, University of Illinois Medical Treasurer 1979 1984
Center Chapter
Annual Midwest Seminar of Dental Member of Board of Directors 1980 1983
Medicine
Omicron Kappa Upsilon, Sigma Chapter President 1983 1984

University of Illinois at Chicago Member of Graduate Faculty 1983 1984

UIC Alumni Association Life Member 1983 1984

Annual Midwest Seminar of Dental Executive Director 1983 1989

Medicine

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Sheshter, Abdullatif H.,

“Assessment of the Orthodontic Referral
BeGole, Ellen A., and Muhl, Smile Dent J 6:42-45 2011
by Undergraduate Dental Students.”
Zane F
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Yana Nedvetsky

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
1st Pavlov Medical Institute, Leningrad, Soviet
Union 1988 Stomatology
University Hospitals of Cleveland, Cleveland,
Ohio 1991 B.S.D
School of Dentistry, Case Western Reserve
University, Cleveland, Ohio 1992 D.D.S

Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Internships 1992

Mount Sinai Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio 1992

Emergency Room
Internship, ENT
Internship, Hospital
Certificate: Oral Dentistry, Pediatric
General Practice Residency Program, Mount Sinai Surgery, Anesthesia Dentistry,
Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio. 1993 and IV Sedation, Endodontics.
Annual Specialty Review and Advanced Education
Courses.
Fixed Prosthodontics, Implant Surgery, Esthetic
Dentistry, Restorative Dentistry, Dental Research,
Interdisciplinary topics. 1994
Implant Surgery;
Implant
Prosthodontics:
Advanced Bone
Misch International Implant Institute, Detroit, Fellowship Grafting Surgery;
Michigan. 2009 Certificate Oral Sedation
Certificates:
Advanced Bone
Grafting Surgery,
Pikos Implant Institute, Tampa, Florida. 2010 Implant Surgery
Certificates: Oral
Plastic Surgery, Oral Plastic
Edward P. Allen Center for Advanced Dental Advanced Implant Surgery, Advanced
Education, Dallas, Texas 2010 Surgery Implant Surgery

LICENSURE
 License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License

California Dental License

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2013

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2013

Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2012

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2012

Advanced Grafts and Implants Pikos Institute November 2011

Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2011

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2011

Annual Review ICOI May 2011

Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2010

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2010

Advanced Grafts and Implants Pikos Institute April 2010

Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2009

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2009

Annual Review ICOI May 2009

Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2008

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2008

Annual Review ICOI May 2008

Annual Review Academy of Operative Dentistry February 2007

Annual Review Academy of Restorative Dentistry February 2007

 Annual Review ICOI May 2007

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant Didactic Orthodontics
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 2007 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Cleveland Ohio 1992 1993
Mount Sinai Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Chicago, IL Partner, Scheff & Nedvetsky 1994 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Academy of General Dentistry Member 1993 Present

American Dental Association Member 1993 Present

 Illinois State Dental Society Member 1994 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 1994 Present

Academy of Operative Dentistry Member 1994 Present

Chicago Dental Forum Member 2004 Present

International College of Oral Implantology Member 2005 Present

International College of Oral Implantology Fellow 2006 Present

International College of Oral Implantology Diplomate 2009 Present

International Academy of Dental Research Member 2010 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Moyers Symposium,
Handelman CS, Nedvetsky Y, Orthodontists role in dental implant site January,
University of
Levine,N maintenance. 2010
Michigan Press
Hao J, Nedvetsky Y, Galang A New Orthodontic Force Delivery IADR 88th General July,
MTS, Handelman C, Evans CA System in Beagle Dogs Session 2010
Hao J, Nedvetsky Y, Galang Comparison of Two Corticotomy
IADR 83rd General March,
MTS, Handelman C, Viana G, Methods for Orthodontic Tooth
Session 2011
Evans CA Movement
Hao J, Nedvetsky Y, Galang Comparison of Two Corticotomy 89th General Session
March,
MTS, Handelman C, Viana G, Methods for Orthodontic Tooth & Exhibition of the
2011
Evans CA Movement IADR
Orthodontics and
Hao J, Nedvetsky Y, Galang Orthodontic Tooth Movement with
Craniofacial June,
MTS, Handelman C, Viana G, Flapless Corticotomy: a Pilot Study in
Research, submitted 2011
BeGole E, Evans CA Beagle Dogs
for publication
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Nelson J. Oppermann

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Pontifícia Universidade Católica de Campinas
(PUCCAMP) 1988 Dental Degree
Associação dos Cirurgiões-Dentistas de Campinas Orthodontics
(ACDC) 1995 Certificate
SL Mandic Dental School, Campinas ,São Paulo, Master Degree in
Brazil 2005 Dentistry Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Brazil Dental License 1989 Present

Brazil Orthodontics License 1990 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TADS TADS Application-Robert Vandnsdall May/2008

Straight Wire Low Friction Introduction to Mechanics-David Suarez April/2009

Bioprogressive Symposium 3 day course, Foundation for Modern September/2011

Bioprogressive
Bioprogressive Symposium 2 day course, Foundation for Modern September/2012
Bioprogressive

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
 University of Illinois at Chicago
University, College of Dentistry, Visiting
Chicago, IL. Professor Didactic Orthodontics 2012 Present
An Sinh Hospital , Ho Chi Minh Course Orthodontics Specialty
City, Vietnam Director Program 2008 2011
São Leopoldo Mandic Dental School. Course
Campinas, SP, Brazil Director Orthodontics Specialty Program 2005 2008
Associação dos Cirurgiões-Dentistas
de Campinas (ACDC), Campinas, Associated
SP, Brazil. Professor Department of Orthodontics 1995 2008

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

Sobrapar Craniofacial Hospital Campinas, Brazil SP 1994 1998

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Campinas, São Paulo, Brazil. Practice Limited to Orthodontics. Av. 1990 Present
Francisco Glicério

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Associação dos Cirurgiões-Dentistas de Member 1989 Present
Campinas
Associação Brasileira de Ortodontia Member 2003 Present

World Federation of Orthodontists Member 2003 Present

 American Association of Orthodontists Member 2006 Present

Rocky Mountain Orthodontic Study Center Affiliated Doctor 2007 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Darren Pakravan

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Northwestern University, Evanston, IL 2001 B.A. Environmental
Sciences
University of Illinois at Chicago, Dentistry, 2002 B.S.
Chicago, IL
University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL 2004 D.D.S,

Northwestern University, Chicago, IL 2005 Cert. Adv. Grad. General Dentistry

Study
University of Illinois at Chicago, Dept. of 2005- Postdoctoral
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL 2008 Training
University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL 2008 M.S. Oral Sciences

University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL 2008 Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 2004 Present

Illinois Dental Specialty License 2008 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant Clinical Supervision
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Department of Orthodontics 2008 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Chicago, IL Perla Dental 26th St 2008 Present

Chicago, IL Archer Dental Care 2008 2010

Wheeling, IL Star Dental Center 2008 Present

Loves Park, IL Mulford Dental 2009 Present

Des Plaines, IL Dental Vue 2010 Present

Chicago, IL Windy City Orthodontics 2011 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL
DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member 2004 Present

Chicago Dental Society Member 2004 Present

Illinois State Dental Society Member 2004 Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member 2008 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 2008 Present

American Dental Education Association Member 2009 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Ralph N. Robbins

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Illinois at Champaign/Urbana 1971 B.S
Loyola University, School of Dentistry, Chicago, Doctor of Dental
IL 1975 Surgery
Loyola University, School of Dentistry, Chicago,
IL 1977 Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
 Assistant
University of Illinois at Chicago, Clinical
Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 1995 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Buffalo Grove, IL Orthodontics Private Practice 2005 Present

Chicago, IL Orthodontics Private Practice 2005 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association Member Present

American Association of Orthodontists Member Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member Present

Chicago Dental Society Member Present

Chicago Academy of Dental Research Member Present

Former President
Chicago Dental Forum Member Present
Currently Secretary/Treasurer
 Implement Study Group Member Present

PDL Branch Seattle Study Club Member Present

Donated Orthodontic Services Member Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Flavio Jose Castelli Sanchez

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Universidade Estadul de Campinas (UNICAMP) 1990 Dental Degree
Associacão dos Cirurgiões – Dentista de Campinas
(ACDC) 1995 Certificate Orthodontics

SL Mandic Dental School, Campinas, SP, Brazil 2005 M.S Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Brazil Dental License 1990 Present

Brazil Orthodontics License 2005 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TAD’S TADS Application-Robert Vanarsch May, 2008

Straight Wire Low Friction Introduction to Mechanics-David Suarez April, 2009

Bioprogressive Symposium 3 day course on Modern Biopressive, September, 2011

Foundation for Modern Bioprogressive
Bioprogressive Symposium Foundation for Modern Bioprogressive September, 2012

Self-Ligatino 15 Year Experience with Hideo Suzuki, March, 2013

Foundation for Modern Bioprogressive

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
 São Leopoldo Mandic Dental School, Still
Campinas, SP, Brazil. Still Teaching Teaching Department of Orthondontics 2005 Present
Associação dos Cirurgiões-Dentistas
de Campinas (ACDC) Campinas, SP, Still
Brazil Teaching Department of Orthodontics 1995 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Orthodontics Bioprogressive 48hrs 240hrs
Chicago, Chicago, IL
Sâo Leopeldo Manric Master Degree Bioprogressive 360hrs 148hrs
Campińai, Brazil Orthodontics

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Campinas, SP, Brazil Orthodontics Private Clinic 1990 Present

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Associação dos Cirurgiões-Dentistas de Professor-Member 1995 Present
Campina
Rocky Mountain Orthodontic Study Center Affiliated Doctor 1998 Present

Associação Paulista dos Especialistas em Specialist - Member 2005 Present

Ortodontia
Associação Brasileira de Ortodontia Specialist - Member 2007 Present

Society of Orthodontic Educator Member 2013 Present

 ADEA Member 2013 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Robyn R. Silberstein

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
1977-
Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, PA 1979
1979-
University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 1980
Northwestern University Dental School, Evanston, 1980-
IL 1984 D.D.S.
University of Southern California School of 1985- Orthodontic Graduate
Dentistry, Los Angeles, CA 1987 Specialty Certificate Orthodontics
University of Southern California, Graduate 1985- Craniofacial
School, Los Angeles, CA 1990 Ph.D. Biology

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1984 2013

California Dental License 1986 2013

Illinois Orthodontic Specialty License 1991 2013

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 1998

American Board of Orthodontics Recertification 2006

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Associate
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Clinical Supervision 2007 Present
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant 1998
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Clinical Assistant Professor

Northwestern University, Oral Biology Assistant

Department, Evanston, IL Professor Assistant Professor 1992 1995

Northwestern University Dental Clinical

School, Graduate Orthodontic Assistant
Department, Evanston, IL Professor Clinical Assistant Professor 1989 1994

Teaching Associate, University of

Southern California Dental School, Teaching
Los Angeles, CA Associate Teaching Associate 1987 1989

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
Drs. Kurt and Robyn Silberstein, Highland Private Practice 1992 Present
Park, IL

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Association of Orthodontists 1985 Present

American Dental Association 1989 Present

Illinois State Dental Society 1989 Present

Chicago Dental Society 1991 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists 1994 Present

Midwestern Society of Orthodontists 1994 Present

Angle Midwest Society, E.H. Angle Society 1997 Present

Angle Midwest Study Committee Chair 2004-2008 2001 Present

American College of Dentists 2003 Present

Angle Midwest President Elect 2010 Present

Angle Midwest President 2011 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
Hohlt W., Silberstein R. Die, Mausefalle Kieferorthopädie 24 4: 2010
289-292
Hohlt W., Silberstein R. The Mousetrap. World J Orthod 2010
10:257-260
Silberstein R. Craniofacial Genetics. Topics in Oakstone Medical Feb.15
Orthodontics. Publishing , 2007,
Vol. 1, No. 9,
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Tzong-Guang Peter Tsay

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Chung Shan Medical and Dental College,
Taichung, Taiwan 1974 Diploma Dentistry
Master of Science
and Certificate in
Marquette University, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 1980 Orthodontics Orthodontics
Doctor of
Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois, 1984 Philosophy Oral Biology
Doctor of Dental
Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio 1985 Surgery

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Republic of China Dental License 1974 Present

Florida Dental License 1983 Present

Northeast Regional Dental Board Examination 1985 Present

Ohio Dental License 1986 Present

Illinois Dental License 1987 Present

Hawaii Dental License 1990 Present

Illinois Orthodontic Specialty License 1998 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

The American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 1999

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)
Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Director of Clinical Research,
Associate Director of
University of Illinois at Chicago, Professor of Postgraduate Orthodontic
Chicago, IL, College of Dentistry Orthodontics, Program 2009 Present
Clinical Clinical Associate Professor of
University of Illinois at Chicago, Associate Orthodontics, Associate
Chicago, IL Professor Professor-Graduate School 2004 Present
MetroHealth Medical Center, Staff
Cleveland, Ohio, Orthodontist 1990 1996
Vice-
Chairman
and Program
Case Western Reserve University, Director,
School of Dentistry; Cleveland, Assistant
Ohio Professor Department of Orthodontics 1988 1990
Clinic
Case Western Reserve University, Director and
School of Dentistry, Cleveland, Assistant
Ohio Professor Department of Orthodontics 1984 1988
Clinical
Assistant
Marquette University; Milwaukee, Adjunct
Wisconsin Professor Department of Orthodontics 1982 1984
Northwestern University, The Clinical
Dental School, Chicago, Illinois Assistant Department of Orthodontics 1981 1984

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at Clinical Research
Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL
HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)
Michael Reese Hospital Chicago IL 1982 1984

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)
DentalOne Partners, Chicago, Illinois, Private Practice of Orthodontics, 2010 Present
1day/week
DentalCare Partners, Chicago, Illinois, Private Practice of Orthodontics 1999 Present

Ortho Group of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois. Private Practice of Orthodontics 1999 2009

Metrohealth Medical Center. Cleveland, Private Practice of Orthodontics, 1985 1996

Ohio. Department of Dentistry, Staff
Orthodontist, Craniofacial Center

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Sigma Xi Scientific Research Society Member

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member

Midwestern Society of Orthodontists Member

American Association of Orthodontists Member

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Tsay The use of temporary anchorage devices Am. Dent. Assn. January
TP, Hohlt WF. for molar intrusion J138:56-64, 2007
Angle
Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Tsay Intrusion of overerupted upper first
Orthodontists 2007
TP, Hohlt, WF molar using two orthodontic miniscrews.
77:915-922
The effects of Orthognathic surgery on Manuscript
Tsay TP, Dempsey MA, Oyen
the appearance and age of female in
OJ.
patients preparation
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Maria Grace Costa Viana

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics 1977 BSc. in Statistics Statistics
Federal University at Rio de Janeiro, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil 1983 MSc. in Statistics Statistics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
Clinical Research Forum: How Can I OPRS April, 2013
Use the UIC Biorepository
PHS Rule on Financial Conflicts and OPRS Oct, 2012
UIC Policy on COI
REDCap (Research Electronic Data CCTS/UIC Fall, 2012
Capture)- 101-102 training
IRB Pitfalls for Dentistry Protocols OPRS/COD July, 2012

The Informed Consent Process for OPRS April, 2012

Participation in Research
Engagement in Human Subject Research OPRS March, 2012
Overview-In Person Training
Clinical Trails: Registrations and Results OPRS May, 2010
Reporting Requirements
Integrity in Science Research UIC HSPP July 2009
 Intensive Summer CCTS/UIC July 2009

Program in Clinical and Translational CCTS/UIC July 2009

Research Methods

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
University of Illinois at Chicago, OSCI 594, Topics in
Chicago, IL Instructor Biostatistics 2009 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at OSCI 594, 1 Online
Chicago, Chicago, IL Topics in
Biostatistics

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Brazilian Council of Statistics Member 1979 Present
 The American Dental Education Member 2006 Present
Association

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

“In-vitro evaluation of frictional Am J Orthod Dentofac

Yeh C, Kusnoto B, Viana G,
resistance between brackets with Orthop. 2007
Evans CA, Drummond J
passive-ligations designs.” 131:704.e11-704.e22

King K, Evans CA, BeGole E, “Preferences for vertical position of the World J Orthod.
2008
Viana G, Obrez A. maxillary lateral incisors.” 9:147-154

“Influence of attachments and

Kravitz ND, Kusnoto B, Agran interproximal reduction on the accuracy Angle Orthod.
2008
B, Viana G. of canine rotation with invisalign- A 78:682-687
prospective clinical study.”

“Relationship between rapid maxillary

De Fellipe N, Da Silveira A, Am J Orthod Dentofac
expansion and nasal cavity size and
Viana G, Kusnoto B, Smith B, Orthop. 2008
airway resistance: Short and long term
Evans CA. 134:370-382
effects.”

“Long-term effects of orthodontic Am J Orthod Dentofac

De Felippe N, Bhushan N, Da
therapy on the maxillary dental arch and Orthop. 2009
Silveira A, Viana G, Smith B.
nasal cavity.” 136:490.e1-490.e8

De Felippe N, Da Silveira Am J Orthod Dentofac

“Influence of palatal expanders on oral
A,Viana G , Smith B. Orthop. 2010
comfort, speech, and mastication.”
137:48-53.

Castellean C, Pereira P, Viana

“Solubility study of phytochemical Journal of Dentistry.
G, Chen S, Pauli G, Bedran– 2010
cross-linking agents on dentin stiffness.” 1532:1-6.
Russo A.

“Prophylaxis pastes containing active

Al-Twaijri S, Viana G, Bedran- ingredients effect on the enamel-bracket Angle Orthod.
2011
Russo A. bond strength of etch-and-rinse and self- 83:788-93.
etching systems.”

“The effectiveness of Oraqix versus

Kwong TS, Kusnoto B, Viana
TAC(a) for placement of orthodontic Angle Orthod. 81:7549 2011
G, Evans CA, Watanabe K.
temporary anchorage devices.”
 “Measuring progressive soft tissue
Simanca E, Morris D, Zhao L, change with nasoalveolar molding using J Craniofac Surg.
2011
Reisberg D, Viana G. a three dimensional system: a pilot 22:1622-25.
study.”

“Mechanical strengthening of dentin European Journal of

Bedran-Russo A, Pashley D, April
matrix in carious teeth by collagen-cross- Oral Sciences.
Karol S, Viana G. 2012
linking strategies.” Submitted.

“The effects of enviromment and cyclic

Hurley R, Drummond J, Viana Journal of Dentistry. May
fatique on the mechanical properties of
G, Galang MT. Accepted 2012
an indirect composite.”
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Lawrence R. Voss

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
Northwestern University, Evanston, IL 1974
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1976 [Link]
University of Illinois at Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 1978 D.D.S
V.A. Hospital and University of Florida, College 1978- General Practice
of Dentistry, Gainesville, FL 1979 Residency Orthodontics
Loyola University College of Dentistry, 1980-
Maywood, IL 1982 Specialty Certificate Orthodontics

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 1978 Present

Illinois Dental Specialty License 1982 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
The CCO System Review of technique: Antonio Secchi February 2013

Practice Transition Orthodontic Alumni Association of September 2012

Illinois: multiple speakers
ISO: Brent Larson September 2012
Orthodontics…
Inaugural Bioprogressive Symposium Foundation for Modern Bioprogessive September 2012
Orthodontics: multiple speakers
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas Taught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant Didactic Orthodontics
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 2005 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, Department of
Orthodontics, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
Omicron Kappa Upsilon Member 1978 Present

American Dental Association Member 1979 Present

Illinois State Dental Society Member 1979 Present

 Chicago Dental Society Member 1979 Present
American Association of Orthodontists Member 1982 Present

Midwestern Society of Orthodontists Member 1982 Present

Illinois Society of Orthodontists Member 1982 Present

World Federation of Orthodontists Member 1995 Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

“Case Report: Hybrid Hyrax/Quadhelix Accepted for

Li H, Voss L, Masoud A. February
appliance in the Phase I treatment of publication J World
2013
Pseudo Class III malocclusion.” Fed Orthod
Galang MT, Sanghavi, A, Patel “Treatment effects of Carriere
Pre-submission February
K, Kusnoto B, Viana G, Voss Distalizer™: a cephalometric
edit/review status 2013
L, Colville C. evaluation.”
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Emily M. Williams

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Yr of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.

University of Missouri – Kansas City 2001 B.A., summa cum laude Biology
D.D.S., summa cum
University of Missouri- Kansas City 2005 laude Dentistry

Children’s Memorial Hospital, Northwestern University 2007 Certificate Pediatric Dentistry

University of Illinois at Chicago 2011 Certificate Orthodontics

University of Illinois at Chicago 2011 M.S. Oral Sciences

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

State of Illinois, General Dentist 2006 Present

State of Illinois, Pediatric Dentist 2007 Present

State of Illinois, Orthodontist 2011 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

Diplomate, American Board of Pediatric Dentistry Pediatric Dentistry 2008

Diplomate, American Board of Orthodontics Orthodontics 2011

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year

Nasoalveolar Molding Workshop NYU September, 2012

Joint Conference for Age Appropriate AAO January, 2012

Treatment of the Developing Occlusion

TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

Subjects/Content AreasTaught/ From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank
Administrative Responsibilities (Year) (Year)

Clinical
Assistant
University of Illinois at Chicago Professor Craniofacial Anomalies 2012
CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES
Name of Institution, City, State Course Title Discipline and Level of Total Contact Hours Per Year
Students (Year)

Didactic Clinic/Laboratory

Ann and Robert H. Lurie Hospital Clinical Dentistry Pediatric dentistry PG-1, 2

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

Ann and Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago IL 2011 Present

Chicago/Northwestern University and McGaw Medical
Center, Attending Orthodontist and Pediatric Dentist

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

Chicago, IL Private practice of pediatric dentistry and 2006 Present

orthodontics

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL DENTAL OR ALLIED

DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)

American Association of Orthodontists Member Present

American Academy of Pediatric Dentistry Member Present

American Dental Association Member Present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author that appeared in refereed
journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date

Nasal outcomes of presurgical nasal

Williams EM, Evans CA, Reisberg Int J Dent 2012; 2012:643896. Epub
DJ, BeGole EA
molding in complete unilateral cleft 2012 Sept 11
2012
lip and palate
 BioSketch

Do not attach Curriculum Vitae.

Print or Type Only

Name: Isaac C. Yue

Current
Institution: University of Illinois at Chicago

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (Begin with college level)

Year of
Name of School, City and State Certificate or Degree Area of Study
Grad.
University of Michigan: Chemical Engineering,
Ann Arbor, MI 1998 B.S.E

Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Boston, MA 2002 D.M.D

University of Illinois at Chicago College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2005 Specialty Certificate Orthodontics
University of Illinois at Chicago College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL 2005 M.S Oral Science

LICENSURE
License (Do not include license number) From (Year) To (Year)

Illinois Dental License 2002 Present

Illinois Dental Orthodontics Specialty 2005 Present

Wisconsin Dental License 2007 Present

BOARD CERTIFICATION
Certifying Organization Specialty Date certified

Northeast Regional Board Dental Certification Dental 2002

Invisalign Certification 2003

Incognito Certification 2003

American Board of Orthodontics Diplomate 2006

CE COURSES TAKEN (last 5 years)

Course Title Course Content and Provider Month and Year
TEACHING APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)
Subjects/Content Areas
From To
Name of Institution, City and State Rank Taught/Administrative
(Year) (Year)
Responsibilities
Clinical
University of Illinois at Chicago, Assistant
College of Dentistry, Chicago, IL Professor Clinic Supervision 2005 Present

CURRENT TEACHING RESPONSIBILITIES

Name of Institution, City, Course Title Discipline and Level Total Contact Hours Per Year
State of Students (Year)
Didactic Clinic/Laborat
ory
University of Illinois at
Chicago, College of
Dentistry, Chicago, IL

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS (Begin with current)

From To
Name of Hospital City State
(Year) (Year)

PRACTICE EXPERIENCE
Location (City and State) Type of Practice From To
(Year) (Year)

MEMBERSHIP, OFFICES OR APPOINTMENTS HELD IN LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL

DENTAL OR ALLIED DENTAL ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING APPOINTMENTS TO STATE
BOARDS OF DENTISTRY AND CODA
Name of Organization Title From To
(Year) (Year)
American Dental Association 1998 Present

Massachusetts Dental Society 1998 2002

 American Student Dental Association 1998 2005

American and International Associations for 1999 2002

Dental Research
International Association of Student 2000 2002
Clinicians
Illinois Society of Orthodontists 2002 Present

American Association of Orthodontists 2002 Present

American Cleft Palate-Craniofacial 2003 Present

Association
Chicago Dental Society 2005 Present

American Dental Education Association 2005 present

PUBLISHED WORKS (For the most recent five years, list articles in which you were the principal author
that appeared in refereed journals or text books, by author(s), title, publication, and date)
Author(s) Title Publication Date
“Relationship Between
Yue I, Handelman C, the Anterior Alveolus
Angle Orthod. Under Review. 2011
Kusnoto B, BeGole E. with Skeletal and Dental
Patterns.”
 WEEKLY SCHEDULE

CARLA A. EVANS, DDS, DMSc

M Tu W Th F
8:30-9:30 Seminar Seminar Seminar Administration Seminar
9:30-12:30 Teaching, Teaching, Teaching, Teaching, Teaching,
research, research, research, research, research,
administration administration administration administration administration
1:30-4:30 Supervise in Supervise in Teaching, Teaching, Faculty
postgrad postgrad research, research, practice
ortho clinic ortho clinic administration administration

1 Appendix G
UIC
The University of Illinois Faculty member
at Chicago to be rated: __________________

Department of Orthodontics (M/C 841) Evaluator: __________________

College of Dentistry
801 South Paulina Street
Chicago, Illinois 60612-7211 Due Date: ___June 30, 2012 ___

PEER EVALUATION OF LECTURE/LABORATORY TEACHING

Basis of evaluation (indicate materials reviewed, i.e. lab manual, handouts, etc., and description of session observed):_______________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Rate the instructor on each of the criteria listed below, using the following scale:
4=strongly agree, 3=agree, 2=disagree, 1=strongly disagree, and n=not applicable/not observed
Under comments, describe notable strengths of the instructor and provide constructive recommendations for improvement. Also, if any item response is
marked *1*, please comment.

I. EVALUATION OF WRITTEN MATERIALS (texts, laboratory manual, _____b. The laboratory instructor is receptive and responsive to the
handouts, etc.) students’ questions.
_____a. The text and reading assignments are appropriate. _____c. The laboratory instructor gives appropriate feedback.
_____b. The laboratory manual/handouts facilitate learning the _____d. The laboratory instructor grades fairly and consistently.
material covered in lecture. _____e. The laboratory instructor demonstrates respect for all
_____c. The laboratory manual/handouts clearly describe projects to students.
be completed in the session. _____f. The laboratory instructor stimulates the students’ interest
Comments:_______________________________________________ and encourages critical thinking in the subject.
_____g. The laboratory instructor provides adequate guidance and
II. EVALUATION OF LECTURE assistance to students during the session.
_____a. The content of the lecture reflects stated learning objectives. _____h. The laboratory instructor monitors the students’ progress.
_____b. The content of the lecture is at an appropriate level for the _____i. The laboratory assignments are coordinated with lecture.
intended audience. Comments:_____________________________________________
_____c. The lecturer emphasizes important points and summarizes
effectively. IV. COURSE ADMINISTRATION
_____d. The material is presented in a logical and organized _____a. The course director reviews daily projects and grading
sequence. procedure with the laboratory instructors.
_____e. The lecturer is receptive and responsive to the students’ _____b. The course director provides feedback and guidance to the
questions. laboratory instructors.
_____f. The delivery of the lecture is easily comprehensible. _____c. The course director insures that necessary materials are
_____g. The lecturer makes appropriate use of instructional materials available in the laboratories.
(slides, overhead, blackboards, handouts, videotapes, etc.) _____d. The course director solicits instructor input for
_____h. The material presented is relevant and current. improving/updating the course.
_____i. The lecturer stimulates the students’ interest in the subject. _____e. The course director responds to feedback on the quality of
Comments:______________________________________________ the course from students and instructors.
_____f. The examinations/practices reflect material covered in
III. EVALUATION OF LABORATORY SESSION INTERACTIONS lecture, reading assignments, and laboratories.
_____a. The laboratory instructor reviews the daily project or gives a Comments: _____________________________________________
demonstration at the beginning of each session.

V. OVERALL TEACHING EFFECTIVENESS

A. Lecturer
Comments:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B. Laboratory instructor
Comments:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C. Course director
Comments:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
UIC
The University of Illinois Faculty member
at Chicago to be rated: __________________

Department of Orthodontics (M/C 841) Evaluator: __________________

College of Dentistry
801 South Paulina Street
Chicago, Illinois 60612-7211 Due Date: ___June 30, 2012 ___

PEER EVALUATION OF CLINICAL TEACHING

Basis of evaluation (indicate materials reviewed, i.e. lab manual, handouts, etc., and description of session observed): __________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Rate the instructor on each of the criteria listed below, using the following scale:
4=strongly agree, 3=agree, 2=disagree, 1=strongly disagree, and n=not applicable/not observed
Under comments, describe notable strengths of the instructor and provide constructive recommendations for improvement. Also, if any item response is
marked *1*, please comment.

VI. LEARNING ENVIRONMENT:

_____a. Facilitates an intellectually stimulating learning environment.
_____b. Fosters a constructive relationship with students.
_____c. Deals with all students fairly.
Comments:_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

VII. CONTROL OF SESSION

_____a. Is on time for the clinic session.
_____b. Is available in the clinic when needed.
Comments:_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

VIII. CLINICAL SKILLS, KNOWLEDGE, AND ATTITUDES

_____a. Displays current knowledge of the discipline.
_____b. Is receptive and responsive to students’ questions or concerns.
_____c. Provides adequate guidance and/or hands-on assistance when needed.
_____d. Communicates effectively regarding performance of procedures.
_____e. Encourages efficient utilization of clinic time in patient treatment.
_____f. Maintains acceptable clinical standards of care in treatment of patients.
_____g. Provides helpful feedback to students.
_____h. Monitors students’ progress.
_____i. Demonstrates respect for students and patients.
_____j. Displays professionalism in interactions, and exemplifies a good role model.
Comments:_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

IX. OVERALL TEACHING EFFECTIVENESS

_____a. Is an effective clinical educator.
Comments:_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 2013 Annual Faculty Self- Assessment and Review

This form and the most recent version of your CV should be submitted to your
Department Head by May 15, 2013.
Please include all teaching assignments (by semester and course) in your CV
submission.

1. Department Choose an item.

2. Name Click here to enter text.

3. Academic Rank Choose an item.

4. Percent Appointment Click here to enter text.%

5. Are you eligible to practice dentistry in the State of Illinois? Yes☐ No☐

6. If “Yes” to #5, do you provide direct patient care services? Yes☐ No☐

7. If “Yes” to #6, please indicate: a) Percent time internal to COD Click here%

b) Percent time external to COD Click here %

8. Please review your stated goals for the last academic year (Aug 2012- May 2013) as they
relate to your teaching, research, scholarship, and service, and summarize your progress
toward their achievement.
Click here to enter text.

9. Please itemize your goals for the upcoming academic year (June 2013- May 2014) as they
relate to your planned teaching, research, scholarship, and service activities. (e.g. curriculum
development, research grant submissions, publications, etc.)
Click here to enter text.

1
 10. Describe how your activities relate to the Vision and Mission statement of the Department and
the College of Dentistry ([Link] ).
Click here to enter text.

11. If specialty trained, do you currently have specialty board certification?

Yes☐ No☐ Not Applicable☐
If yes, what is the specialty board: Click here to enter text.
If no, are you currently working toward your specialty board certification? Yes☐ No☐

Please describe your progress toward board certification to date, including an estimated
examination date.
Click here to enter text.

12. Please list all continuing education courses taken during the period of June 2012 – May
2013 in the table below. If none, please state.

Course Title Course content and provider Month and Year

Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.

Please use the space below if you need to add additional courses.
Click here to enter text.

2
Faculty Professional Development Needs Assessment – Please assess your needs regarding your
professional development.

1. Please list any professional development goals and activities planned for 2013-2014, and
include interest/progress toward promotion as outlined in the COD Promotion and Tenure
Guidelines ([Link]
Click here to enter text.

2. I have read the COD guidelines and norms for Promotion, and I believe I should be
considered for promotion during the 2013-14 cycle. Yes☐ No☐

3. I feel that I need additional mentors. Yes☐ No☐

If yes, please indicate type/area of expertise needed.

Click here to enter text.

4. I would like to discuss taking on new roles or committee assignments during the
upcoming academic year. Yes☐ No☐

If yes, please describe.

Click here to enter text.

Faculty Signature Date

Faculty CV, report and developmental program reviewed:

Department Head or Designee Signature Date

All documents should be maintained in a confidential department file. Supervisor should sign once the review
and development process is completed.
3
ORTHO PG Certificate Course List Class of 2016
Course Lists, Instructions & FAQs: Blackboard > Office of Academic Affairs > PG & Grad Students > Registration & Courses Page 1 of 1

Orthodontics Certificate Courses MS in Oral Sciences Courses

CRN COURSE TITLE Cr CRN COURSE TITLE Cr
PGY1 – FALL 2013
15820 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 1 15827 OSCI 451 Research Methodology 1
20610 ORTD 610 Orthodontic Clinic I 4 36716 OSCI 541 Biostats. (Oral Sci.) 3
15844 OSUR 532 Diag./Trtmnt Plan. Orthognathic Surg. 2 16721 OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 1*
20615 ORTD 615 Diagnostic Procedures I 4 (with C. Evans)
20613/20614 ORTD 611 Orthodontic Technique 4
Total Credits 15 Total Credits 5
PGY1 – SPRING 2014
18010 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 1 18003 ORTD 513 Craniofacial Growth/Dev. 4
20705 ORTD 610 Orthodontic Clinic I 5 17756/17757 ANAT 544 Adv. Craniofacial Anat. 3
20709 ORTD 615 Diagnostic Procedures I 3 16721 OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 2*
(with C. Evans)
Total Credits 9 Total Credits 9
PGY1 – SUMMER 2014
14365 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 1 16742 OSCI 583 Research Protocol 1
14956 ORTD 610 Orthodontic Clinic I 2 15051 OSCI 534 Med./Dent. Anthro. Evol. 1
14962 ORTD 612 Orthodontic Technique B 2 19701 OMDS 503 Graduate Oral Pathology 2
14959 ORTD 615 Diagnostic Procedures I 2 Varies** OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 3*
16221 OMDS 617 Radiology for the Dental Specialist 1
Total Credits 8 Total Credits 7
PGY2 – FALL 2014
15820 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 2 15817/15819 ORTD 524 Craniofacial Anomalies I 2
20616 ORTD 616 Diagnostic Procedures II 2 30376 OSCI 580 Adv. Oral Sciences I/II 2
20611 ORTD 620 Orthodontic Clinic II 8 Varies** OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 2*
27875 OMDS 623 TMJ Disorders 1
Total Credits 13 Total Credits 6
PGY2 – SPRING 2015
18004/18006 ORTD 525 Craniofacial Anomalies II 1 Varies** OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 3*
18010 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 2
20710 ORTD 616 Diagnostic Procedures II 2
20707 ORTD 620 Orthodontic Clinic II 6
18011 ORTD 667 Orthodontic Perio. Relationships 2
Total Credits 13 Total Credits 3
PGY2 – SUMMER 2015
14365 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 2 Varies** OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 3*
14960 ORTD 616 Diagnostic Procedures II 2
14961 ORTD 620 Orthodontic Clinic II 3
Total Credits 7 Total Credits 3
PGY3 – FALL 2015
15820 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 2 31467 OSCI 581 Adv. Oral Sciences I/II 2
20612 ORTD 630 Orthodontic Clinic III 8 Varies** OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 4*
Total Credits 10 Total Credits 6
PGY3 – SPRING 2016
18010 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics 2 18008 ORTD 537 Biostats. Craniofacial Res. 2
20708 ORTD 630 Orthodontic Clinic III 8 Varies** OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research 4*
Total Credits 10 Total Credits 6

*Select appropriate credit hours when registering

**Permission required (email your Department Business Manager if you encounter problems with OSCI 598 registration)

1 Appendix I
Fall 2013 - List of required courses taken by orthodontic postgraduate students:

CRN Course Course Title Year Credit Grades*

Number Hours

18003 ORTD 513 Craniofacial Growth and Development PG-1 4 G

15817/15819 ORTD 524 Craniofacial Anomalies I PG-2 2 G
18004/18006 ORTD 525 Craniofacial Anomalies II PG-2 1 G
18008 ORTD 537 Biostatistics Applied to Craniofacial Research PG-3 2 G
15820 ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics PG-1, 2, 3 varies S/U
20610/20705/
14956/ ORTD 610 Orthodontic Clinic I PG-1 varies G
20611/
20707/14961 ORTD 620 Orthodontic Clinic II PG-2 varies G
20612/20708 ORTD 630 Orthodontic Clinic III PG-3 varies G
20613/20614 ORTD 611 Orthodontic Technique A PG-1 4 G
14962 ORTD 612 Orthodontic Technique B PG-1 2 G
20615/20709
/14959 ORTD 615 Diagnostic Procedures I PG-1 4, 3, 2 G
20616/20710 ORTD 616 Diagnostic Procedures II PG-2 2 S/U
18011 ORTD 667 Orthodontic-Periodontic Relationships PG-2 2 S/U

17756/17757 ANAT 544 Advanced Craniofacial Anatomy PG-1 3 G

19701 OMDS 503 Graduate Oral Pathology PG-1 2 G

16221 OMDS 617 Radiology for the Dental Specialist PG-1 1 G
27875 OMDS 623 TMJ Disorders PG-2 1 S/U

15827 OSCI 451 Research Methodology PG-1 1 G

Dental and Medical Anthropology Within
15051 OSCI 534 Human Evolution PG-2 1 G
36716 OSCI 541 Biostatistics (Oral Sciences) PG-1 3 G
30376/31467 OSCI 580/1 Advanced Oral Sciences I, II PG-2, 3 2 G
16742 OSCI 583 Research Protocol PG-1 1 G
Varies OSCI 598 Master’s Thesis Research PG-1, 2, 3 Varies S/U

Diagnosis and Treatment Planning

15844 OSUR 532 In Orthognathic Surgery PG-1 2 S/U

*G = Grade; S/U = Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory

UIC Catalog: Descriptions of required courses

513 Craniofacial Growth and Development

4 hours. Physiology of the stomatognathic system, behavioral development, implications of
craniofacial growth and development, reactions of periodontal tissues to applied force and
prevalence; causes of malocclusion. Prerequisite(s): Matriculation into the Certificate Program
in Orthodontics or M.S. in Oral Sciences program.

3 Appendix I
524 Craniofacial Anomalies I
2 hours. Introduction to a variety of orofacial clefts, etiology, clinical presentation, growth and
development and habilitation via an interdisciplinary team approach. Longitudinal analysis of
cases with cleft lip and palate.

525 Craniofacial Anomalies II

1 hours. Introduction to treatment aspects of patients with orofacial clefts and to a variety of
craniofacial anomalies, their etiology, clinical presentation, growth and development and
habilitation through a team approach. Clinical rotations through the Center for Craniofacial
Anomalies. Prerequisite(s): ORTD 524.

537 Biostatistics Applied to Craniofacial Research

2 hours. Multivariate statistical techniques applied to craniofacial growth research.
Prerequisite(s): ORTD 523 and a basic univariate statistics course.

595 Seminar in Orthodontics

1 TO 2 hours. Presentations by selected guest lecturers on research or clinical material
relating to matters of interest to the Department of Orthodontics. Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
grading only. May be repeated to a maximum of 13 hours. Prerequisite(s): Enrollment in the
orthodontics postgraduate or oral sciences graduate program.

610 Orthodontic Clinic I

0 TO 10 hours. Clinical patient examination, record taking, diagnosis and treatment planning
for a variety of pre-selected malocclusions. Orthodontic therapy subsequently follows. May be
repeated to a maximum of 11 hours. Prerequisite(s): Matriculation into the Advanced
Certificate in Orthodontics program.

611 Orthodontic Technique A

4 hours. Development of manipulative skills for orthodontic practice. Instruction in the
biomechanics of orthodontic force systems and application to mechanotherapy. Discussion of
various orthodontic treatment strategies. Prerequisite(s): Matriculation into the Advanced
Certificate in Orthodontics program.

612 Orthodontic Technique B

2 hours. Continuation of ORTD 611 discussing orthodontic treatment modalities and
strategies. Also reviews the historical development of orthodontic appliances. Prerequisite(s):
ORTD 611.

615 Diagnostic Procedures I

0 TO 10 hours. A seminar and investigative series to familiarize the student with various
diagnostic techniques used in orthodontic case analysis and treatment planning. May be
repeated to a maximum of 9 hours. Prerequisite(s): Enrollment in the Advanced Certificate in
Orthodontics program.

616 Diagnostic Procedures II

0 TO 10 hours. Presentation and discussion of clinical cases at various stages of orthodontic

4 Appendix I
treatment and post-treatment, utilizing various diagnostic records. Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
grading only. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. Prerequisite(s): ORTD 615.

620 Orthodontic Clinic II

0 TO 10 hours. Transfer cases are assigned covering active, retention and posttransfer cases.
Screenings are conducted in examination of new patients. May be repeated to a maximum of
17 hours. Prerequisite(s): ORTD 610.

630 Orthodontic Clinic III

0 TO 10 hours. Supervision of patients in all stages of treatment and post-treatment visits.
Participation in TMJ and CFA programs and visit to offices of practicing orthodontists. May be
repeated to a maximum of 16 hours. Prerequisite(s): ORTD 620.

667 Orthodontic-Periodontic Relationships

2 hours. A seminar series discussing the effects of orthodontic treatment of periodontal
tissues; the indications and rationale for preforming periodontal procedures as an adjunct to
orthodontic therapy; the objectives of orthodontic tooth movement in the adult, especially for
periodontal considerations. Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grading only. Prerequisite(s):
Satisfactory completion of the first year of the Advanced Certificate in Orthodontics or
Advanced Certificate in Periodontics postgraduate program.

_____________

ANAT 544 Advanced Craniofacial Anatomy

3 hours. Functional and clinical aspects of head and neck anatomy, based on detailed
laboratory dissection, original readings, and project work. Prerequisite(s): Any human gross
anatomy course or the equivalent.

OMDS 503 Graduate Oral Pathology

2 hours. Oral pathology for postgraduate students will cover the clinical and microscopic
features of pathologic changes linked to oral-dental and systemic diseases. Prerequisite(s):
OMDS 424 or the equivalent. Recommended background: Prior academic coursework
including biology, histology and other related sciences.

OMDS 617 Radiology for the Dental Specialist

1 hours. Characteristics of disease are presented in terms of selecting the proper imaging
modality and establishing a differential diagnosis. Advanced diagnostic imaging systems are
evaluated for diagnostic yield. Specific references to slides and class notes will be available at
[Link] Prerequisite(s): Professional standing limited to students
in Advanced Certificate Programs.

OMDS 623 Temporomandibular Disorders

1 hours. The anatomical, physiological, and psychological basis for temporomandibular (TM)
disorders is presented. Differential diagnosis and treatment of TM disorders.
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grading only. Prerequisite(s): Enrollment in a dental postgraduate
certificate program in dentistry.

5 Appendix I
OSCI 541 Statistics for Oral Sciences
3 hours. Prepares students enrolled in the Master of Science in Oral Sciences for the thesis
research project. Students learn how to collect, organize and analyze data and apply this
knowledge and skill to future research projects. Extensive computer use required. The course
is taught in an online format.

OSCI 451 Research Methodology

1 hours. Designed to help the student understand, utilize and appreciate the process of
scientific inquiry. Primarily intended for students enrolled in the Master of Science in Oral
Sciences degree program. Prerequisite(s): Matriculation into the Master of Science in Oral
Sciences program, or courses in basic biological sciences or the equivalent background and
consent of the instructor.

OSCI 534 Dental and Medical Anthropology Within Human Evolution

1 TO 3 hours. Studies the biological and physical anthropology of hominid teeth and the
craniofacial complex with relevant medical anthropology, ethno-pharmoacology, forensic
sciences, and paleo-pathology topics. Same as ANTH 534 and PMPG 534. Field work
required. A lab experience,independent study and a research paper is required for 3 hours of
credit. Prerequisite(s): Graduate standing and consent of the instructor.

OSCI 580 Advanced Oral Sciences I

2 hours. Discussion follows presentation of faculty research. Topics include developmental
and molecular biology, tissue engineering, genetics and structural biology in tandem with
cutting-edge dental technology.

OSCI 581 Advanced Oral Sciences II

2 hours. Continuation of OSCI 580. Prerequisite(s): OSCI 580.

OSCI 583 Research Laboratory Rotation

1 TO 4 hours. Students participate directly in laboratory research; learn to approach a
scientific problem and to perform various experimental techniques to investigate the problem.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.

OSCI 598 Master's Thesis Research

0 TO 16 hours. Thesis research to fulfill master's degree requirements.
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grading only. May be repeated. Prerequisite(s): Matriculation into
the Master of Science in Oral Sciences program and consent of the director of graduate
studies.

OSUR 532 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning in Orthognathic Surgery

2 hours. Orthodontic surgical topics of practical interest to orthodontists and oral and
maxillofacial [Link]/Unsatisfactory grading only. Prerequisite(s): Enrollment in a
certificate program in the College of Dentistry or approval of the department.

6 Appendix I
 Autumn 2013 - Thursdays 7:30 – 8:30 AM, Room 501

Lecture Schedule – TM Disorders Course (Postgraduate)

Course Director: C.S. Greene; Lecturer: A. Obrez

September 5 - TMJ Anatomy and Function - DISK Derangements Obrez

September 12 - Orientation Lecture – Changing Concepts in the TMD field Greene
September 19 - History and Examination Procedures Greene
September 26 - Neurophysiology of Pain – Acute vs Chronic Greene
October 3 - Etiology of TMDs – Impact on Treatment Greene
October 10 - TM Joint Disorders – Clinical Signs and Symptoms Obrez
October 17 - Masticatory Muscle Disorders – Clinical Signs and Symptoms Obrez
October 24 - Psychosocial Issues in TMD and Co-Morbid Conditions Greene
October 31 - Oral Appliance Therapy – Indications and Limitations Greene
November 7 - Screening Your Dental Patients for TMDs Greene
November 14 - Mandibular Repositioning – Theories & Cases Greene
November 21 - Clinical Management of TMD Patients – Simple vs Complex Greene
NOVEMBER 28 - THANKSGIVING
December 5 – Occlusion, the TMJ, and TM Disorders Obrez
December 12 or 19 – Final Exam

SPRING SEMESTER (dates to be announced)

Treatment of TM Joint Disorders – Cases and Discussion Greene & Obrez
Treatment of Myogenous Problems – Cases and Discussion Greene & Obrez
Oral Surgery Lectures – Drs. R. Hussain and J. Jamali
Anesthesia/ Pain Management Lecture - Dr. N. Hussain
Physical Therapy for TMD Conditions Lecture – Dr. A. Duncombe

TEXTBOOK (Required): Greene, CS and Laskin, DM (Editors):

Treating TMDs – Bridging the Gap between Advances in Research and Clinical
Patient Management. Quintessence Publishing Co, 2013.

7 Appendix I
 1 – revised 12/5/2012

ORTD 513 -- Craniofacial Growth and Development

3 credit hours
Course Director: Dr. Carla Evans
Spring 2013
Thursdays, 1:30 pm – 4:30 pm
Department of Orthodontics, Room 138

Textbook References

• Enlow, DH and Hans, M. Essentials of Facial Growth. W.B. Saunders Co., 1996
• Graber, LW, Vanarsdall, RL, Vig K, eds. Orthodontics: Current Principles and Techniques, ed. 5,
Philadelphia: Mosby; 2012.
• Proffit, WR, Contemporary Orthodontics, ed. 4, St. Louis: Mosby; 2007.

Journal Articles/Other
• References are organized by seminar date
• Dr. Stone will provide a handout packet the day of his first seminar

Seminar Date Topic Faculty

1 November 29, 2012 Introduction

Basic Concepts In Growth & Development Lippincott

• Proffit, pp 27-43, 107-111.

• Enlow, pp. 99-110.
• Lecture and discussion

2 December 6 Basic Concepts in Craniofacial Growth & Development Lippincott

• Carlson, DS. Theories of craniofacial growth in the postgenomic era. Semin Orthod 11:172-183, 2005
• Thilander B. Basic mechanisms in craniofacial growth. Acta Odont Scand 53:144-151, 1995.
• Walker, GF and Kowalski, CJ. The distribution of the ANB angle in “normal” individuals. Angle
Orthod 41:332-335, 1971.
• Proffit, pp. 43-58.
• Graber, pp. 215-220
• Lecture, and discussion

3 December 13 Embryology of the Head Luan/Evans

 Avery, JK. Oral Development and Histology 3rd Ed., Thieme, Stuttgart. Chapter 2, Development of the
pharyngeal arches and face and palate, pp 21-43; Chapter 3, Development of cartilage and bone of the
craniofacial skeleton, pp. 42-60, 2002.
 Levi B, Wan DC, Wong VW, Nelson E, Huyn J, Longaker MT. Cranial suture biology: From pathways
to patient care. J Craniofac Surg 23:13-19, 2012.
 Passos-Buieno MR, Ornelas CC, Fanganiello RD. Syndromes of the first and second pharyngeal
arches: A review. Am J Med Genet Part A 139A:1853-1859, 2009.
 Bush JO, Jiang R. Palatogenesis: morphogenetic and molecular mechanisms of secondary palate
development. Development 139:231-243, 2012.
 Minoux M, Rijli FM. Molecular mechanisms of cranial neural crest cell migration and patterning in
craniofacial development. Development 137:2605-2621, 2010.
 Caton J, Tucker AS. Current knowledge of tooth development: patterning and mineralization of the
murine dentition. J Anat 214:502-515, 2009.
 Lecture and discussion

4 December 20 Cranial Base Lippincott

9 Appendix I
 2 – revised 12/5/2012

• Bjork, A. Cranial base development. Am J Orthod 41:98-225, 1955 (do not spend time on the
statistics!)
• Enlow, pp. 99-110.
• Graber, pp. 217-224 (cranial vault and base)
• Proffit, pp. 43-44
Resident presentation and discussion

December 27 Holiday Break – no seminar

5 January 3, 2013 Maxilla Lippincott

• Bjork, A. Sutural growth of the upper face studied by the implant method. Trans Eur Orthod Soc
40:1-17, 1964.
• Enlow, DH and Bang, S. Growth and remodeling of the human maxilla. Am J Orthod 51:446-464,
1965.
• Graber, pp. 224-229.
• Enlow, pp. 79-96.
• Proffit, pp. 44-46 and 111-113
• Resident presentation and discussion

6 January 10 Mandible I Lippincott

• Enlow, DH and Harris, DB. A study of the post-natal growth of the human mandible. Am J Orthod
50:25-50, 1964.
• Graber, pp. 229-238.
• Enlow, pp. 57-77.
• Proffit, pp. 113-118
• Bjork, A. Variations on the growth pattern of the human mandible: Longitudinal radiographic study
by the implant method. J Dent Res 42 (Supplement 1):400-411, 1963.
• Resident presentation and discussion

7 January 17 Mandible II Lippincott

• Bjork, A and Skieller, V. Normal and abnormal growth of the mandible: A synthesis of longitudinal
cephalometric implant studies over a period of 25 years. Eur J Orthod 5:1-25 and 40-44, 1983
• Skieller, V, Bjork, A and Linde Hansen, T. Prediction of mandibular growth rotation evaluated from a
longitudinal implant sample. Am J Orthod 86:359-379, 1984.
• Lee, R, Daniel, F, Schwartz, M, Baumrind, S, and Korn, E. Assessment of a method for prediction of
mandibular rotation. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 91:395-402, 1987.
• Resident presentation and discussion

8 January 24 Structure/Function of Periodontium Evans

Biology of Tooth Movement

 Avery, JK. Oral Development and Histology 3rd Ed., Thieme, Stuttgart. Chapter 13. Histology of the
periodontium: alveolar bone, cementum, and periodontal ligament, pp. 226-242; Chapter 21.
Histologic changes during tooth movement, pp 364-374, 2002.
 Diravidamani K, Sivaligam SK, Agarwal V. Drugs influencing orthodontic tooth movement: an
overall review. J Pharm BioAllied Sciences 4(Suppl 2): S299-S303, 2012.
 Ariffin SHZ, Yamamoto A, Abidin IZZ, Wahab RMA, Ariffin ZZ. Cellular and molecular changes in
orthodontic tooth movement. TheScientificWorldJOURNAL 11, 1788-1803, 2011.
 Edwards, JG. A surgical procedure to eliminate rotational relapse. Am J Orthod 57:35-46, 1970.
 Brudvik, P and Rygh P. Multi-nucleated cells remove the main hyalinized tissue and start resorption
of adjacent root surfaces. Eur J Orthod 16:265-273, 1994.
 Lecture and discussion

10 Appendix I
 3 – revised 12/5/2012

9 January 31 Skeletal Muscle Druzinksy

Soft Tissue Lippincott

 Subtelny, DA. Longitudinal study of soft tissue facial structures and other probable characteristics,
defined in relation to underlying skeletal structures. Am J Orthod 45:481-507, 1959.
 Ricketts, R. Esthetics, environment, and the law of lip relation. Am J Orthod 54:272-289, 1968.
 Nanda, RS, et al., Growth changes in the soft tissue facial profile. Angle Orthod 60:177-190, 1991.
 Proffit, pp. 119-120
 Graber, pp. 240-241
 Resident presentation and discussion

10 February 7 Review Lippincott

11 February 14 Periodontal Regeneration Luan

 Sasikumar, KP, Elavarasu S, Gadagi JS. The application of bone morphogenetic proteins to
periodontal and peri-implant tissue regeneration: A literature review. J Pharm & Bioallied Sci 4
(Suppl 2): S427-S430, 2012.
 Ivanovski S. Periodontal regeneration. Aust Dent J 54:(1 Suppl): S118-S128, 2009.

Epidemiology of Malocclusion Evans

 Brunelle JA, Bhat M, Lipton JA (1996). Prevalence and Distribution of Selected Occlusal Characteristics in
the US Population, 1988-1991. J Dent Res 75 (Spec Issue)
 National Health Survey: An Assessment of the Occlusion of the Teeth of Children 6-11 Years. Series
11-No.130. DHEW Pub. No. (HRA) 74-1612. Health Resources Administration, National Center for
Health Statistics, Rockville, Md. U.S. Government Printing Office, November, 1973.
 National Health Survey: An Assessment of the Occlusion of the Teeth of Youths 12-17 Years. Series
11-No.162. DHEW Pub. No. (HRA) 77-1644. Health Resources Administration, National Center for
Health Statistics, Rockville, Md. U.S. Government Printing Office, February 1977.
 Lecture and discussion

12 February 21 Development of Occlusion I Lippincott

 Marks, SC Jr., and Schroeder, HE. Tooth Eruption: Theories and Facts. The Anatomical Record
245:374-393, 1996.
 Baume, LJ. Physiological tooth migration and its significance for the development of occlusion: I. The
biogenetic course of the deciduous dentition. J Dent Res 29:123-132, 1950.
 Baume, LJ. Physiological tooth migration and its significance for the development of occlusion: II. The
biogenesis of accessional dentition. J Dent Res 29:331-337, 1950.
 Baume, LJ. Physiological tooth migration and its significance for development of the occlusion: III.
The biogenesis of the successional dentition. J Dent Res 29:338-348, 1950.
 Resident presentation and discussion

13 February 28 Development of Occlusion II Lippincott

 Bishara, S, Hooper, BJ, Jakobsen, JR and Kohout, FS. Changes in the molar relationships between
deciduous and permanent dentition: A longitudinal study. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 93:19-28,
1988.
 Bishara, SE, Treder, SE, Damen, P and Olsen, M. Changes in the dental arches and dentition between
25 and 45 years of age. Angle Orthod 66:417-422, 1996.
 Moorrees, CFA, Gron, A, Lebret, LML, Yen PKJ and Frohlich, FJ. Growth studies of the dentition: A
review. Am J Orthod 55:600-616, 1969.

11 Appendix I
 4 – revised 12/5/2012

 Solow, B. The dentoalveolar compensatory mechanism: Background and clinical implications. Brit
Orthod 7: 145-161, 1980.
 Bjork, A and Skieller, V. Facial development and tooth eruption. Am J Orthod 62:339-383, 1972.
 Bjork, A. The significance of growth changes in facial pattern and their relationship to changes in
occlusion. Dent Rec 71:197-208, 1951.
 Resident presentation and discussion

March 7 Research Day -- no seminar

14 March 14 Development of Malocclusion Lippincott

 Enlow, DH. Normal variation in facial form and anatomic basis for malocclusion. In: Essentials of
Facial Growth. Ch. 10, pp. 166-199, W.B. Saunders Co., 1996.
 Brodie, AG. Muscular factors in the diagnosis and treatment of malocclusions. Angle Orthod 23:71-
77, 1953.
 Proffit, WR. Equilibrium theory revisited: Factors influencing the position of the teeth. Angle Orthod
48:175-186, 1978.
 Proffit, chap 5.
 Resident presentation and discussion

15 March 21 Growth and Treatment Lippincott

• Coben, SE. The biology of Class II treatment. Am J Orthod 59:470-487, 1971.

• Ackerman, JL and Proffit, WR. Treatment responses as an aid in diagnosis and treatment. Am J
Orthod 57:490-496, 1970.
• Graber, pp. 240-243.
• Proffit pp. 352-357
• Mair, AD and Hunter, WS. Mandibular growth direction with conventional Class II non-extraction
treatment. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 101:543-579, 1992.
• Resident presentation and discussion

March 28 Spring Break – no seminar

16 April 4 Human Psychological Development I Stone

• Lecture, discussion
• Handouts provided by Dr. Stone

17 April 11 Human Psychological Development II Stone

• Lecture, discussion
• Handouts provided by Dr. Stone

18 April 18 Growth From Birth to Adulthood Lippincott

• Enlow, chapter 3.
• Bambha, JK. Longitudinal cephalometric roentgenographic study of the face and cranium in relation
to body height. J Am Dent Assoc 63: 776-799, 1961.
• Behrents, R. Growth in the aging craniofacial skeleton. Monograph 17, Craniofacial Growth Series,
Center for Human Growth and Development, University of Michigan, pp. 99-128, 1985.
• Lecture, resident presentation and discussion

19 April 25 Examination

Revised 11/27/2012

12 Appendix I
 5 – revised 12/5/2012

General Policies

Policy on Disability Accommodations

It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate
students with disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who
require accommodation should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College
of Dentistry Office of Student and Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well
before the start of the semester for which accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy

Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all
courses. Students who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the
recommendation of the course director and with the approval of the program director, one of the
following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination and/or additional work, or (3) no
remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic
probation.

Academic Dishonesty

Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the
resources and methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will
be addressed with consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university
disciplinary policies. Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the
assignment or examination, a failing grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director
will consult with the department head in cases of academic dishonesty.

Absences

Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course.
Students who expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director.
Notification does not excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for

13 Appendix I
 6 – revised 12/5/2012

determining how missed coursework will be made up.

Course Evaluation

Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation
of this course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an
online program. In all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays

Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during
religious holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with
scheduled assignments or exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of
the class. Students will not be penalized for religious observances.

14 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I

Course: Craniofacial Anomalies I, ORTD 524 Course Director: Dr. Doa Dada
Semester: Fall Updated: August 12, 2012
Credit Hours: 2 Credit hours
Faculty: Dr. Carla Evans, Dr. Indru Punwani, Dr. Michael Miloro, Richard Dineen, Dr. Heba Bakhsh,
Dr. Sheela Raja, Dr. Phimon Atsawasuwan, Dr. Jason Jamali, Dr. Emily Williams and Dr. George
Syros.
Class: Second year Orthodontic postgraduate students and second year Pediatric Dentistry residents

Course Description ORTD 524:

This course is an introduction to the etiology, classification, clinical presentation, growth and development
and interdisciplinary management of patients with cleft lip and palate.

Course Objectives
The purpose of the fall semester course (ORTD 524) is to introduce the students to orofacial clefts and the
methodologies used for their management and rehabilitation through an interdisciplinary team approach.
Students will be provided with a broad overview of biology with specific application to craniofacial
abnormalities. In the process, knowledge beyond routine dental and orthodontic diagnosis is acquired. Basic
information about the embryology, etiology, pathogenesis, anatomy, classification and functional problems
associated with orofacial clefts is presented in this lecture series.

Lecture Topics
Lecture topics vary considerably and include sessions related to Genetics and Genetic Counseling,
Embryology, Etiology, Pathogenesis, Anatomy and Classification of Cleft Lip and Palate, Psychosocial
Considerations, Orthodontic Considerations and Cleft Orthognathic Surgery.

Throughout this course students are expected to be able to:

1. Understand and discuss the information presented on the embryological, morphological, physiological
and psychosocial aspects of Oral clefts.

2. Gain skills in dental and orthodontic diagnosis as well as in craniofacial growth and development as it
relates to the Cleft Lip and Palate patient.

3. Learn what are the available resources and new techniques for the surgical and orthopedic management
of Cleft Lip and Palate patients.

4. Learn the multidisciplinary and long term care needed by patients affected with Cleft Lip and Palate.

5. Understand longitudinal craniofacial growth and development of patients with clefts.

6. Have proper insights in specific aspects involved in the orthodontic treatment of Cleft patients.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites

Enrollment in a specialty certificate program in the College of Dentistry. Other potential students should consult with
Dr. Dada about attending the class.

Expectations

Each student is expected to attend all scheduled lectures and actively participate in discussions as well as complete all
quizzes, presentations and assignments in a timely manner.

15 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I

Examination and Grading:

Grades will be determined using the following criteria:

- Attendance 20%
• Attendance to all classes is mandatory

- Final exam 45%

• A written final exam at the end of the semester (details will be announced closer to exam date)
• A make- up exam will be allowed to students who miss the final exam for a reasonable cause (as
determined by the course director). The make-up exam may be written, oral or in any other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of
the material covered in this course.

- Quizzes 15%
• Two quizzes will be given during the fall semester.
• Quizzes are multiple choice questions based on lecture material.
• Both quizzes will be given from 7:30 to 7:40.
• Quiz 1: Tuesday, October 2nd, 2012. Quiz 1 will be based on lectures 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Quiz 2: Tuesday, November 6th, 2012. Quiz 2 will be based on lectures 5,6,7,8 and 9.
• If quizzes are missed, No remediation or make-up quizzes will be given to residents.

- Class assignments 10%

• After each session, the instructor or course director may assign an activity based on the subject
being discussed.
• There will be no extension to assignments’ deadline.

- Residents’ Presentations 10%

Residents will be divided to groups of two or three and are required to present a clinical case with a
craniofacial anomaly preferably a cleft lip and palate case.

- Peer evaluation 5%
At the end of the academic year, each resident will complete a self and peer evaluation.

- Final evaluation:
A=90 to 100%; B=80 to 89%, C=70-79%

Remediation
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and
postgraduate courses.

Announcements, assignments, references and reading material:

Students enrolled in this course are required to log in to blackboard periodically (as often as twice a week) as
announcements, assignments and reading material will be announced in class and/or on blackboard.

Recommended Textbooks
• Berkowitz, S. Cleft Lip and Palate With an Introduction to Other Craniofacial Anomalies – Perspectives in
Management (Two-Volume Set), 1995. Singular Publishing Group.
• Cohen, M. Mastery of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery (Three-Volume Set), 1994. Little Brown & Co.
• Millard, R. Cleft Craft: The Evolution of Its Surgery (Three volumes), 1980. Little, Brown & Co.
• Bentz, M. Pediatric Plastic Surgery, 1997. McGraw-Hill Professional.
• Posnick: Craniofacial and Maxillofacial Surgery in Children and Young Adults (Two volume sets), 1999.
Saunders (W.B.) Co Ltd.

16 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with disabilities
in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation should contact the
Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and Diversity Affairs to arrange
for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students who earn a
final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with the approval of the
program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination and/or additional work, or (3)
no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and methods
allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with consideration to the
seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies. Sanctions for academic dishonesty
may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The
course director will consult with the department head in cases of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who expect to
miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not excuse the absence.
The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this course. The
evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In all cases the
submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious holidays.
Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or exams must notify the
course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized for religious observances.

17 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I
ORTD 524 - Craniofacial Anomalies Revised 08/23/2012

SCHEDULE – Fall 2012

Department of Orthodontics, COD Room 138 (Ricketts Room)
Tuesdays from 7:30am to 8:30am

Tuesday Lec. 1
09/04/2012 7:30-8am Course Overview, Organization and Expectations Dr. Doa Dada
7:30-8:30am Introduction to the Craniofacial Team
8-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 2 Genetics and Genetic Counseling Richard T. Dineen
09/11/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 3 Embryology, Etiology, Pathogenesis, Anatomy and Dr. Phimon Atsawasuwan
09/18/2012 Classification of Cleft Lip and Palate.
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 4
09/25/2012 7:30-8am Craniofacial Growth Dr. Doa Dada
7:30-8:30am 8-8:30am Psychological Considerations Dr. Sheila Raja

Tuesday Lec. 5 Cleft Infant Procedures Dr. Sheldon Rosenstein

10/02/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 6 Surgical Management of Cleft Lip and Palate Dr. Jason Jamali
10/09/2012
7:30-8:30am

Tuesday Lec. 7 Alveolar Bone Grafting Dr. Michael Miloro

10/16/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec.8 Cleft Orthognathic Surgery Dr. Jason Jamali
10/23/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 9 Orthodontic Considerations Dr. Carla Evans
10/30/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 10 Residents’ Presentations Residents
11/06/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 11 The Child with Birth Defect Dr. Indru Punwani
11/13/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 12 Nasoalveolar Molding Dr. Emily Williams
11/20/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lec. 13 Facial Prosthetics Dr. George Syros
11/27/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lect 14 Long-term Orthodontic Outcomes for Cleft Patients Dr. Sheldon Rosenstein
12/04/2012
7:30-8:30am
Tuesday Lect 15 Final Exam
12/11/2012
7:30-8:30 am

18 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I

Course: Craniofacial Anomalies I, ORTD 525 Course Director: Dr. Doa Dada
Semester: Fall Updated: January 12, 2013
Credit Hours: 1 Credit hours
Faculty: Dr. Carla Evans, Richard Dineen, Dr. Heba Bakhsh, Dr. Sarah Gordon

Class: Second year Orthodontic postgraduate students and second year Pediatric Dentistry residents

Course Description ORTD 525:

This course is an introduction to the etiology, classification, clinical presentation, growth and development
and interdisciplinary management of patients with craniofacial anomalies.

Course Objectives

The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to a variety of craniofacial anomalies and syndromes; their
etiology, clinical presentation, growth and development and the methodologies used for their re-habilitation through
an interdisciplinary team approach. Postgraduate and graduate students will be provided with a broad overview of
biology with specific application to craniofacial abnormalities. In the process, it is expected that the knowledge
required in routine dental and orthodontic diagnosis is enhanced and a satisfactory clinical expertise is achieved.

Basic information on the embryology, etiology, pathogenesis, anatomy, classification and functional problems
associated with craniofacial anomalies are presented in this lecture series. Guest speakers and members of a
craniofacial team are invited to present their expertise to the students.

At the conclusion of this course the learner will be able to:

1. Understand and discuss the information presented on the embryological, morphological, physiological
and psychosocial aspects of several craniofacial syndromes.

2. Gain skills in dental and orthodontic diagnosis as well as craniofacial growth and development as it
relates to the craniofacial anomalies patient.

3. Learn what are the available resources and new techniques for treatment of craniofacial anomalies
patients.

4. Learn the multidisciplinary and long term care needed by patients affected with craniofacial syndromes.

5. Have good insight in specific aspects involved in orthodontic treatment of craniofacial syndromic
patients.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Enrollment in a specialty certificate program in the College of Dentistry. Other potential students should consult with
Dr. Dada about attending the class.

Expectations
This is a 1-credit/hour course. The faculty expects each student to attend all scheduled lectures and rotation
appointments.

Examination and Grading

The grading system has four categories: (1) performance evaluations, (2) instructor’s observations, (3) varied
experiences, and (4) student self-evaluation.

1. Performance evaluations:
a. Written examinations with different weights –
i. Written final exam (grades are normalized according to the class performance)
b. Product examination –

19 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I
i. Essay (describing your experience with a craniofacial patient. It should include details on
your clinical and treatment planning experience and a final paragraph on self-evaluation)

2. Instructors’ observations:
a. Daily evaluation –
i. Dr. Dada will evaluate you based on your attendance in the clinic and your manner with the
patients and CFC staff
b. Patient presentation –
i. Dr. Dada will evaluate you based on your ability to elaborate treatment plans

3. Varied experiences:
a. Craniofacial rotation at Lurie Hospital. –
i. Residents must work-up pre-treatment records of patients and develop a treatment plan to
be approved by Dr. Williams.
b. Chair side assistance –
i. Residents must assist the orthodontist at Lurie, as well the pediatrician and the surgeons

4. Student self-evaluation:
a. Portfolio –
i. Essay’s final paragraph comparing their judgment of knowledge before and after this
course

Letter grades will be assigned such that the mean grade will equal ‘B’, and the other grades will be determined on the
basis of the deviation from the mean. However, the faculty reserves the right to issue a failing grade to any student who
fails to attain a normalized score of at least 65.

Any student, who misses the final examination for a reasonable cause, as determined by the course director, will be
allowed to take a make-up examination. This examination may be written, as described above, or oral, or in some other
format that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of the material
covered in this course. There will be no extension to the essay’s deadline; one point will be taken off for each day of
delay in the delivery of the essay.

Examination and Grading:

Grades will be determined using the following criteria:

- Attendance 20%
• Attendance to all classes is mandatory

- Final exam 45%

• A written final exam at the end of the semester (details will be announced closer to exam date)
• A make-up exam will be allowed to students who miss the final exam for a reasonable cause (as
determined by the course director). The make-up exam may be written, oral or in any other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of
the material covered in this course.

- Quizzes 15%.

- Class assignments 10%

• After each session, the instructor or course director may assign an activity based on the subject
being discussed.
• There will be no extension to assignments’ deadline.

- Residents’ Presentations 10%

Residents will be divided to groups of two or three and are required to present a clinical case with a
craniofacial anomaly preferably a cleft lip and palate case.

- Peer evaluation 5%

20 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I
At the end of the academic year, each resident will complete a self and peer evaluation.

- Final evaluation:
A=90 to 100%; B=80 to 89%, C=70-79%

Remediation
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and
postgraduate courses.

Announcements, assignments, references and reading material:

Students enrolled in this course are required to log in to blackboard periodically (as often as twice a week) as
announcements, assignments and reading material will be announced in class and/or on blackboard.

Lecture Reading
1. Speech considerations Dalston RM. Velopharyngeal impairment in the orthodontic
for patients with population. Semin Orthod. 1996 Sep;2(3):220-7.
orofacial clefts
2. Orthodontic [Link]
considerations for
asymmetries
3. Craniofacial syndromes Kahl-Nieke B, Fischbach R. Effect of early orthopedic intervention
I on hemifacial microsomia patients: an approach to a cooperative
evaluation of treatment results. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
1998 Nov;114(5):538-50.
4. Craniosynostosis Will be updated
5. Craniofacial syndromes Takashima M, Kitai N, Murakami S, Takagi S, Hosokawa K, Kreiborg
II S, Takada K. Dual segmental distraction osteogenesis of the midface
in a patient with Apert syndrome. Cleft Palate Craniofac J. 2006
Jul;43(4):499-506.
6. Craniofacial syndromes Posnick JC, Ruiz RL. Treacher Collins syndrome: current evaluation,
III treatment, and future directions. Cleft Palate Craniofac J. 2000
Sep;37(5):434.
7. Audiology and ear Cleft Palate Craniofac J. 1998 Jan;35(1):26-34.
problems in cleft Imai Y, Matsuo K, Imai N. Resonance imaging of the eustachian tube
patients cartilage in microtia. Cleft Palate Craniofac J. 1998 Jan;35(1):26-34.
8, 9. Hemifacial Werler MM, Sheehan JE, Hayes C, Padwa BL, Mitchell AA, Mulliken
microsomia and JB. Demographic and reproductive factors associated with
craniofacial hemifacial microsomia. Cleft Palate Craniofac J. 2004
reconstruction Sep;41(5):494-50.
10. Clinical Genetics: A Will be updated
general Overview
11. Down’s syndrome Will be updated

21 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I
ORTD 525 – Craniofacial Anomalies

SCHEDULE – Spring 2013

Department of Orthodontics, COD Room 139 (Ricketts Room)

Tuesdays from 7:30am to 8:30am

Jan 15 Lec. 1 Speech Considerations for Patients with Dr. Melanie Lakic
Tuesday Orofacial Clefts
7:30-8:30am
Jan 22 Lec. 2 Down’s Syndrome Dr. Danielle Bauer
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
Jan 29 Lec. 3 Craniofacial Syndromes I Dr. Sarah Gordon
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
Feb 5 Lec. 4 Orthodontic Considerations for Asymmetries Dr. Carla Evans
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
Feb 12 Lec. 5 Craniofacial Syndromes II Dr. Sarah Gordon
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
Feb 19 Lec. 6 Craniofacial Syndromes III Dr. Sarah Gordon
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
Feb 26 Lec. 7 Audiology and Ear Problems in Cleft Patients Ms. Lisa Weber
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
March 5 No Lecture
Tuesday
7:30-8:30
March 6 Lec.8 & Hemifacial Microsomia and Craniofacial Dr. Arun Gosain
Wednesday 9 Reconstruction
7:00-8:30am
March 12 No Lecture
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
March 19 Lec. 10 Clinical Genetics: A General Overview Mr. Richard Dineen
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
March 26 Spring Break
Tuesday
7:30-8:30
April 2 Lec. 11 Case Presentations Residents
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
April 9 Lec. 12 Case Presentations Residents
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am
April 16 Lec. 13 Final Exam Dr. Dada
Tuesday
7:30-8:30am

22 Appendix I
ORTD 524, Craniofacial Anomalies I

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with disabilities
in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation should contact the
Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and Diversity Affairs to arrange
for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students who earn a
final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with the approval of the
program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination and/or additional work, or (3)
no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and methods
allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with consideration to the
seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies. Sanctions for academic dishonesty
may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The
course director will consult with the department head in cases of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who expect to
miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not excuse the absence.
The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this course. The
evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In all cases the
submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious holidays.
Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or exams must notify the
course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized for religious observances.

23 Appendix I
ORTD 537, Biostatistics Applied to Craniofacial Research

Course: Biostatistics Applied to Craniofacial Research, ORTD 537

Course Coordinator: BeGole
Semester: Fall, Spring, Summer Updated: April 23, 2013
Credit Hours: First, Second, and Third Years – Total of 2 credit hours
Faculty: BeGole, Viana
Class: First Year, Second Year, Third Year

Course Description
This seminar meets occasionally during each term of the three years of study. It consists of
presentations and discussions of statistical topics not regularly covered in other courses, and may
include guest lecturers on occasion.

Course Objectives
The purpose of this course is to interrelate biostatistics with orthodontics in order to promote
correct interpretation of the literature. It is also intended to guide the postgraduate students with
the basic information needed for their own research. Basic information on statistics may be
presented. Guest speakers are occasionally invited to present their expertise to the postgraduate
students.

Method of Student Evaluation

The grading system has two categories: (1) performance evaluations based on participation; and
(2) instructor’s observations based on attendance and being on time for the class. A standard
grade is given based upon attendance and quality of participation.

Seminar Topics
Seminar topics vary considerably and include sessions related to protocol and thesis preparation,
statistical analyses as found in literature, orthodontic controversies, orthodontic education.

At the conclusion of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand and evaluate literature.

2. Interrelate to presentations in other seminars.

3. Understand the author=s interpretation of articles.

4. Be better prepared to present their own research with appropriate interpretation and conclusions.

25 Appendix I
COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Enrollment in the Master of Science in Oral Sciences program and the Orthodontic certificate program.

Expectations
This is a 2-credit/hour course which extends over the entire time of residency. Each student is expected
to attend all scheduled lectures and to participate actively in all discussions.

Examination and Grading (Measurement of Competency)

The grading system has two categories: (1) performance evaluations based on participation and (2)
instructor=s observations based on attendance and being on time for the class. Grades will be assigned at
the end of the 3-year course.

References and Reading Lists

Reading assignments and other course materials are posted on Blackboard.

1. 05/19/2012
Protocol preparation.

2. 06/09/2012
Thesis formatting.

3. 07/10/2012
Publishing a manuscript.

4. 08/07/2012
Thesis preparation.

5. 09/18/2012
Science News: No proof found that gum disease causes heart disease or stroke. Sci Daily,
April 18, 2012.

6. 12/18/2012
Dolce C, Mansour DA, McGorray SP, Wheeler TT. Intrarater agreement about the
etiology of Class II malocclusion and treatment approach. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop 141(1):17-23, January 2012.

7. 02/05/2013
Bayne SC, McGurney GP, Mazer SC. Scientific composition and review of manuscripts
for publication in peer-reviewed dental journals. J Prosthet Dent 89:201-218, February 6,
2003.

8. 02/26/2013
Graduate College Thesis Manual; Thesis Instructions

9. 03/05/2013

26 Appendix I
 Pandis N. The P value problem. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 143:150-151, 2013.

10. 04/16/2013
Wiranto MG, Engelbrecht WP, Nolthenius HE, Van der Meer WJ, Ren Y. Validity,
reliability, and reproducibility of linear measurements on digital models obtained from
intraoral and cone-beam computed tomography scans of alginate impressions. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 143:140-147, 2013.

Grading:
Grading is based on attendance, class participation and completion of assignments.

Remediation:
Anyone with an excused absence or illness should meet with Dr. BeGole.

27 Appendix I
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for
graduate and postgraduate courses.

General Policies

Policy on Disability Accommodations

It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate
students with disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who
require accommodation should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College
of Dentistry Office of Student and Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well
before the start of the semester for which accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses.
Students who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the
course director and with the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition
of the course, (2) reexamination and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic
probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the
resources and methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be
addressed with consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university
disciplinary policies. Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the
assignment or examination, a failing grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director
will consult with the department head in cases of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course.
Students who expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director.
Notification does not excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining
how missed coursework will be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of
this course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online
program. In all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during
religious holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with
scheduled assignments or exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the
class. Students will not be penalized for religious observances.

28 Appendix I
ORTD 595, Seminar on Orthodontics

Course: Seminar on Orthodontics, ORTD 595 Course Coordinator: Evans

Semester: Fall, Spring, Summer Updated: July 10, 2012
Credit Hours: First Year – One (1) each term; Other Classes – Two (2) each term
Faculty: All faculty
Class: First Year, Second Year, Third Year

Course Description
This seminar series consists of presentations, discussions, didactic seminars, and debates on topics not
regularly covered in the other courses, and includes guest lectures. Some presentations are held within the
department while others may be held at sites off campus. Subject matter ranges from clinical orthodontics and
literature reviews to research and subjects allied with orthodontics. The three orthodontic classes may meet
together or separately as is needed.

Course Objectives
The purpose of this course is to provide a forum at the beginning of each workday for the free exchange of
information and ideas that are essential to the development of a well-informed and well-rounded orthodontic
clinician. The course is planned so that graduates of the orthodontic specialty program will be well-versed in
all aspects of orthodontics. The course format is flexible to permit enrichment opportunities as well as
inclusion of topics that don’t fit well in the traditional ORTD courses. Some of the sessions are assigned to
orthodontic residents so that they can improve their presentation skills.

Method of Student Evaluation

Attendance and completion of assignments are mandatory.
A pass/fail (S/U) grade is given and based upon attendance, completion of assignments, quality of
presentations and participation, and passing all examinations.

Seminar Topics
Seminar topics vary considerably and include sessions related to orthodontic texts, biomechanics, research,
clinic management, treatment strategies, ethics, orthodontic materials, early treatment (with Pediatric
Dentistry), pain control in orthodontics, orthodontic education, dental and orthodontic practice, organized
dentistry, orthodontic controversies, treatment modalities preferred by individual faculty, review of journal
articles, etc.

At the conclusion of this course the learner will be able to:

1. To discuss contemporary issues in orthodontic practice, orthodontic education, and orthodontic research.

2. Understand and apply details of biomechanics, orthodontic materials, timing of treatment, and other seminar
topics to clinical orthodontic practice.

3. Present material in a clear and professional manner.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Graduation as a general dentist.

Expectations
The faculty expects each student to attend all scheduled lectures and actively participate in discussions as well as
complete any assignments in a timely manner.

Examination and Grading (Measurement of Competency)

The grading system has four categories: (1) performance evaluations, (2) instructors’ observations, (3) varied
experiences, and (4) student self-evaluation.

29 Appendix I
ORTD 595, Seminar on Orthodontics

1. Performance evaluations:
a. Written examinations with different weights
i. Written exams as given by instructors
b. Completion of assignments

2. Instructors’ observations:
a. Daily evaluation
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on the attendance in the class and
participation in group discussion
b. Assignment
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on completion of assignment with
acceptable quality and timely manner.

3. Varied experiences:
a. Class assignments
i. After each session the instructor may assign an activity based on the subject being discussed.
Assignments will be graded accordingly.
b. Quizzes and final exams
i. The understanding of each subject being taught may be assessed during and at the end of the
term.

4. Student self-evaluation:
a. Hands on exercises
b. Student reports
c. Product examination
i. Essay (describing the experience with a final paragraph on self-evaluation)

Any student, who misses an examination for a reasonable cause, as determined by the course director, will be allowed
to take a make-up examination. This examination may be written, as described above, or oral, or in some other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of the material covered
in this course. If an essay is assigned, there will be no extension to the essay’s deadline.

References and Reading Lists

Reading assignments and other course materials are posted on Blackboard.

Remediation
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and postgraduate
courses.

See separate files for short courses:

1. First Year Graber Seminars

2. Invisalign Classes

3. Orthognathic Surgery Seminars

4. Third Year Advanced Topics Course

5.

30 Appendix I
ORTD 595, Seminar on Orthodontics

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with
disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation
should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and
Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which
accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students
who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with
the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination
and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and
methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with
consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing
grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director will consult with the department head in cases
of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who
expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not
excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will
be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this
course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In
all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious
holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or
exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized
for religious observances.

31 Appendix I
 UIC Orthodontic Seminar Series – 3rd Year
Residents
Advanced Topics 2013
Spring Semester ’13 Faculty: Dr. John H. Kelsey

Date Discussion Topic

1/3/13 Preparing for Practice

Dan Welch, CPA – guest speaker
• Associating/contracts
• Buying/Practice Valuation
• Partnerships
• Starting out from scratch

1/10/13 Preparing for Practice (cont.)

Dan Welch, CPA – guest speaker

1/17/13 Planning and Construction of an Orthodontic

Office
Dr. Kelsey

1/24/13 Phase I Orthodontic Treatment

Dr. Kelsey – clinical cases

1/31/13 Functional Appliances

(ref.: Growth Modification: What Works, What
Doesn’t and Why, U of M Craniofacial Growth
Series, Vol. 35)
Article – Johnston, Growing Jaws for Fun and Profit:
A Modest Proposal: U of M Craniofacial Growth
Series, Vol. 35: 63-86.

Dr. Ahrens

2/7/13 Guidance of Eruption

(ref.: Graber and Vanarsdall, Orthodontics: Current
Principles and Techniques: Chapter 6)
Article – Dale, Orthodontics: Current Principles and
Techniques: Chapter 6 – Guidance of Eruption.

Dr. Obaisi

33 Appendix I
2/14/13 Management of Impacted Teeth
Article – McNamara, Orthodontics and Dentofacial
Orthopedics, Chapter 24: Kokich and Mathews,
Impacted Teeth: Orthodontic and Surgical
Considerations.

Dr. D’Agostini

2/21/13 Retention Protocols

Dr. Li

2/28/13 Orthodontic Emergencies

Article – Guidelines for the management of traumatic
dental injuries (International Association of Dental
Traumatology)

Dr. Washington

3/7/13 No Class (Research Day)

3/14/13 Managing TMD in an orthodontic office

Article - Seeking Relief from TMD by Charles
Greene; pp 34-41, Dentistry and Oral Health
magazine. [Link].
AAO TMD History Form

Dr. Masoud

3/21/13 No Class (Spring Break)

3/28/13 3D-Imaging(CBCTscanning)/Digital Impressions

(I-Tero) - overview

Dr. Al-Amir

4/4/13 SureSmile – overview

Dr. Smith

34 Appendix I
4/11/13 No Class (Debate)

4/18/13 Residents Visits to Private Practices

Dr. Li

4/25/13 Determining Fees/Insurance in Orthodontics

Dr. Kelsey

5/2/13 Fee for Service VS Managed Care in

Orthodontics
Dr. Kelsey

Outcome assessment:
1. Attendance
2. Participation in discussion
3. Answering questions
4. Presentation: thorough overview of the topic, supporting references, relevance to
clinical practice,

35 Appendix I
 Summary of the Ethics Curriculum for Orthodontic Residents
2007 to present
Faculty: Zane F. Muhl

Preamble
The ethics curriculum for Orthodontic Residents draws primarily from three ethical
codes, namely:

• The American Dental Association Principles of Ethics and Code of Professional

Conduct,
• Core Values Adopted by the American College of Dentists, and the
• Principles of Ethics and Code of Professional Conduct of the American
Association of Orthodontists

Additionally, portions of the Illinois Dental Practice Act have been used to illustrate how
certain ethical principles may also carry the force of law. However, the main focus of the
ethics curriculum has been to identify and discuss situations where simply “following the
rules” is an insufficient guide to ethical decision making and ethical behavior.

The primary method of delivery of the ethics curriculum in Orthodontics has been
through lecture presentations and discussion during morning seminars (ORTD 595)
where all residents and faculty are present and able to participate.

The following is a brief overview of the presentations given during the past several years.

Overview of Ethical Principles and Codes

1. Spring 2007 (part 1)

Power Point presentation covering the basic ideas that underpin professional
principles and codes.
a. Definitions of ethics and morals
b. The nature of the self-regulating profession of dentistry and subsequent
need for ethical standards for its practitioners
c. A review of the ADA Principles of Ethics:
i. Patient Autonomy (“self-governance”)
ii. Nonmaleficence (“do no harm”)
iii. Beneficence (“do good”)
iv. Justice (“fairness”)
v. Veracity (“truthfulness”)
d. A review of Core Values Adopted by the American College of Dentists
i. Autonomy
ii. Beneficence
iii. Compassion

6/12/2012 Page1 of 8
37 Appendix I
 iv. Competence
v. Integrity
vi. Justice
vii. Professionalism
viii. Tolerance
ix. Veracity
e. An overview of Principles of Ethics and Code of Conduct of the American
Association of Orthodontists, consisting of three parts:
i. Preamble
ii. Six Principles
1. Members shall be dedicated to providing the highest quality
orthodontic service to the public.
2. Members shall seek to maintain and improve their
orthodontic knowledge and skill.
3. Members shall recognize and uphold the laws as they apply
to governing the practice of orthodontics in their
jurisdiction.
4. Members shall deal honestly with patients, colleagues and
third parties.
5. Members shall insure that no communications are false,
deceptive or misleading in any material respect when
utilizing public statements, announcements of service and
promotional activities for providing information to aid the
public, patients and other health care providers in making
informed judgments.
6. Members shall be dedicated to generating public
confidence in the orthodontic specialty by improving the
quality and availability of orthodontic care to the public.
iii. Advisory Opinions
f. Ethical Reasoning
i. The fact that words such as, “codes,” “principles,’ and “core
values” are used to describe ethical behavior strongly suggests that
we often do not have hard and fast rules, or examples, for all
situations. Rather, these statements are the foundation upon which
our ability to employ sound ethical reasoning is based.
g. Specific examples of disciplinary actions taken by the state board against
dentists for violating The Illinois Dental Practice Act.
h. Emphasizing that most ethical problems deal with matters that rise well
above the minimum standards of law and dental practice acts.
i. Thus, the need to be able to use principles of ethical reasoning to reach a
course of action that meets ethical standards.
j. Finally, a reminder that ethical reasoning at its core requires dentists to
make the best interests of the patient the foremost concern.

6/12/2012 Page2 of 8
38 Appendix I
Overview of Ethical Principles and Codes (continued)

2. Spring 2007 (part 2)

Power Point presentation covering ethical situations in orthodontic practice

a. Situations were drawn from the Ethics Videotape Manual, American

Association of Orthodontists, 2000. Panelists were: Drs. Larry Jerrold,
Bruce Peltier, Eldon Bills, Scott Jamieson, James Ackerman (moderator),
and Mr. Randall Berning. They are as follows, with the relevant AAO
Principle given in parenthesis.
i. Patient rejects your comprehensive treatment plan, stating that s/he
“only wants the front teeth straightened.” (I)
ii. You dismiss a patient in mid-treatment who is far behind in
payments. (I)
iii. An orthodontic colleague presents gifts to referring dentists and
refuses to participate in continuing education programs. (II)
iv. An orthodontist allows auxiliaries to perform duties not permitted
by state law. (III)
b. Each of the above scenarios was presented in outline form, residents were
asked for their ideas of how to deal with the situation, and then we talked
about how the panelists suggested each situation might be handled.
c. In a number of instances both residents and panelists came up with more
than one possibility, illustrating the difficulties and ambiguity of reaching
an ethical course of action.

Ethical Principles and Codes and Access to Orthodontic Healthcare

3. Fall 2008
Two PowerPoint presentations, the first a brief review of ethical codes of
dentistry and orthodontics, and the second a much longer discussion that dealt
primarily with Principle IV of the AAO Code: Members shall be dedicated to
generating public confidence in the orthodontic specialty by improving the quality
and availability of orthodontic care to the public (Access to Care), and Advisory
Opinions B, F, and O.

a. First part of a two-hour presentation and discussion on access to health

care. The following topics were covered in greater depth than indicated
here.
i. Why access matters to the health of a nation’s citizens
ii. Measurement of healthcare outcomes in various countries
iii. Factors affecting access to care in the U.S. and other developed
countries
iv. Health care delivery systems in developed nations
v. Economic factors in health care delivery
vi. Ethical dilemmas in health care delivery

6/12/2012 Page3 of 8
39 Appendix I
 vii. Is access to health care a right for all?
4. Winter 2009
a. Second hour, dealing specifically with access to oral health care
i. Oral health care represents only a small fraction of health care
expenditures in the U.S.
ii. Ethical statements and white papers dealing with access to oral
health services
iii. Comparison of stated goals to actual care rendered
iv. Impediments to receiving oral health
v. Attempts to find “outside of the box” solutions to unmet needs
vi. Contrasts between an oral health professional’s obligations [as
stated in codes of ethics] and availability of oral health care
vii. An example of a [non-governmental] method to increase access to
orthodontic care

Obligation to Consider General Health of our Patients

5. Early Fall 2009

a. Video, More Than Sad, American Foundation for Suicide Prevention,
2009, New York, NY
b. This 20 minute film is a professionally-produced and authoritative look at
signs and symptoms of depression in adolescents.
c. The remainder of the hour was taken up by a spontaneous discussion
amongst the orthodontic residents and faculty
d. The ethical implications of this topic consist of the need for recognition of
emotional disorders in teens, and where indicated, an appropriate response
to depression in our orthodontic patient population.

Ethical and Legal Imperatives in Oral Health Care Delivery

6. Late Fall 2009 (Ethics—PowerPoint presentation)

a. First of a two-hour series on ethical and legal imperatives in oral health
care delivery
i. Examples of ethical lapses by corporate officials and public leaders
(not specific to healthcare)
ii. Why ethical codes are needed in addition to laws and rules
governing [oral] health care delivery
iii. Ways to lose your license to practice [in Illinois]
iv. How well do we teach ethical behavior in dental school?
v. Synopsis of ADA and AAO ethical codes
vi. Contrast between ethical decision-making and following legal
imperatives in dental practice
b. Second hour, dealing first with two articles from the published literature

6/12/2012 Page4 of 8
40 Appendix I
 1. Mouradian, Wendy E., M. Lena Omnell, Bryan Williams,
Ethics for orthodontists. Angle Orthod 1999; 69(4):295-
299.
2. Mouradian, Wendy E., Making decisions for children.
Angle Orthod 1999; 69(4):300-305.
ii. These two articles discuss the ethical issues that arise when the
dentist’s ethical imperative to act in the best interest of a child
patient may be in conflict with the preferences of the parents.
iii. Orthodontic residents were asked to read both articles prior to
class, and come prepared to discuss them.
iv. The first article details a specific clinical situation; the second
addresses the topic in a more general way
v. The discussion occupied the first half of the hour.
vi. The second half of the hour continued the Ethics PowerPoint
presentation, this part focusing on child abuse.
1. Facts and figures on child abuse
2. Reporting requirements for health care providers
3. When and how to make a report in Illinois (requirements
vary by state)

Fall 2010 Sessions on Ethics—specific subject(s) are presently under consideration

7. Fall (Basics of Ethics—PowerPoint presentation)

a. One hour overview of professional ethics
b. What are the rules governing professional practice?
c. If you are not willing or able to follow rules and laws, then you do not
belong in this profession!
d. Following the rules
i. Laws governing civil* and criminal conduct codify the minimum
standard you must meet as a citizen
ii. Laws governing your professional license codify the minimum
standard that you must meet as a licensed health professional
e. But what do laws have to do with ethics?
i. The Principles of Ethics and Code of Conduct of the American
Association of Orthodontists specifically require that you follow
the law, thus, if you don’t follow the law, you are also being
unethical.
f. Laws are generally clear and unambiguous—you break ‘em, you lose in
some defined manner
g. For example:
i. SPRINGFIELD - The Illinois Department of Financial and
Professional Regulation (IDFPR) announced today that the
Acting Director of Professional Regulation, Donald W. Seasock
signed the following disciplinary orders in the month of March
2010.

6/12/2012 Page5 of 8
41 Appendix I
 ii. Sergius Rinaldi, Springfield – dental license (019-015749)
indefinitely suspended and fined $10,000 and dental specialty
license (021-000943) and controlled substance license (319-
005396) indefinitely suspended due to a felony conviction in US
District Court.
h. So as a first step to being an ethical health care professional:
i. Know and follow the law.
ii. So, if I follow the law, I’m an ethical professional? No, not really
iii. In fact, laws represent the bare minimum standard to which any
citizen must adhere
iv. Professionals are held to a much higher standards which are
spelled out in our codes of professional ethics
v. Ethical codes tell us to do the right thing, but, It is often unclear
just what is “the right thing.”
vi. In other words you may have choices, none of which would break
a law or violate a rule--Which should you choose?
i. ADA Principles of Ethics* and Code of Professional Conduct
i. Principles:
1. Patient Autonomy (“self-governance”)
2. Nonmaleficence (“do no harm”)
3. Beneficence (“do good”)
4. Justice (“fairness”)
5. Veracity (“truthfulness”)
j. Ethics in everyday professional practice, or how do you resolve an ethical
problem?
i. Here are 3 types of ethical reasoning
1. Follow the rules
2. Do what everyone else does
3. Choose the best course of action after a systematic analysis
of your ethical choices using (The 5 Step Model Of Ethical
Reasoning, modified by Anne Koerber, DDS, PhD, from
Ozar, David and David Sokol, Dental Ethics at Chairside,
Chapter 6)
k. The 5 Steps Of Ethical Reasoning
i. can lead you to the best choice
ii. can lead you to a better choice.
l. The 5 Steps Of Ethical Reasoning are:
i. Identify all possible actions
ii. Throw out illegal or unethical ones
iii. Discover which norms of dental practice remaining actions uphold
iv. Compare these actions to your personal values
v. Order the actions from best to worst and then choose the first
m. Norms of dental practice
i. Normative
1. Guild model Dentist decides what is best for the patient.

6/12/2012 Page6 of 8
42 Appendix I
 2. Interactive model—Patient autonomy is respected, and a
treatment plan is negotiated by the patient and dentist.
ii. Non-normative
1. Commercial model—dentist’s aim is to make a profit.
2. Consumerism model—dentist does as directed by the
patient.
n. Oh, and just a couple of other points,
i. Often there is more than one “right thing,” which may require you
to make a difficult and painful choice, and
ii. Not uncommonly, one may be confronted with two or more
equally bad choices. (One of several possible definitions of a
dilemma)
8. Fall exercises using The 5 Steps Of Ethical Reasoning to solve scenarios that may
be encountered in clinical practice
a. Each resident was given 3 scenarios to be completed outside of class
(homework)
b. Drs. Lippincott and Muhl met with each class for one hour to discuss the
resident’s responses to the scenarios
c. The written responses were collected at the end of the hour, and can be
found in the folder, “2010_11_exercises.”

Fall 2011 Sessions on Ethics—these sessions were presented in January of 2012 due to
an already full schedule in the fall of 2011

9. January 2012 (Ethics for Oral Health Care Professionals PowerPoint

Presentation)
a. What does it mean to be a member of a profession?
b. People outside of the health professions often have ethical problems that
make news.
i. Illustrating that in some instances, ethical lapses by well-know
individuals and/or institutions are considered newsworthy and receive
attention in the media
c. The ethical problems of health professionals in general, and dentists in
particular
i. News article documenting ethical behavior medical in the presence of
medical students and residents faculty in the course of delivering
patient care
ii. A “tour” the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional
Regulation website which allows anyone to look up whether a dentist
or other professional licensed by the state has been subject to
disciplinary action
d. The imperative toknow and understand some rules that describe what is,
and is not, ethical
e. The ADA Principals of Ethics and Code of Professional Conduct
f. The American Association of Orthodontists Principles of Ethics

6/12/2012 Page7 of 8
43 Appendix I
 g. Examples of unethical conduct that has led to fines, suspensions, and
license revocations of dentists in Illinois
i. Improper handling of prescription drugs
ii. Improper billing/Insurance fraud
iii. Substance abuse
iv. Non-renewed license/Unlicensed practice
v. Improper record keeping
vi. Faulty treatment
vii. Criminal conviction (Sex Offender)
viii. Failure to pay taxes\
10. January 2012, Announcement that each class of residents will meet with Drs.
Lippincott and Muhl for a one hour session to solve an ethical issue in class (open
book, using the ADA and AAO codes, as well as the Illinois Dental Practice Act, and
the UIC College of Dentistry document, Academic Professionalism for Students). The
written responses that each resident gave were collected at the end of the hour and
can be found in the folder, “2011_12_exercises.”

6/12/2012 Page8 of 8
44 Appendix I
 Seminars in Orthodontics: ORTHO 595 Graber Seminar- Brodie Library 2012

Thursdays- 8:30am to 9:30am Faculty: Dr. Muhl

Chapter Assignment Faculty/Resident Date

Chapter 1: The Decision Making
Process in Orthodontics Dr. Saud Al Hasawi September 6, 2012
Chapter 2: Special Considerations
in Diagnosis and treatment Dr. Piotr Barysenka September 13, 2012
Planning
Chapter 4: Craniofacial Imaging in
Orthodontics Dr. Jenifer Caplin September 20, 2012

Chapter 5 and 6: Genetics and

Upper Airway and Morphology Dr. Cara Conroy September 27, 2012
Chapter 9: Tissue Reactions in
Orthodontics Dr. Erin Dobbins October 4, 2012
Chapter 10: Bone Physiology,
Metabolism, and Biomechanics in Dr. Salma Ghoneim October 11, 2012
the Orthodontic Practice
Chapter 11: Application of
Bioengineering in Clinical Dr. Whitney Mostafiz October 18, 2012
Orthodontics
Chapter 12: Biomechanical
Considerations with Temporary Dr. Robert Swartz October 25, 2012
Anchorage Devices
Chapter 13: Interceptive Guidance
of Occlusion with Emphasis on Dr. Katherine Stevens November 1, 2012
Diagnosis
Chapter 14: Optimizing Orthodontic
and Dentofacial Orthopedic Dr. Saud Al Hasawi November 8, 2012
Treatment timing
Chapter 15: The Tweed Merrifield
Approach; Techniques and Treatment Dr. Piotr Barysenka November 15, 2012

Thanksgiving Thanksgiving November 22, 2012

Chapter 17: Self Ligation Bracket
Applications in Orthodontics Dr. Cara Conroy November 29, 2012
Chapter 20: Integrating Digital and
Robotic Technologies: Diagnosis, Treatment Dr. Erin Dobbins December 6, 2012
Planning, and Therapeutics
Chapter 21 : Bonding in
Orthodontics Dr. Salma Ghoneim December 13, 2012
Chapter 22:Non-Extraction
Treatment “Cetlin Mechanics” Dr. Whitney Mostafiz December 20, 2012

45 Appendix I
 Seminars in Orthodontics: ORTD 595, Graber Seminar
Brodie Library, Thursdays, 8:30am to 9:30am, Spring 2013
Faculty: Drs. Greene, Muhl, and Nedvetsky
Please note changes in the list of presenters.
Chapter Assignment Faculty/Resident Date
CHAPTER 15 Standard Edgewise: Tweed-Merrifield
Philosophy, Diagnosis, Treatment Planning, and Dr. Robert Schwartz January 3, 2013
Force Systems
Dr. Charles Greene (Moderator)
Chapter 7: Orthodontic Therapy and the TMD
Disorder Patient (Brief review) Dr. Piotor Barysenka
January 10, 2013
Orthodontic Therapy and TMD Disorders: Should
the Orthodontist even care? Dr. Erin Dobbins
Jeffrey Okeson, Moyers Symposium
Intersections between Orthodontists and the TMJ Dr. Charles Greene January 17, 2013

Chapter 20: Non-Extraction Treatment “Cetlin

Dr. Katherine Stevens January 24, 2013
Mechanics”
A. Introduction to Bone Biology January 31, 2013
Dr. Yana Nedvetsky
(Review Chapter 6) *8:00am to 9:30 am
February 7, 2013
B. Bone Biology Osteoimmunology Dr. Yana Nedvetsky
*8:00am to 9:30 am
C. Biology of Bone Remodeling in Orthodontic February 14, 2013
Dr. Yana Nedvetsky
Tooth Movement *8:00am to 9:30 am

D. Clinical Application of Biological Principles of February 21, 2013

Dr. Yana Nedvetsky
Orthodontic Tooth Movement *8:00am to 9:30 am

February 28, 2013

D. Resident Presentations Dr. Yana Nedvetsky
*8:00am to 9:30 am
Clinic & Research Day March 7, 2013
th
Chapter 21 (4 Edition): Treatment Options for
Dr. Saud Al Hasawi March 14, 2013
Sagittal Corrections in Noncompliant Patients

Spring Break Spring Break March 21, 2013

Chapter 25: Orthodontic Aspects of Orthognathic

Dr. Jenifer Caplin March 28, 2013
Surgery

Chapter : Craniofacial Distraction Osteogenesis Dr. Cara Conroy April 4, 2013

Debate Debate April 11, 2013

Chapter 26: The Orthodontists’ Role in Cleft Palate

Dr. Whitney Mostafiz April 18, 2013
Care
April 25, 2013
Final Examination Faculty
*8:00am to 9:30 am
Chapter 27: Stability, Retention and Relapse Dr. Robert Schwartz
May 2, 2013
Chapter 19: Clear Aligner Treatment Dr. Salma Ghoneim

Chapter 28: Biomaterials in Orthodontics Dr. Jennifer Caplin May 9, 2013

Break Week

*Note 8:00am start time

46 Appendix I
Course: ORTD 595 Seminar on Orthodontics (Invisalign Treatment)
Course Directors: Robyn Silberstein, DDS, PhD
Course Time: Friday 9:30-12:30, Friday 8:30-9:30 as scheduled
Office Hours: Friday 12:30pm-1:30pm, as scheduled
Credit Hours: Invisalign certification
Prerequisites: Graduation as a general dentist

Course Description
The purpose of the course is to introduce the principles of patient selection, treatment planning,
ClinCheck evaluation/communication and the logistics of Invisalign treatment as applied to
orthodontic treatment. Students will learn approaches to planning predictable and efficient
orthodontic treatment integrating aligner therapy. Students will be expected to read and critique
background material in assigned textbooks, journal articles and case presentations for seminar
discussions.

Course Objectives:
1. Patient Selection; understand current views of patient behavior and adherence as well
individual case treatment planning
2. Invisalign Protocol; learn the management of submitting cases, virtual planning, refining
and retaining aligner cases
3. Clinical procedures; learn the clinical management of PVS impressions, digital scans,
interproximal reduction, attachments and aligner wear
4. ClinChecks; learn effective communication with the ClinCheck technicians to achieve
realistic and desired tooth movements as well as understanding how to review
ClinChecks using a check list
5. Troubleshooting; decide what means to employ when aligners don’t track
6. Consultation; understand import aspects of the consultation appointment and informed
consent for orthodontic treatments including aligner therapy and important limitations
7. Retention; understand and reinforce principles of orthodontic retention
8. Clinical Cases; describe the diagnosis, problems, objectives, ClinCheck plan, treatment
plan, mechanics and retention plan for clinical case reviews
9. Continuing Education; demonstrate competence using the Invisalign continuing
education site and performing systematic reviews of Invisalign

The student will demonstrate proficiency in the above course objectives by one:one
(student:teacher) sessions to review clinical Invisalign cases. At the end of this course the
student will be able to identify cases and integrate aligner therapy into the appropriate
orthodontic treatment choices.

47 Appendix I
Instructional Methodology:
This is a seminar-based course designed to shape students’ understanding of basic concepts and theories
related to the planning and design of clear aligner therapy. PowerPoint presentations will be present to
review basic concepts and principles taught during the course. Reading assignments provide background
information for class discussions related to the scheduled topics. Journal articles are assigned to focus on
application of principles in the contemporary practice of orthodontics. In some sessions students will
identify additional journal articles on their own to supplement the reading assignments and present their
cases.

Course Evaluation:
Grades for this course will be determined by attendance, the quality of participation during the
seminar sessions, and interaction with the instructor though out the year on their individual
patient cases. Residents that do not achieve a threshold level of competency will be remediated
or asked to retake the course.

Instructional Methodologies:
Lectures, problem based learning, resident presentations, ClinCheck evaluations in class and
private one-on-one teaching sessions, readings and discussions.

Course Texts, Recommended Reading, Material, and Resources:

(Required reading will be available on Blackboard)
• Huang, G., Richmond, Stephen,Vig, Katherine W. L.. (Eds. 2011) Evidence-based
orthodontics
• Romano, Rafi. (Ed.) (2011) Lingual & esthetic orthodontics, Invisalign: effective and accurate
treatment of a variety of malocclusions / Willy Z. Dayan, pp.633-648.
• [Link] continuing education
Broad journal article reading list (Angle Orthodontist, American Journal of Orthodontics and
Dentofacial Orthopedics, European Journal of Orthodontics, Journal of Clinical Orthodontics)

1. Boyd RL. Esthetic orthodontic treatment using the invisalign appliance for moderate to complex
malocclusions. J Dent Educ. 2008;72(8):948-967. doi: 72/8/948 [pii].
2. Boyd RL. Complex orthodontic treatment using a new protocol for the invisalign appliance. J Clin
Orthod. 2007;41(9):525-47; quiz 523.
3. Lagravère MO, Flores-Mir C. The treatment effects of invisalign orthodontic aligners. J Am Dent
Assoc. 2005;136(12):1724-1729.
4. Maganzini AL. Outcome assessment of invisalign and traditional orthodontic treatment and
subsequent commentaries. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2006;129(4):456. doi:
10.1016/[Link].2006.02.016.
5. Miethke RR, Brauner K. A comparison of the periodontal health of patients during treatment with
the invisalign system and with fixed lingual appliances. J Orofac Orthop. 2007;68(3):223-231. doi:
10.1007/s00056-007-0655-8 [doi].
6. Schupp W, Haubrich J, Neumann I. Treatment of anterior open bite with the invisalign system. J
Clin Orthod. 2010;44(8):501-507.
7. Schupp W, Haubrich J, Neumann I. Class II correction with the invisalign system. J Clin Orthod.
2010;44(1):28-35.
8. Vardimon AD, Robbins D, Brosh T. In-vivo von mises strains during invisalign treatment. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2010;138(4):399-409. doi: S0889-5406(10)00484-1 [pii];
10.1016/[Link].2008.11.027 [doi].
9. WAX N. Effectiveness of invisalign® on correcting anterior crowding and spacing. 2010.
10. Womack WR, Day RH. Surgical-orthodontic treatment using the invisalign system. J Clin Orthod.
2008;42(4):237-245.

48 Appendix I
Lecture 1: Introduction to Clear Aligner Therapy
Time: 3 hours
Reading Materials:
• Huang, Greg J., Richmond, Stephen,Vig, Katherine W. L.. (Eds.) (2011, ©2011) Evidence-
based orthodontics, Invisalign therapy / Jason M. Bressler, Stefanie Hamamoto, Greg J. King,
and Anne-Marie Bollen
• Romano, Rafi. (Ed.) (2011) Lingual & esthetic orthodontics, Invisalign: effective and accurate
treatment of a variety of malocclusions / Willy Z. Dayan, pp.633-648.
• [Link]; submitting cases, PVS impressions, attachments, interproximal reduction
• The iTero optical scanner for use with Invisalign: A descriptive review, 2012, Jones P.

Class Objectives
1) Understand how clear aligner therapy is integrated in the treatment planning process
2) Patient selection for aligner therapy
3) Understand various clear aligner products
4) Understand the Invisalign protocol
5) Understand mechanics of the Invisalign website and continuing education
6) Clinical procedures for Invisalign
7) Understand the mechanisms of tooth movement with Invisalign
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lecture 2: Review of ClinChecks
Time: 3 hours
Reading Materials:
• [Link]; ClinCheck reviews
• ClinCheck check list

Class Objectives
1) Initial review of ClinCheck with checklist
2) Understanding difficult tooth movements, limitations and timing
3) Understanding attachment placing, timing and choices for root control
4) Understanding interproximal reduction placing, timing and choices
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lecture 3: Review of clinical treatment
Time: 3 hours
Reading Materials:
• [Link]; Treatment and monitoring, clinical conditions

Class Objectives
1) Troubleshooting; decide what means to employ when aligners don’t track
2) Consultation; understand import aspects of the consultation appointment and informed
consent for orthodontic treatments including aligner therapy and important limitations
3) Retention; understand and reinforce principles of orthodontic retention
4) Clinical Cases; describe the diagnosis, problems, objectives, ClinCheck plan, treatment
plan, mechanics and retention plan for clinical case reviews

49 Appendix I
 University of Illinois at Chicago School of Dentistry General Policies

• Policy on Disability Accommodations

It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate
students with disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who
require accommodation should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College
of Dentistry Office of Student and Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well
before the start of the semester for which accommodations are desired.

• Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses.
Students who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the
course director and with the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition
of the course, (2) reexamination and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic
probation.

• Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the
resources and methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be
addressed with consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university
disciplinary policies. Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the
assignment or examination, a failing grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director
will consult with the department head in cases of academic dishonesty.

• Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course.
Students who expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director.
Notification does not excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining
how missed coursework will be made up.

• Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of
this course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online
program. In all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

• Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during
religious holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with
scheduled assignments or exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the
class. Students will not be penalized for religious observances.

50 Appendix I
Orthodontic Materials Course Outlines
Department of Orthodontics
University of Illinois at Chicago
Dr. Leon Laub

Materials Science in Orthodontics: 1st Year Residents

Goal for 1st Year Residents is to convey a standard body of knowledge of

principles of materials science and its application to orthodontics. The two-
seminar sequence begins in the Fall and concludes in the Winter; it is
repeated each year to the new incoming class.

Fall 2012
Mechanical Properties
1. Tensile testing and definition of mechanical properties from the
stress-strain diagram
2. Clinical application of mechanical properties of wires (yield strength,
elastic modulus, tensile strength, elongation) using articles from the
literature
3. Manufacture of Wires – Photo presentation on Wire Production;
mechanical processing by cold working; heat treatment; effect on grain size
and properties
4. Understanding NiTi wires: ISO Standard testing and brand
comparison

Winter 2013
1. Mechanical properties review:
• Terminology from stress-strain diagrams
• Properties of alloys used to produce orthodontic wires
• Clinical meaning of mechanical properties
2. Crystal Structure: space lattice; lattice structure for martensite and
austenite in Stainless Steel and Nickel-Titanium
3. Equilibrium Phase Diagrams: Understanding phase diagrams for
alloys used in fixed prosthodontics and stainless steel wires
4. Manufacture of Brackets – Photo presentation on Bracket
Manufacture

Materials Used in Orthodontics: 2nd & 3rd Year Residents

51 Appendix I
Goal for 2nd & 3rd Year Residents is to examine current orthodontic
products from the viewpoint of materials properties and clinical applications
based on those properties. Product classes are: Wires, Adhesives &
Bonding; Curing Lights, Instruments; Biological safety of materials; Metal
and polymer toxicity. This is a four-seminar sequence.

Winter 2013
1. Mechanical Properties: Review of terminology as related to clinical
applications
2. Properties & Clinical Applications to Orthodontic Wires:
• Stainless Steel wires: Compositions; Brands; Brand
Comparison
• Elgiloy wires: Tempers and uses; Heat treatment by the doctor
• Titanium-Molybdenum wires: design of properties, brand
comparison, recent articles
• Nickel-Titanium: brand comparison (new data from recent
resident theses studies); brand comparison of new copper
containing NiTi wires compared to Copper Ni-Ti
• ISO 15841: International Standard for force testing; brand
comparison from 3-point bend tests

Fall 2012
What’s New with NiTi Wires?
1. Concepts to understand NiTi wires: Transformation Temperature &
Tooth moving force
2. Issues when switching a clinic or office wires to another brand:
difficulties to match force and arch form
3. Chinese NiTi wires: price and quality
4. 2nd generation of Cu-Ni-Ti wires

Winter 2012
Adhesives and Bonding
1. Orthodontic composites, compomers, and glass ionomers
2. Direct bonding: development of 7 generations of bonding products;
brand comparison
3. Indirect Bonding
Biological Safety of Orthodontic Materials

52 Appendix I
 1. Metals: Nickel, chromium
2. Polymers: BPA, residual resin

Fall 2011
Dental Curing Lights & Photoinitiators
1. Light & Color
2. Sources for blue light
3. Halogen & LED Curing Lights: characteristics
4. Brand comparison: Halogen, LED & Plasma Lights
Orthodontic Instruments
1. Distal End Cutters
2. Ligature Cutters
3. Brand comparison: cutting ability & longevity

53 Appendix I
Course: ORTD 595 Seminars on Orthodontics (Orthoganthic Surgery
Conference)
Course Directors: T. Peter Tsay, DDS, MS, PhD
Course Time: Monday 7:30-8:30 as scheduled
Prerequisites: Students enrolled in Postgraduate Orthodontic or Oral and
maxillofacial Surgery Program

Course Description
This seminar involves students and faculty from the Department of Orthodontics and Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery in a multidisciplinary approach to diagnose and treat patients with severe
maxilla-mandibular discrepancies. The purpose of the course is to introduce the principles of
patient selection, treatment planning, treatment approaches, and the logistics of orthodontic and
surgical treatment of maxilla-mandibular discrepancies. Students will learn methods to plan
predictable and efficient orthodontic treatment integrating maxillofacial surgery. Students will be
expected to present and discuss selected cases, read and critique background material in
textbooks and journal articles and lead seminar discussions.

Course Objectives:
1. Elucidate the purposes (Objectives) of surgical orthodontic treatment
2. Describe the basic elements of diagnosis and treatment planning of complicated
dentoskeletal problems
3. Analyze the sequence of pre and post-surgical orthodontic treatment (Technique)
4. Use clinical cases to demonstrate how to apply these principles in daily practice.

Course Outline:

I. Objectives of orthognathic surgery

1. Straighten crooked teeth

2. Reduce overbite & over jet
3. Close spaces
4. Improve facial appearance (Anatomy of an attractive smile)
5. Prevent/minimize future orthodontic problems
6. Correct/prevent periodontal problems
7. Improve occlusal function
8. Pre-prosthodotic preparation
9. Miscellaneous , clefts, T.M.D. etc.

II. Data collection and analysis (Elements of orthodontic diagnosis)

1. Study model, model analysis, and diagnostic set-up

2. Facial and intra-oral photographs and Photographic analysis
3. Panoramic x-ray, 10-points Quick Ceph Analysis; 3-D cephalometric x-rays
4. Digital data: Dolphin software; OrthoCAD.

55 Appendix I
III. Biological principles of surgical orthodontics

1. Biological considerations of orthodontic tooth movement

a. Sliding mechanism and individual tooth movement

b. Bone deformation (bending) and group tooth movement
c. Skeletal age and surgical corrections

2. Bio-engineering principles of orthognathic surgery

a. Effects of surgery on growth

b. Bone healing and relapse
c. Timing of surgery

IV. Stages of surgical orthodontic treatment

1. Pre-surgical orthodontics: Resolve crowding, correct rotation, Bite opening (or

closing), close space, develop ideal arch form (alveolar remodeling), correct
midline discrepancy, decompensate abnormal incisal angulation.

a. Straighten mal-aligned teeth

b. Develop arch form –

c. Close space

Small generalized space: power chain

Larger space, uneven space: Arrange teeth in 3 segments than close
space with closing loop arch wires.

d. De-compensate abnormal incisal angulation.

Class II or Class III elastics

2. Post-Surgical orthodontic treatment

3rd order, than 1st and 2nd order corrections
You are in this stage when you have:
Close to Ideal OB/OJ, No Space, No Rotation.

Objectives of Finishing & Detailing:

Ideal OB/OJ relationship

56 Appendix I
 Coordinated Arch form
Proper Torque for Incisors & Molars
Proper contact and marginal ridge relationship
Maximum intercuspation

V. Clinical case presentation

1. Surgical orthodontic treatment of Class II malocclusion

2. Surgical orthodontic treatment of Class III malocclusion
3. Surgical orthodontic treatment of VME with or without open bite
4. Surgical orthodontic treatment of malocclusion with mutilated dentition

Evaluation of Students’ Competency:

a. Class room interactions
b. Evaluation of student’s case resentation
c. Observation of how student apply learned principles clinically

Suggested Readings:

Sarver, DM: Esthetic Orthodontics and Orthognathic Surgery, Elsevier Mosby, 1998.

William GWA Arnett and Richard P. McLaughlin: Facial and Dental Planning for Orthodontists
and Oral Surgeons, Elsevier Mosby,, 2005.

Priffit, W. R., Field, HW, & Sarver, D.M.: Contemporary treatment of dentofacial deformity,
Elsevier Mosby, 2008

57 Appendix I
ORTD 610, Orthodontic Clinic

Course: Orthodontic Clinic, ORTD 610 Course Coordinator: Kusnoto

Semester: Fall, Spring, Summer Updated: June 30, 2013
Credit Hours: Fall – Four (4), Spring – Five (5), Summer – Two (2)
Faculty: Listed on A/B Week Schedule
Class: First Year

Course Description
The orthodontic clinical experience begins early in the first semester with the examination of new patients and the
taking of diagnostic records. In the second month of the program students conduct patient consultations, including
informed consent, and begin placing orthodontic appliances following completion of case diagnosis and treatment
planning (approximately ten cases with completed treatment plans will be provided by second year students).
Treatment of newly assigned cases continues throughout the first year as additional new cases are examined and
diagnostic records taken. Students spend approximately five half-days per week in the clinic. The clinical records of
selected cases at the pretreatment stage are presented in seminars throughout the academic year.

Course Objectives

1. Develop competence in patient examination and obtaining diagnostic records for 45 or more patients.
2. Develop the ability to analyze the various diagnostic records and provide a diagnosis, specific objectives, a
treatment and retention plan for all newly assigned cases.
3. Develop competence in appliance placement and ongoing adjustment of various appliances for the treatment
of a variety of malocclusions in children, adolescents, and adults including dentofacial orthopedics, surgical
orthodontics, and multidisciplinary care.
4. Develop competence in patient communication and management, time and workplace management, infection
control, auxiliary utilization, recordkeeping and storage, practice management computer software.
5. On average, at least one case per week should be treatment planned, reviewed and the patient records
approved by the supervising instructor before appliances are placed. It is expected that all newly assigned
cases will be under active treatment by the end of the first academic year.
6. Assess patients and prepare patient records for potential presentation for the American Board of Orthodontics
Phase III examination.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Graduation as a general dentist.

Expectations
The faculty expects each student to attend all scheduled clinics and complete assignments in a timely manner.

Examination and Grading (Measurement of Competency)

The grading system has four categories: (1) performance evaluations, (2) instructors’ observations, (3) varied
experiences, and (4) student self-evaluation. A grade is given in ORTD 610 only after the student meets attendance,
clinic policy, and record audit requirements.

Students are evaluated on an ongoing basis by the clinical faculty. At each patient visit, the instructor reviews the work
done and must approve codes and notes in the treatment record. Clinical faculty rate the students’ case write-ups,
technical abilities, patient management, clinic organization and cleanliness, and understanding of treatment progress
and mechanotherapy. Increased levels of competence and understanding are expected as the program progresses. All
patient records are audited for coding, organization, completeness and approvals. The letter grade for the semester
represents a composite grade. Assignment of a C grade results in an assessment of the need and type of remedial help.
A deferred (DFR) grade will be assigned if the approvals and charts are not properly maintained; the grade will be
changed to an F grade if not remedied. A Grade of F is grounds for department head action, which may include
dismissal, repeating the semester, or extending the length of the program.

1
59 Appendix I
ORTD 610, Orthodontic Clinic

1. Performance evaluations:
a. Written examinations with different weights
i. Written exams as given by instructors
b. Completion of assignments

2. Instructors’ observations:
a. Daily evaluation
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on the attendance in the class and
participation in group discussion
b. Assignment
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on completion of assignment with
acceptable quality and timely manner.

3. Varied experiences:
a. Class assignments
i. After each session the instructor may assign an activity based on the subject being discussed.
Assignments will be graded accordingly.
b. Quizzes and final exams
i. The understanding of each subject being taught will be assessed during and at the end of the
term.

4. Student self-evaluation:
a. Hands on exercises
b. Student reports
c. Product examinations, such as essays describing the experiences with a final paragraph on
self-evaluation

Any student, who misses an examination for a reasonable cause, as determined by the course director, will be allowed
to take a make-up examination. This examination may be written, as described above, or oral, or in some other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of the material covered
in this course. If an essay is assigned, there will be no extension to the essay’s deadline.

Assigned Reading and Course Materials

Detailed procedures, course materials, equipment instructions, etc., are located in Blackboard in a section called ORTD
101.

Remediation
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and postgraduate
courses.

2
60 Appendix I
ORTD 610, Orthodontic Clinic

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with
disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation
should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and
Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which
accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students
who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with
the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination
and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and
methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with
consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing
grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director will consult with the department head in cases
of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who
expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not
excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will
be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this
course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In
all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious
holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or
exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized
for religious observances.

3
61 Appendix I
08/08/2013 FINAL UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO
Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 - Fall semester, 2013

TECHNIQUE COURSE

Day Date Time Seminar # Topic Instructor

Monday Aug 12 9:30-12:30 1 Introduction to Orthodontics Part I Tsay

1:30-4:30 2 Introduction to Orthodontics Part II Tsay

Tuesday Aug 13 1:30-4:30 3 Clinic Orientation + Open Kit Hohlt/Manasse

and Equipment Maintenance

Wednesday Aug 14 8:30- 12:30 4 Overview to Axium, Ortho TxWiz Kusnoto

Dolphin Imaging, OrthoCAD®
1:30-4:30 5 Clinic Auxiliary Staff Utilization Dental Assistants
Impressions and Pouring Models Hohlt/Manasse
Study Models (video and demo)

Friday ` Aug 16 8:30-12:30 6 Digital Photography and Radiography Jackson/Kusnoto/

Ayas/Benjamin

Monday Aug 19 9:30-12:30 7 Impressions and Pouring Models Manasse

Tuesday Aug 20 9:30-12:30 8 Trimming Models, Intro to Biostar® Manasse

2:30-4:30 9 Typodont #1 Galang/Hohlt/John
Banding, Separating, Elastomeric ties

Wednesday Aug 21 9:30-12:30 10 Wire Bending, Intro to Soldering Project, Hohlt/Manasse

1:30-4:30 15 Dental Cast Analysis, occlusogram
Lab for Diagnostic Casts on OrthoCAD® Kusnoto

Monday Aug 26 2:30-4:30 12 Properties and Manipulation of Round Manasse

Arch Wires; Gingival Arch Wire Project

Tuesday Aug 27 9:30-12:30 13 Introduction to the Edgewise Appliance Yue

Overview of Class I, II and III

Wednesday Aug 28 1:30-4:30 14 Arch Wire Placement and Ties Chwa/Hohlt/Manasse

Soldering Projects, Heat Treatment and
welding

Tuesday Sep 3 2:30-4:30 16 Typodont #2 Galang

Brackets, Attachments and Bonding

Wednesday Sept 4 8:30-4:30 17 Orthodontic Appliance and Willison

Retainer Fabrication

Thursday Sept 5 9:30-12:30 18 Computerized Case Preparation Kusnoto

Wednesday Sep 11 1:30-4:30 19 Arch Wire Bending and Loops Manasse/Hohlt

Thursday Sept 12 1:30-4:30 20 Quad Helix, Utility Arches Sanchez/Opperman

Tuesday Sept 17 9.30-12.30 22 Orthodontic Bonding Techniques Gange

Wednesday Sept 25 9:30-12:30 23 Kloehn Cervical Headgear Fabrication Hohlt/Manasse

Haas Tandem Mechanics
1:30-4:30 24 Haas RPE Fabrication Hohlt/Manasse

Thursday Sept 26 2:30-4:30 25 Typodont #3 – Nance, TPA Galang/Hohlt

63 Appendix I
Wednesday Oct 2 9:30-12:30 26 Rectangular Arch Wires and Loops Jo
1:30-4:30 27 Lingual Fixed, Essix and Manasse
Hawley Retainer Fabrication

Friday Oct 4 9:30-10:30 28 Triad Demo ` Kirschheimer

10:30-12:30 29 Typodont #4 Galang
Overview of Class I, II and III Treatment

Wednesday Oct 9 9:30-12:30 30 Mounting Casts Robbins

1:30-4:30 31 Biology of Tooth Movement Chwa

Tuesday Oct 15 9:30-12:30 32 Appliance Initiation and Anchorage Yue

Systems; Arch Wire Sequencing
Introduction to Biomechanics

Wednesday Oct 16 1:30-4:30 33 Typodont #5 -HG, Utility Arch Sanchez/Opperman

Thursday Oct 17 9:30-12:30 34 Extraction Mechanics Eltink

1:30-4:30 35 Typodont #6 -Sectional Mechanics Sanchez/Opperman

Tuesday Oct 22 9.30-12.30 36 Diagnostic Set-ups Tsay

Wednesday Oct 23 1:30-4:30 37 Typodont #7 -Auxiliary solder, heat treat Chwa/Hohlt

Thursday Oct 24 9.30-10.30 38 Adjusting Retainers Kelsey

10:30-12:30 39 Indirect Bonding Technique Eltink
1:30-4:30 40 Removable and Functional Appliances I Hohlt

Monday Oct 28 1:30-4:30 41 Wire Exercises Tsay

Thursday Oct 31 1:30-4:30 42 Removable and Functional Appliances II Hohlt

Friday Nov 1 9:30-12:30 43 Introduction to Lasers and TADS Atswasuwan

64 Appendix I
 1

ORTD 611

ORTHODONTIC
TECHNIQUES
Course Objectives: An introduction to the properties and
manipulation of materials commonly used in orthodontic patient
care. Emphasis is on fixed appliance treatment. This course will
include practical laboratory experience in constructing appliances
used in orthodontic care.

Evaluation Methods: Projects are evaluated by assessing whether

or not the finished project could be safely and effectively used in
patient care.

COMPILED BY
ROBERT J. MANASSE, D.D.S.
ASSOCIATE CLINICAL PROFESSOR
DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

August , 2012 Edition

65 Appendix I
 2

NAME: ________________________________ Date: __________________

1) Upper Impression (for study model fabrication and trimming)

Criteria Good Fair Repeat

Surface of impression is smooth, consistent and without voids

Even thickness of impression material all around

Midline is centered

Frenum/frenula are captured

Maxillary tuberosity or mandibular retromolar area included

Details of dental anatomy and gingival margin clearly visible

Rounded borders reaching high/ deep into the vestibule

2) Lower Impression (for study model fabrication and trimming)

Criteria Good Fair Repeat

Surface of impression is smooth, consistent and without voids

Even thickness of impression material all around

Midline is centered

Frenum/frenula are captured

Maxillary tuberosity or mandibular retromolar area included

Details of dental anatomy and gingival margin clearly visible

Rounded borders reaching high/ deep into the vestibule

66 Appendix I
 3

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

1. Impressions, Working Models and ABO Model Fabrication

Date Due:_______________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Grade
Pass/Fail

 Impressions
1. Make a set of impressions of your teeth to fabricate models per ABO standards

2. Make a set of impressions of your teeth to fabricate Essix retainers for yourself

3. Make two upper impressions for 2 working models of yourself for a gingival arch wire and the
fabrication of a Hawley retainer for yourself

 Models
4. One set of models of oneself trimmed per ABO standards
5. One set of working models to fabricate Essix retainers for oneself
6. Two upper models; one for Gingival Arch Wire and one for Hawley retainer for oneself
7. One set of working models (upper and lower) with first molar bands for Haas expander and lower
6‐6 lingual arch with tongue spurs

67 Appendix I
 4

68 Appendix I
 5

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

2. Gingival Arch Wire Project

Date Due__________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Use a No. 2 lead pencil to draw the gingival margin. First read the instructions as described by Dr. Renfroe to bend the
gingival arch wire.

Use .025 SS wire

Criteria for scoring:

1. Gingival margin drawn in pencil = 25%

*Wire to be started and ended in the center of the distal of the last tooth in the arch. It is most important to
examine the adaption of the wire to the teeth before proceeding to the next bend. Curvature of the bends are
critical. Therefore, follow the gingival margin that has been drawn.
2. Adaption of the wire to the gingival margin as a per cent of the number of teeth in the arch=25%
3. Adaption of the wire to the interproximal area as a percent of the number of teeth in the arch=25%
4. Is the wire lying passively on the teeth? – as a per cent of the number of teeth in the arch =25%

69 Appendix I
 6

70 Appendix I
 7

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

3. Loop Bending Exercise

Date Due:_________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katharine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplin Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Total
Grade

See instruction sheet for description and wires required

Loops to be made exactly the same size and shape as those on the instruction sheet

Scoring Criteria:

1. Accuracy of 5 vertical loops=10%

2. Accuracy of 5 horizontal loops=10%
3. Accuracy of 5 T loops=10%
4. Accuracy of 5 closing loops=10%
5. Accuracy of 5 box loops=10%
6. Accuracy of 5 helical tie backs=10%
7. Accuracy of 5 omega loops=10%
8. Accuracy of project to Loop Bending Exercise Sheet=30%

71 Appendix I
 8

0731/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

4. Arch Wire Project

Date Due:_________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katharine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwrtz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7.

Total
Grade

All seven wire bending projects below must be acceptable.

1. “T” loops ‐ .016 x .022 SS = 16 points

2. Intrusion Arch ‐ .016 x .022 SS = 16 points
3. Open and closed closing loops ‐ .016 x.022 SS = 16 points
4. Molar holding arch wire ‐ .036 SS = 16 points
5. Sectional retraction arches ‐ ,016 x ,022 SS = 16 points
6. Upper lingual retainer ‐ .018 Australian Black SS Wire = 5 points
7. Lower lingual retainer ‐ .032 Braided Unitek lower lingual retainer wire = 5 points

72 Appendix I
 9

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

5. Upper Hawley Retainer Project

Date Due: ____________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi

Make upper arch working model of yourself

Hawley labial wire of .028 SS with omega loops to go inter‐proximally between the canine and lateral incisor

Ball clasp between upper right premolar and first molar

Adams clasp on upper left first molar

Criteria for scoring:

1. Contour and fit of labial wire = 20%
2. Contour and fit of clasps=10%
3. Adaption of acrylic to model =10%
4. Follow instructions =10%
5. Closeness of finish to initial design = 20%
6. Finish of Acrylic = 10%
7. Fit in your mouth = 20% 73 Appendix I
 10

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

6. Slip Cover‐Essix Retainer Project

Date Due:________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al ‐ Barysenka Caplin Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5

Need working models of yourself for this project. The finished project will be graded on how it fits on the working
model and on your teeth.

Slip cover/Essix retainers to be contoured to the gingival margin of the teeth of both the upper and lower models.

Use C+ Essix Plastic material and fabricate on the Biostar machine

Scoring criteria:

1. Accuracy of upper and lower models of oneself=20%

2. Design of slip covers=20%
3. Fabrication of slip covers=20%
4. Fit of slip covers on models=20%
5. Fit of slipcovers on oneself=20%

74 Appendix I
 11

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

7. Lower lingual holding arch with tongue spurs

Date Due:________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katharine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Total
Grade

Lingual wire to be made with.036SS and is to contact the lingual of the teeth (center of the lingual of teeth) and be
on the cingulum of the lower 3‐3.

Tongue spurs to be made with .025 SS and to be angulated less than 90 degrees to the lingual of the lower incisors
and soldered directly on top of the .036 lingual wire

Criteria for scoring:

1. Bands placed in impression‐10%

2. Bands waxed in impression‐10%
3. Design on poured model‐20%
4. Bent lower .036 SS lingual wire‐20%
5. Soldered tongue spurs of .025 SS wire‐20%
6. Completeness of project as per design‐20%

7. Two Bondable Tongue Spurs Pass/Fail

75 Appendix I
 12

76 Appendix I
 13

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

8. Soldering Project

.045 Stainless Steel Wire Square

Date Due:________
Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al ‐ Barysenka Caplin Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total

Grade

Objective: To follow precise instructions, experience bending a heavy and lighter stainless steel wires, measuring
accurately, learning the properties and manipulation of wire, solder and flux (each individually and combined with a
torch), understanding the principles of the soldering technique for orthodontic wires and preparing it in a fashion
that it could be placed in the patient’s mouth.

Criteria for Grading:

1. Accuracy of measurements = 20%
2. Size and neatness of soldering joints = 20%
3. Quality of the bends of the wire 15%
4. Ability to make bends in the same plane of space = 10%
5. Ability to make solder joints in the same plane = 10%
6. Neatness of the project = 10%
7. Esthetics of the project for placement in the patient’s mouth = 15%

77 Appendix I
 14

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

9. Soldering Project

.026 Stainless Steel Wire with Hooks

Date Due:________
Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al ‐ Barysenka Caplin Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total

Grade

Objective: To follow precise instructions, experience bending a heavy and lighter stainless steel wires, measuring
accurately, learning the properties and manipulation of wire, solder and flux (each individually and combined with a
torch), understanding the principles of the soldering technique for orthodontic wires and preparing it in a fashion that
it could be placed in the patient’s mouth.

Criteria for Grading:

1. Accuracy of measurements = 20%
2. Size and neatness of soldering joints = 20%
3. Quality of the bends of the wire 15%
4. Ability to make bends in the same plane of space = 10%
5. Ability to make solder joints in the same plane = 10%
6. Neatness of the project = 10%
7. Esthetics of the project for placement in the patient’s mouth = 15%

78 Appendix I
 15

07/31/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

10. Haas Palatal Expander

Date Due: __________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katherine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwartz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Need working model with first molar bands. If you have a patient that requires this appliance, this will be credited
for the completion of this project.

Use .036 SS wire for the wire framework.

Lingual wire on the premolars and molars needs to be on the lower third of the crown.

Criteria for scoring:

1. Bands placed in impression=10%

2. Bands waxed in impression=10%
3. Poured model=10%
4. Wire framework=15%
5. Waxed in expansion screw=10%
6. Trimmed acrylic pads=15%
7. Completeness of Expander to initial design=10%
8. Completed project on model and/or in patient=20%

79 Appendix I
 16

80 Appendix I
 17

0731/2012 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO

Department of Orthodontics

ORTD 611 ‐ Fall semester, 2012

ORTHODONTIC TECHNIQUE

11. Rectangular Arch Wire Project

Date Due:_________

Resident Saud Piotr Jennifer Cara Erin Ghoneim Whitney Robert Katharine
Grade/ Al‐ Barysenka Caplan Conroy Dobbins Salma Mostafiz Schwrtz Stevens
Criteria Hasawi
1
2
3
4

Total
Grade

All four wire bending projects below must be acceptable. Grading is Pass/Fail

1. Wire bending exercise #1

2. Wire bending exercise #2
3. Wire bending exercise #3
4. Wire bending exercise #4

81 Appendix I
 18

82 Appendix I
 19

83 Appendix I
 ORTD611 Technique Course

Day Date Time Seminar # Topic Instructor Project Started Project Due

Monday 12-Aug 9:30-12:30 1 Introduction to Orthodontics Part I Tsay

1:30-4:30 2 Introduction to Orthodontics Part II Tsay

Tuesday 13-Aug 1:30-4:30 3 Clinic Orientation + Open Kit Hohlt/Manasse

and Equipment Maintenance

Wednesday 14-Aug 8:30- 12:30 4 Overview to Axium, Ortho TxWiz Kusnoto

Dolphin Imaging, OrthoCAD®
1:30-4:30 5 Clinic Auxiliary Staff Utilization Dental Assistants
Impressions and Pouring Models Hohlt/Manasse
Study Models (video and demo)

Friday 16-Aug 8:30-12:30 6 Digital Photography and Radiography Jackson/Kusnoto/

Ayas

Monday 19-Aug 9:30-12:30 7 Impressions and Pouring Models Manasse Project #1 Working Models
for Project #1
Tuesday 20-Aug 9:30-12:30 8 Trimming Models, Intro to Biostar® Manasse Bite Plate Project
2:30-4:30 9 Typodont #1 Galang/Hohlt/John
Banding, Separating, Elastomeric ties

Wednesday 21-Aug 9:30-12:30 10 Wire Bending, Intro to Soldering Project, Hohlt/Manasse Project #2 & #3
1:30-4:30 11 Welding Chwa

Monday 26-Aug 2:30-4:30 12 Properties and Manipulation of Round Manasse Project #4 & #5 Bite Plate Project
Arch Wires; Gingival Arch Wire Project
Project #1 ABO
Tuesday 27-Aug 9:30-12:30 13 Introduction to the Edgewise Appliance Yue
Overview of Class I, II and III

Wednesday 28-Aug 1:30-4:30 14 Arch Wire Placement and Ties Chwa/Hohlt/Manasse Project #6 Project #2 & #3
Soldering Projects and Heat Treatment

Thursday 29-Aug 1:30-4:30 15 Dental Cast Analysis, occlusogram Kusnoto

Lab for Diagnostic Casts on OrthoCAD®

Tuesday 3-Sep 2:30-4:30 16 Typodont #2 Galang

Brackets, Attachments and Bonding

Wednesday 4-Sep 8:30-4:30 17 Orthodontic Appliance and Retainer FabricWillison Project #7 & #8

Thursday 5-Sep 9:30-12:30 18 Computerized Case Preparation Kusnoto

Wednesday 11-Sep 1:30-4:30 19 Arch Wire Bending and Loops Manasse/Hohlt Project #9 Project #4 & #5

Thursday 12-Sep 1:30-4:30 20 Quad Helix, Utility Arches Sanchez/Opperman Q-H Project

Tuesday 17-Sep 9.30-12.30 22 Orthodontic Bonding Techniques Gange Project #6

Wednesday 25-Sep 9:30-12:30 23 Kloehn Cervical Headgear Fabrication Hohlt/Manasse Headgear Project Q-H Project
Haas Tandem Mechanics

1:30-4:30 24 Haas RPE Fabrication Hohlt/Manasse Project #10

Thursday 26-Sep 2:30-4:30 25 Typodont #3 - Nance, TPA Galang/Hohlt/Lippincott

Wednesday 2-Oct 9:30-12:30 26 Rectangular Arch Wires and Loops Jo Project #11 Headgear Project
1:30-4:30 27 Lingual Fixed, Essix and Manasse
Hawley Retainer Fabrication Project #7 & #8

Friday 4-Oct 9:30-10:30 28 Triad Demo Kirschheimer

10:30-12:30 29 Typodont #4 Galang Project #9
Overview of Class I, II and III Treatment
Project #1 Models
Wednesday 9-Oct 9:30-12:30 30 Mounting Casts Robbins
1:30-4:30 31 Biology of Tooth Movement Chwa

Tuesday 15-Oct 9:30-12:30 32 Appliance Initiation and Anchorage Yue

Systems; Arch Wire Sequencing Project #10
Introduction to Biomechanics

85 Appendix I
 ORTD611 Technique Course

Day Date Time Seminar # Topic Instructor Project Started Project Due

Wednesday 16-Oct 1:30-4:30 33 Typodont #5 -HG, Utility Arch Sanchez/Opperman Project #11

Thursday 17-Oct 9:30-12:30 34 Extraction Mechanics Eltink

1:30-4:30 35 Typodont #6 -Sectional Mechanics Sanchez/Opperman

Tuesday 22-Oct 9.30-12.30 36 Diagnostic Set-ups Tsay Diagnostic set-up

Project
Wednesday 23-Oct 1:30-4:30 37 Typodont #7 -Auxiliary solder, heat treat Chwa/Hohlt

Thursday 24-Oct 9.30-10.30 38 Adjusting Retainers Kelsey

10:30-12:30 39 Indirect Bonding Technique Eltink
1:30-4:30 40 Removable and Functional Appliances I Hohlt

Monday 28-Oct 1:30-4:30 41 Wire Exercises Tsay Diagnostic set-up

Project
Thursday 31-Oct 1:30-4:30 42 Removable and Functional Appliances II Hohlt

Friday 1-Nov 9:30-12:30 43 Introduction to Lasers and TADS Atswasuwan

86 Appendix I
Course: ORTD 612, Orthodontic Technique B (Biomechanics and Biomaterials)
Course Directors: Isaac C. Yue, DMD, MS
Darren Pakravan, DDS, MS
Course Time: Tuesday 9:30am -12:30pm
Office Hours: Tuesday 12:30pm-1:30pm
Credit Hours: 2
Prerequisites: Algebra, Trigonometry, Inorganic Chemistry, Physics

Course Description
The purpose of the course is to introduce the principles of biomechanics and biomaterials as
applied to orthodontic treatment. Students will learn theory-guided approaches to planning safe,
predictable and efficient orthodontic treatment. Students will be expected to read and critique
background material in assigned textbooks and journal articles for seminar discussions.

Problem solving skills will be emphasized through homework assignments and laboratory
experiments. Specific topics include: orthodontic and orthopedic level force systems, biomaterial
science, kinematics and biomechanics of tooth movement, friction, anchorage, functional
orthopedics, temporary anchorage devices, selection of clinical appliances, planning and design
of orthodontic force systems

Course Objectives
1. To determine the forces used in orthodontic systems mathematically
2. To determine the appropriate anchorage systems needed to achieve treatment goals
3. Define and apply the concept of equilibrium in orthodontic system
4. Understand and apply forces, moments, and couples to orthodontic movements
5. List and discuss the concepts and principles required to produce safe, predictable, and
efficient tooth movement
6. Understand orthodontic material properties
7. Compare and contrast various materials used in orthodontics
8. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of various fixed and removable appliances
9. Compare and contrast standard edgewise brackets with preadjusted brackets.
10. Understand how friction impacts orthodontic movements
11. Describe the factors that could increase and decrease friction in the orthodontic system
12. Determine the extraoral force systems needed to achieved desired goals
13. Learn various space closure techniques
14. Determine the ideal loop design to achieve various tooth movements
15. Describe biomechanical approaches to the management of deep overbite and open bite
occlusal discrepancies
16. Describe the biomechanical management of Class II and Class III occlusal discrepancies.
17. Describe the concepts of skeletal anchorage in planning orthodontic tooth movement.
18. Describe the mechanics behind Invisalign for orthodontic applications.

87 Appendix I
Instructional Methodology
This is a seminar-based course designed to shape students’ understanding of basic concepts and
theories related to the planning and design of orthodontic force systems. Reading assignments for
each seminar session is to provide background information for class discussions related to the
scheduled topics. Much of the preparatory reading is directed to textbook sources. In addition,
journal articles are assigned to focus on application of principles in the contemporary practice of
orthodontics. In some sessions students will identify additional journal articles on their own to
supplement the reading assignments. PowerPoint presentations will be present to reinforce basic
concepts and principles taught during the course.

Course Evaluation:
Grades for this course will be determined by attendance, the quality of participation during the
seminar sessions, laboratory exercises, periodic quizzes, homework, midterm examination, and
final examination. The exam will test for mastery of concepts covered in the course objectives
listed above. Residents that do not achieve a threshold amount of competency will be remediated
or asked to retake the course.

Assignments and Due Dates:

Due dates for homework, lab exercises, and preparatory materials will be provided to the
residents with adequate time to complete.

Instructional Methodologies:
Lectures, Problem Based Learning, Resident Presentations, Laboratory Exercises, Computer
Exercises, Homework, Readings.

Course Texts, Recommended Reading, Material, and Resources:

• Nanda, Ravindra. Biomechanics in Orthodontics
• Graber, Thomas, Robert Vanarsdall, and Katherine Vig. Orthodontics: Current Principles and
Techniques, 4th ed. St. Louis: Elsevier, Inc, 2005.
• Nanda, Ravindra. Biomechanics and Esthetic Strategies in Clinical Orthodontics. St. Louis:
Elsevier, Inc., 2005.
• American Journal of Orthodontics Dental Orthopedics
• Angle Orthodontist
• European Journal of Orthodontics
• Proffit, William, and Henry Fields. Contemporary Orthodontics, 3rd ed. St. Louis: Mosby, Inc.,
2000.
• European Journal of Orthodontics
• Seminar in Orthodontics
• TM Mulligan. Common Sense Mechanics in Everyday Orthodontics, 1982.

88 Appendix I
 COURSE SCHEDULE
ORTD 612

Session Topic Instructor

1 Introduction to Biomechanics Dr. Yue
2 Biologic Mechanisms of Tooth Dr. Yue
Movement and Anchorage
3 Basics of Biomechanics Dr. Yue
4 Material Science Dr. Yue
5 Wire Properties Dr. Yue
6 Mulligan Mechanics Dr. Pakravan
7 Elastics and Elastomerics Dr. Yue
8 Friction Dr. Yue
9 Class II Mechanics Dr. Yue
10 Class III Mechanics Dr. Pakravan
11 Transverse Mechanics Dr. Pakravan
12 Vertical Mechanics Dr. Pakravan
13 Removable Mechanics Dr. Pakravan
14 Space Opening and Closing Mechanics Dr. Yue
15 Temporary Anchorage Device Dr. Pakravan
Mechanics

89 Appendix I
Lecture 1: Introduction to Biomechanics
Time: 1.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Basic Trigonometry text book
• Basic Physics text book
• Biomechanics of Orthodontics, Nanda: Chapter 1 and 2

Class Objectives
1) Understand how biomechanics is integrated in the treatment planning process
2) Understand the different between scalars and vectors
3) Define the concept of force
4) Mathematically determine the forces used in orthodontic systems

Lecture 2: Biologic Mechanisms of Tooth Movement and Anchorage

Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Proffit: Chapter 9
• Biomechanics of Orthodontics, Nanda: Chapter 5

Class Objectives:
1) Understand the biologic mechanisms of tooth movement
2) Understand the chronological sequence of tooth movement
3) Understand the definition of anchorage
4) To determine the appropriate anchorage systems needed to achieve treatment goals

Lecture 3: Basics of Biomechanics

Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Proffit: Chapter 9
• Biomechanics of Orthodontics, Nanda: Chapter 5

Class Objectives:
1) Define and apply the concept of equilibrium in the orthodontic system
2) Define and understand center of mass and center of resistance
3) Define and understand the concept of moments
4) Define and understand the concept of couples
5) Define and understand the moment to force ratios
6) Define and understand uncontrolled tipping, controlled tipping, translation, root tipping

90 Appendix I
Lecture 4: Material Science
Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Graber, Chapter 6

Class Objectives:
1) Understand various chemical bonds
2) Understand lattice formations
3) Understand and use phase diagrams
4) Understand colloid systems
5) Define corrosion and how it effect orthodontic materials
6) Define and describe the difference between welding and soldering
7) Understand orthodontic adhesives

Lecture 5: Wire Properties

Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials
• Proffit Chapter 10

Class Objectives:
1) Learn about the history of archwire development
2) Describe the various shapes of modern archwires
3) Understand wire properties
4) Describe the difference between bending and torsion
5) Describe the difference between elastic and inelastic behavior
6) Define and graphically describe Hooke’s Law
7) Describe current wire testing methodologies
8) Understand and use phase diagrams
9) Calculate the effect of changing wire dimensions on stress, strain, and range
10) Compare strength, stiffness, and range of NiTi, TMA, and Stainless Steel wires

Lecture 6: Mulligan Mechanics 1

Time: 3 hrs

Reading Materials:
• Mulligan, Common Sense Mechanics in Everyday Orthodontics, ch. 1-4

Class Objectives:
1) To understand the requirements of static equilibrium and the application of moments and
forces in clinical situations.

91 Appendix I
Lecture 7: Mulligan Mechanics 2
Time: 3 hrs

Reading Materials:
• Mulligan, Common Sense Mechanics in Everyday Orthodontics, ch. 5-8

Class Objectives:
1) To understand the requirements of cantilever and two-couple systems.

Lecture 8: Elastics and Elastomerics

Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Force degradation in elastomeric chains. Stuart Josell et. al. Semin Orthod 1997: 3: 189-197
• Bokas, Aust Orthod 2006 , May 22: 39-46
• Effect of Prestretching on force degradation of synthetic elastomeric chains. Kyung-Ho Kim
et. al. AJODO 2005: 128: 477-82
• In vivo comparison of force decay between injection molded and die-cut stamped elastomers.
Joes Bousquet et. al. AJODO 2006: 129: 384-389
• Tensile properties of orthodontic elastomeric chains. T. Eliades et. al. European Journal of
Orthodontic 2004: 157-162
• Structural conformation of in vitro and in vivo aged orthodontic elastomeric modules. T.
Eliades et. al. European Journal of Orthdontic 1999: 649-658
• Evaluation of Force Degradation Characteristics of orthodontic Latex Elastics in Vitro and In
Vivo. Wang, Zhou, and Dong. Angle Orthodontist, Vol 77, No4, 2007
• A Comparison of Dynamic and Static Testing of Latex and Nonlatex Orthodontic Elastics
• Kersey, Glover, Major. Angle Orthodontist Vol 73, No2, 2003
• An In Vitro Study Simulating Effects of Daily Diet and Patient Elastic Band Change
Compliance on Orthodontic Latex Elastics. Sean Beattie and Peter Monaghan. Angle
Orthodontist Vol 74, No2, 2004

Class Objectives:
1) Understand the chemical composition of elastic materials
2) List and discuss factors that would change the properties of elastics
3) Compare the difference between dynamic and static testing
4) Compare force degradation of latex and non-latex elastics
5) Compare force degradation of elastomeric chains
6) Compare force degradation between prestretch and unstretched elastomeric chains
7) Compare force degradation between injection molded or die cut elastomeric chains
8) Understand the dental and skeletal effects of using Class I, II, III, vertical, crossbite, and
slant elastics

Lecture 8: Friction
Time: 2.5 hours

92 Appendix I
Reading Materials:
• Biomechanics in Orthodontics, Nanda: Chapter 4
• Fundamental Review of Variables Associated with Low Velocity Frictional Dynamics by
Kusy p223-235
• Friction: Validation of Manufacturer Claim by Rossouw p 236-250
• Quantified Simulation of Canine Retraction Evaluation of Frictional Resistance by Watson
p262-280
• Influence of Fluid Media on Frictional Coefficients in Orthodontic Sliding by Whitley p281-
289
• Friction and Orthodontic Mechanics: Clinical studies of Moment and Ligation Effect by
Nickel p290-297
• Friction does not increase anchorage loading by Southard AJODO 2007 131p412-4

Class Objectives:
1) Define friction, static friction, kinetic friction
2) Understand and apply low velocity physics
3) Describe factors that influences friction
4) Understand how tooth movement is influenced by friction
5) Apply knowledge in coordinate an appliance system with the lowest and highest friction
6) Understand how friction impacts orthodontic movements
7) Describe the factors that could increase and decrease friction in the orthodontic system

Lecture 9. Class II Mechanics

Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Graber: Noncompliance appliances p 879-899
• Class II Non-Extraction Patients Treated with Forsus. Jones et al, Angle Ortho. Vol 78, No2,
2008. 332-338
• Treatment effects of the MARA. Kulbersh et at. AJODO 2003;123:286-295
• Effect of the MARA appliance on Position of Lower Anteriors. Toll et al. Journal of
Orofacial Orthopedics 2007;68:397-412.
• Forsus Nitonol Flat Spring and Jasper Jumper Corrections. Karacay et al. Angle Ortho Vol
76, No4, 2006: 666-672.
• The Effects, Limitations, and Long-Term Dentofacial Adaptations to Treatment with the
Herbst Appliance. Pancherz. Semin Orthod 19973:232-243
• Does Bite-Jumping Damage the TMJ. Ruf, Pancherz. Angle Orthod. 2000;70:183-199.
• Long-term TMJ effects of herbst Treatment. Ruf and Pancherz. AJODO 1998;114:475-83.
• Long-term Dentoskeletal Changes with the Bionator, Herbst, Twin Block, and MARA
Functional appliances. Siara-Olds, Kulbersh. Angle Orthod 2010;80:18-29.

Class Objectives:

93 Appendix I
1) Understand the effect of Class II elastic use
2) Describe the force systems of various Class II spring systems
3) Describe the force systems of various Class II functional appliances
4) Describe when is the ideal time to use functional appliances
5) Determine the soft tissue, dental and skeletal effects of functional appliances
6) Describe the differences between Herbst, MARA, and Bionator
7) Determine the effects of functional appliances on the TMJ
8) Determine the clinical protocol in using functional appliances

Lecture 13: Class III Mechanics

Time: 2 hrs

Reading Materials:
• Skeletal response to maxillary protraction with and without maxillary expansion. AJODO
2009.
• Early Application of chincap therapy to skeletal Class III Malocclusion by Mitani. AJODO
2002
• Facial growth of skeletal Class III malocclusion and the effects, limitations, and long-term
dentofacial
adaptations to chincap therapy by Sugawara. Seminars in Orthodontics 1997.

Class Objectives:
Understand the objectives, techniques, and common side effects of class III dental correction.

Lecture 11: Vertical Mechanics

Time: 2 hrs

Reading Materials:
• Baccetti T, Franchi L, Schulz SO, McNamara JA Jr. Treatment timing for an orthopedic
approach to
patients with increased vertical dimension. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2008
Jan;133(1):58-64.
• Freeman CS, McNamara JA Jr, Baccetti T, Franchi L, Graff TW. Treatment effects of the
bionator and
high-pull facebow combination followed by fixed appliances in patients with increased
vertical
dimensions. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2007 Feb;131(2):184-95.
• Schulz SO, McNamara JA Jr, Baccetti T, Franchi L. Treatment effects of bonded RME and
vertical-
pull chincup followed by fixed appliance in patients with increased vertical dimension. Am J
Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 2005 Sep;128(3):326-36.

Class Objectives:

94 Appendix I
1) Understand vertical control and treatment of vertical problems, including open bites and
deep bites.

Lecture 12: Transverse Mechanics

Time: 2 hrs

Reading Materials:
• R Nanda et al. Biomechanics of orthodontic correction of dental asymmetries. American
Journal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics, 107:618,1995.
• M Adkins et al. Arch Perimeter changes with RPE. American Journal of Orthodontics and
Dentofacial Orthopedics, 97(3):194-199, Mar 1990.
• J McNamara. RME followed by fixed appliances: A long-term evaluation of changes in
Arch dimension. The Angle Orthodontist, 73(4):344-353, Aug 2003.

Class Objectives:
1) Understand techniques and priorities for correcting symmetrical and asymmetrical
transverse problems.

Lecture 14: Removable Mechanics

Time: 3 hrs

Reading Materials:
• Outcome assessment of Invisalign and traditional orthodontic treatment. Djeu, Shelton, and
Maganzini, AJODO 2005; 128:292-8.
• How well does Invisalign work? Kravitz, Kusnoto, BeGole, Agran. AJODO 2009; 135:27-35.
• Influence of Attachments and Interproximal Reduction on the accuracy of canine rotation with
Invisalign. Kravitz, Kusnoto, Agran, Viana. Angle Orthod 2008; 78: 682-687
• Invisalign G3/G4 summaries/webinars from Dr. Login on Invisalign website

Class Objectives:
1) Understand the mechanical limitations of removable appliances, and how to modify
removable appliance systems, including Invisalign, for desired treatment effects.

Lecture 15: Space Closing and Opening Mechanics

Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Proffit Chapter 7

Class Objectives:
1) Learn various space closure techniques
2) Determine the ideal loop design to achieve various tooth movements

95 Appendix I
Lecture 16: Temporary Anchorage Device (TAD) Mechanics
Time: 2.5 hours

Reading Materials:
• Temporary anchorage devices in orthodontics by Ravindra Nanda

Class Objectives:
1) Define the components of TAD
2) Understand the history and development of the TAD
3) List factors that increase stability in TAD placement
4) Understand TAD assisted molar intrusion
5) Understand TAD assisted molar uprighting
6) Understand TAD assisted incisor and molar intrusion
7) Understand TAD assisted molar mesialization and distalization
8) Understand TAD assisted cant correction
9) Understand TAD assisted transverse correction

96 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

Course: Diagnostic Procedures I, ORTD 615 Course Coordinator: Evans

Semester: Fall, Spring, Summer Updated: June 30, 2013
Credit Hours: Four (4), Three (3), Two (2)
Faculty: Eltink, Evans, Galang, Handelman, Kusnoto, Lippincott, Taha, Tsay, Yue, Manasse, Sanchez,
Opperman
Class: First Year

Course Description
A seminar series (two sessions per week in the fall and one session per week) in the spring is conducted to familiarize
the student with various diagnostic techniques utilized in orthodontic case analysis and treatment planning. The
pretreatment or transfer records of assigned cases are presented for diagnosis and treatment planning. Seminars are
presented mostly by students individually, with contributions and discussion by other class members.
Case presentations will continue into the spring and summer semesters with some conducted in conjunction with the
second/third year classes who will present cases with transfer/progress/post-treatment records.

Course Objectives

The student should develop knowledge of and/or skill in the accomplishment of the activities and tasks listed
below:

1. Patient medical history, record-taking, and the clinical examination.

2. Evaluating influences of functional components of soft tissue structures on morphology.

3. Study model analysis.

4. Taking and evaluating extra-oral and intra-oral photographs.

5. Understanding the risks involved in orthodontic treatment and the need to advise patients accordingly.

6. Performing the technique of Visualized Treatment Objectives (VTO) and understanding its purpose in
treatment planning.

7. Identification of relevant anatomical structures on cephalometric radiographs.

8. Tracings of cephalometric radiographs that include essential hard and soft tissue landmarks and contours.

9. Performing cephalometric diagnostic analyses on tracings.

10. Knowledge of cephalometric analyses and their limitations, including computerized cephalometrics.

11. Understanding the techniques and risks involved in making radiographs for orthodontic purposes.

12. Use of cephalometric superimposition to evaluate growth and treatment changes.

13. Evaluating hand-wrist radiographs for determining skeletal maturation.

14. Presentation of complete records of cases and a diagnostic assessment and treatment plan for the active and
retention phases of treatment.

15. Ability to arrive at a proper diagnostic assessment on the basis of the patient history, clinical examination,
dental casts, photographs, radiographs, cephalometric radiographs, and other relevant data.

16. Evaluation and presentation of records of patients during treatment (progress records).

17. Familiarity with records made at retention and post-retention, and with the methods of case re-evaluation.

1
97 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

Method of Student Evaluation

The faculty will evaluate each student's presentation and understanding of the material presented, as well as
the contributions to the discussion other students.

Seminar Topics - Fall Semester

1. Medical history, clinical examination and clinic charts, photographs and intraoral radiographs.

2. Introduction to cephalometrics, and demonstration of cephalometric tracing.

3. Anthropometrics, natural head position, reference planes.

4. Definitions of cephalometric landmarks and planes, tracing correction.

5. Study model analyses.

6. Cephalometric analyses (Downs, Steiner, Wits, Tweed, Ricketts, Reidel, Holdaway, McNamara, Sassouni,
Coben). Tracing of patient head films; Illinois Regional Analysis (Wigglegram).

7. Soft tissue analysis.

8. Evaluation of maturation from wrist films; Reproducibility and reliability of cephalometric landmarks.

9. Frontal/basilar radiographs, advanced cephalometric anatomy (Ricketts, Grayson, Drummond).

10. Proportional analyses (Mesh).

11. Special diagnostic considerations and risk management.

12. Cephalometric superimpositions.

13. Treatment objectives and treatment planning.

14. 2D/3D computerized cephalometrics.

15. Growth prediction (VTO).

At the conclusion of this course the learner will be able to:

1. To identify and develop problem list, treatment objective and treatment plan on various cases (skeletal/dental)
with Class I, II and III dental/skeletal malocclusion.

2. Gain skills in dental and orthodontic diagnosis and utilizing various diagnostic tools (cephalometric analyses,
model analyses, VTO, etc) to better develop treatment

3. Learn what are the available resources and diagnostic techniques for treatment of orthodontic patients with
various malocclusions.

4. Have good insight in specific aspects involved in orthodontic treatment of various malocclusions.

2
98 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Graduation as a general dentist.

Expectations
The faculty expects each student to attend all scheduled lectures and actively participate in discussions as well as
complete any assignments in a timely manner.

Examination and Grading (Measurement of Competency)

The grading system has four categories: (1) performance evaluations, (2) instructors’ observations, (3) varied
experiences, and (4) student self-evaluation.

1. Performance evaluations:
a. Written examinations with different weights
i. Written exams as given by instructors
b. Completion of assignments

2. Instructors’ observations:
a. Daily evaluation
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on the attendance in the class and
participation in group discussion
b. Assignment
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on completion of assignment with
acceptable quality and timely manner.

3. Varied experiences:
a. Class assignments
i. After each session the instructor may assign an activity based on the subject being discussed
such as cephalometric tracing, reading assignments, summary of lecture or demonstration.
Assignments will be graded accordingly.
b. Quizzes and final exams
i. The understanding of each subject being taught in developing diagnostic ability for various
orthodontic cases will be assessed during and at the end of the term.

4. Student self-evaluation:
a. Hands on
i. Residents will be asked to develop treatment plans based on diagnostic tools/principles
learned in this course.
b. Student reports
c. Product examination
i. Essay (describing your experience clinical and treatment planning experience with a final
paragraph on self-evaluation)

Any student, who misses an examination for a reasonable cause, as determined by the course director, will be allowed
to take a make-up examination. This examination may be written, as described above, or oral, or in some other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of the material covered
in this course. If an essay is assigned, there will be no extension to the essay’s deadline.

Remediation

The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and postgraduate
courses.

3
99 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with
disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation
should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and
Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which
accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students
who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with
the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination
and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and
methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with
consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing
grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director will consult with the department head in cases
of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who
expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not
excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will
be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this
course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In
all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious
holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or
exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized
for religious observances.

4
100 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

References and Reading Lists

Seminar #1 - Medical History, Clinical Examination and Clinic Charts

Review and evaluation of clinical forms used in determining patients' general case history and dental, facial,
and oral examination.

1. Proffit, W.R.: Contemporary Orthodontics, Third Edition. St. Louis: Mosby, pp. 148-195, 2000.

2. Moyers, R.E.: Handbook of Orthodontics, 4th Edition. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, pp.
165-182, 1988.

3. Graber. T.M. and Vanarsdall Jr., R.L.: Orthodontics: Current Principles and Techniques, Second
Edition. St. Louis: Mosby, pp. 28-48, 1994.

Seminar #2 - Introduction to Cephalometrics and Demonstration of Cephalometric Tracing (faculty presentation).

An introduction to cephalometrics, with emphasis on the principles of cephalometric radiography and its
interpretation. Assignment of cephalometric planes for defining by students. Demonstration of cephalometric
tracing technique using common duplicated headfilm.

1. Proffit, W.R.: Contemporary Orthodontics, Third Edition. St. Louis: Mosby, pp. 170-185, 2000.

2. Weims, R.: Cephalometric technique, Ch 3. In: Jacobson, A. Ed. Radiographic Cephalometry -

From Basics to Videoimaging, 1995.

Seminar #3 - Anthropometrics, Natural Head Position, Reference Planes

1. Farkas, L.G.: Anthropometry of the Head and Face, 2nd Ed., Raven Press, New York, pp. 9-25,
1994.

2. Moorrees, C.F.A., and Keen, M.R.: Natural head position, a basic consideration in the interpretation
of cephalometric radiographs. Am J Phys Anthrop 16:213-234, 1958.

Seminar #4 - Definition of Cephalometric Landmarks and Planes ; Downs Analysis; Tracing Correction.

Discussion of the anatomic basis (using dried skulls) of cephalometric landmarks and planes.
Demonstration of landmark identification. Distribution of patient head plates.

1. Proffit, W.R.: Contemporary Orthodontics, Third Edition. St. Louis: Mosby, pp. 170-185, 2000.

2. Caufield, P.W.: Tracing Technique and Identification of Landmarks, Ch 4. In: Jacobson, A.

ed. Radiographic Cephalometry - From Basics to Videoimaging, pp. 53-6, 1995.

3. Jacobson, A.: Downs Analysis, Ch 5. In: Radiographic Cephalometry - From Basics to

Videoimaging, pp. 65-76, 1995.

4. Hagg, U., et al: Reproducibility of cephalometric landmarks, an experimental study. Aust. Orthod
J. 15:177-185, 1998.

5
101 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

Seminar #5 - Study Model Analysis

1. Proffit, W.R., Ackerman, J.L.. Orthodontic diagnosis: the development of a problem list. In: WR
Proffit and HW Fields, eds., Contemporary Orthodontics, Mosby Year Book, Chicago, pp. 160-169,
2000.

2. Andrew, L.F.: The six keys to normal occlusion. Am J Orthod 62:296, 1972.

3. Proffit, W.R., Ackerman, J.L. Diagnosis and treatment planning in orthodontics. In: TM Graber and
RL Vanarsdall, eds., Orthodontics - Current Principles and Techniques, Mosby, St. Louis, pp. 52-60,
1994.

4. Tanaka, M.M., Johnston, L.E.: The prediction of the size of unerupted canines and premolars in a
contemporary orthodontic population. J Am Dent Assoc 88:798, 1974.

5. Bolton, W.A.: The clinical application of a tooth-size analysis. Am J Orthod 48:504, 1962.

6. Staley, R.N., Kerber, R.E.: A revision of the Hixon and Oldfather mixed-dentition prediction
method. Am J Orthod 78:296-302, 1980.

Seminar #6 - Cephalometric analyses (Tweed, Wits)

1. Tweed, C.: The Frankfort - Mandibular Incisor Angle (FMIA). Angle Orthod 24:121-169 (omit
photos), 1953.

2. Jacobson, A.: Wits Appraisal, In: Radiographic Cephalometry - From Basics to Videoimaging,
Chapter 8, pp. 97-112, 1995.

Lecture #7 - Soft Tissue Analysis

1. Jacobson, A., Vlachos, C: Soft tissue evaluation. In: A Jacobson, ed., Radiographic Cephalometry,
Quintessence, Chicago, pp. 239-253, 1995.

2. Nanda, R.S., Ghosh, J.: Facial soft tissue harmony and growth in orthodontic treatment. Seminars in
Orthodontics 1:67, 1995.

3. Holdaway, R.M.: A soft tissue cephalometric analysis and its use in orthodontic treatment planning,
Part I. Am J Orthod 84:1, 1983.

Seminar #8 - Cephalometric Analysis (Coben, Enlow Pitchfork)

1. Coben, S.E.: The integration of facial skeletal variants. Am. J. Orthod. 41:407-434, 1955.

2. Enlow, D.H.: et al.: A procedure for the analysis of intrinsic facial form and growth, Am. J. Orthod.
56:6-23, 1969.

Seminar #9 - Cephalometric Analysis (Steiner)

1. Steiner, C.C.: Cephalometrics in clinical practice. Angle Orthod 29:8-29, 1959.

2. Handouts

6
102 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

Seminar #10 - Cephalometric Analysis (McNamara, Ricketts)

1. Jacobsen, A.: Ricketts Analysis. In: Radiographic Cephalometry - From Basics to Videoimaging.
Ch. 7, pp.87-95, 1995.
2. Bioprogressive Therapy as an Answer to Orthodontic Needs. Part I. and II. Robert M. Ricketts. AJO.
September , 1976.
3. Progressive Cephalometrics Paradigm 2000. Robert M. Ricketts. 1998.
4. Radiographic Cephalometry. Alexander Jacobson. 1995
5. Orthodontic Cephalometry. Athanasious Athanasiou. 1995.
6. The value of cephalometrics and computerized technology. Robert M. Ricketts. AJO July , 1972
7. McNamara, J.A. and Brudon, W.L.: The cephalometric evaluation of the orthodontic patient. In:
McNamara, J.A. and Brudon, W.L.: Orthodontic and Orthopedic Treatment In the Mixed Dentition.
Ann Arbor: Needham Press. Chapter 2, pp. 13-54, 1993.

Seminar #11 - Special Diagnostic Considerations

1. Behrents, R.G.: Iatrogenic problems associated with the clinical practice of

orthodontics, Orthodontic Treatment-Management of Unfavorable Sequelae. Craniofacial Growth
Series. University of Michigan, vol. 31, pages 1-28, 1996.

2 Small, R.L.: Medical and Legal Implications of Unfavorable Orthodontic Treatment

Outcomes, Orthodontic Treatment Management of Unfavorable Sequaelae, Craniofacial Growth
Series. University of Michigan, vol. 31, pages 55-63, 1996.

3. Handouts from Seminars in Orthodontics, vol. 3, June 1997. Orthodontics and the Law.

Seminar #12 - Dental Age/Hand Wrist Films/Cervical Vertebrae

1. Proffit, W.R.: Contemporary Orthodontics. Second Ed., St. Louis, Mosby, pp. 84-85, 1993.

2. Helm, S., Seerstack-Nielsen, S., Skieller, V., and Bjork, A.: Skeletal maturation of the hand with
relation to maximum puberal growth in body height. Tandlaegebladet. 12:1223-34. 1971.

3. Bergersen, E.: The male adolescent facial growth spurt: Its prediction and relation to skeletal
maturation. Angle Othod. 42:319-338, 1972.

4. Franchi, L. et al.: Mandibular growth as related to cervical vertebral maturation and body height.
Am. J. Orthod. Dentofac. Orthop. 118:335-340, 2000.

Seminar #13 - Cephalometric Analysis (Reidel, Holdaway)

To be announced.

103 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

Seminar #14 - Frontal, basilar, and advanced lateral cephalometry

1. Viteporn, S., Athanasiou, A.E.: Anatomy, radiographic anatomy, and cephalometric landmarks of
craniofacial skeleton, soft tissue profile, dentition, pharynx, and cervical vertebrae. In: AE
Athanasiou, ed., Orthodontic Cephalometry, Mosby-Wolfe, Chicago, pp 21-62, 1995.

2. Athanasiou, A.E., Van der Meij, A,J.W. Posteroanteior (frontal) cephalometry. In: AE Athanasiou,
ed., Orthodontic Cephalometry, Mosby-Wolfe, Chicago, pp 141-161, 1995.

3. Grayson, B.H., LaBotto, F.A., Kolbe,r A.B., McCarthy, J.G. Basilar multiplane cephalometric
analysis. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 88:503-516, 1985.

Seminar #15 - Proportional Analyses

Bring colored pencils, a ruler and a protractor to the session.

1. Moorrees, C.F.A.: Proportionate Analysis of Man’s Face with a Mesh. In: Jacobson, A. ed.
Radiographic Cephalometry - From Basics to Videoimaging, Ch 15. pp. 197-216, 1995.

2. Handouts

Seminar #16 - Cephalometric Superimpositions.

Principles of superimposition will be discussed and demonstrated.

1. Cranial Base

a. Bjork. A., Skieller, V.: A synthesis of logitudinal cephalometric implant studies, over a
period of 25 years: superimposition of profile radiographs by the structural method in:
Normal and abnormal growth of the mandible. European J. Orthod. 5:40-46, 1983.

b. Jacobson, A., Sadowsky, L.: Superimposition of Cephalometric Radiographs. In:

Jacobson, A. ed. Radiographic Cephalometry - From Basics to Videoimaging, Ch. 12, pp.
165-174, 1995.

2. Maxilla

a. Doppel, D.M., Damon, W.M., Joondeph, D.R., and Little, R.M.: An investigation of
maxillary superimposition techniques using metallic implants. Am. J. Orthod. Dentofac.
Orthop. 105:161-168, 1994.

3. Mandible

a. Bjork, A., Skieller, V.: European J. Orthod. 5:40-46, 1983.

b. Handouts

4. Pitchfork Analysis: Johnston, L.E.: Balancing the books on orthodontic treatment: An integrated
analysis of change. British J. Orthod. 23:93-102, 1996.

104 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

Seminar #17 Treatment Objectives

1. Handouts from Seminars in Orthodontics, vol. 6, March 2000. Objective-Driven Orthodontics –

Effectiveness of Mechanotherapy.

Seminar #18 - Computerized Cephalometrics

1. Walker, R.P.: Computer applications in orthodontics. In: Graber T.M. and Vanarsdall Jr.,
R.L.,Orthodontics: Current Principles and Techniques. 2nd Ed.: St Louis, Mosby 1994, pp.
268-290.

2. Grayson, B.H., Cutting, C., Bookstein, F.L., Kim, H., McCarthy, J.G.: The Three-Dimensional
Cephalogram: Theory, Technique and Clinical Application. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop.
327-337, 1988.

3. Bookstein, F.L., Grayson, B.H., Cutting, C.B., Kim, H., McCarthy, J.G. Landmarks in Three
Dimensions: Reconstruction from Cephalograms Versus Direct Observation. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop. 133-140, 1991.

4. Kusnoto, B., Evans, C.A., BeGole, E.A., de Rijk, W. Assessment of Three-Dimensional

Computer-Generated Cephalometric Measurements. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 390-399,
1999.

5. Jacobson A. Radiographic Cephalometry: From Basic to Video Imaging. Chapters 19-22. 1995.

6. Ahmad I. Dental Photography: A Practical Clinical Manual. Chapter 3. Requisite Equipment for
Image Capture. Quintessence Pub. 2004, pp. 48-67.

Seminars #19 & #20 - Growth Prediction (VTO)

Tracing materials, including a red pencil, are required.

1. Ricketts, R.M.: New perspectives on orientation and their benefits to clinical orthodontics - Part I
and II. Angle Orthod 45:238-248, 1975 and 46:26-36, 1976.

2. Bench, R.W., Gugino, C.F., and Hilgers, J.J.: Bioprogressive therapy. Part 3. Visual treatment
objective. J Clin Orthod 11:744-763, 1977.
OR
Ricketts, R.M., Bench, R.W., Gugino, C.F., Hilgers, J.J., and Schulhof, R.: Bio Progressive Therapy,
1979.

3. Bench, R.W., Gugino, C.F., and Hilgers, J.J.: Bioprogressive therapy. Part 4. The use of
superimposition areas to establish treatment design. J Clin Orthod 11:820-834, 1977.

4. Ricketts, R.M.: Perspectives in the clinical application of cephalometrics - the first fifty years. Angle
Orthod 51:115-150, 1981.

5. Ricketts, R.M.: A four-step method to distinguish orthodontic changes from natural growth. J. Clin
Orthod 9:208-228, 1975.

105 Appendix I
ORTD 615, Diagnostic Procedures

6. Orthodontic Diagnosis and Planning. Ricketts,Roth, Chaconas, Schuhof,and Engel. 1982

7. An Orthodontic Philosophy. Carl Gugino.

8. Stretching the Mind to New Dimensions. Robert M. Ricketts. 2002

9. Consummate Occlusion. Robert M. Ricketts. 1998.

10. Differences Between Straight Wire Techniques and Bioprogressive Philosophy. Robert M. Ricketts.
1996.

11. Cephalometric Evaluation of Bioprogressive Therapy in the Treatment of Overbite. West, Lewin.
JCO. vol.23: number 11: (740-747) 1989

12. Bio-Progressive Therapy, Part 8: Bio-Progressive Mixed Dentition Treatment. Bench, Hilgers,
Gugino. JCO. vol.12 : number 04: (279-298) 1978

13. Bio-Progressive Therapy, Part 9: Mechanics Sequence for Class II Division I Cases. Bench, Hilgers,
Gugino. JCO. vol.12 : number 05 : (334-357) 1978

14. Bio-Progressive Therapy, Part 10: Mechanics Sequence for Class II Division I Cases. Bench, Hilgers,
Gugino. JCO. vol.12 : number 06: (427-439) 1978

15. Understanding the VTO – Volume I and II. Robert M. Ricketts 1990 American Institute for
Bioprogressive Education – Arizona

16. Holdaway, R.M.: A soft tissue cephalometric analysis and its use in orthodontic treatment planning,
Part II. Am J Orthod 85:279-293, 1984.

Seminar #21- Occlusogram

1.1 Handouts

Also to be scheduled:

Case Presentations
Each PGY1 student will present the diagnostic records, in presentation form, of the cases under his/her care.
The records will be discussed in detail by the other students and a diagnosis and treatment plan formulated. The student
presenting the case will then indicate how the case is being/to be treated. Second year/third year students generally will
present transfer, progress, retention or post-retention cases.

10

106 Appendix I
ORTD 620, Orthodontic Clinic

Course: Orthodontic Clinic, ORTD 620 Course Coordinator: Kusnoto

Semester: Fall, Spring, Summer Updated: June 30, 2013
Credit Hours: Fall – Eight (8), Spring – Six (6), Summer – Three (3)
Faculty: Listed on A/B Week Schedule
Class: Second Year

Course Description
Approximately 6-7 half days per week are spent in the ongoing treatment of active cases. In additional to the original
assigned cases, approximately 15 active transfer cases are assigned from the graduating third year students. Also,
approximately 30 patients in various stages of retention are assigned.

Course Objectives

1. Develop ongoing knowledge and clinical skills in patient treatment. Receive a limited number of cases with
special problems requiring limited treatment objectives, including cases treated in conjunction with
predoctoral dental students.
2. Perform an examination of 10 new patients, obtain diagnostic records, provide a case write-up, diagnosis,
treatment objectives, a treatment plan and retention plan for review by the assigned instructor. The approved
and complete records are given to a first year student at the beginning of the fall semester, ready for a
consultation and beginning treatment.
3. Begin to develop competence in finishing details of a case, progression into the retention phase. Perform a
formal review of all cases together with the supervising instructors approximately one year into treatment for
all newly assigned cases. Determine the need for diagnostic records and a progress write-up in the patient
record. A panoramic and/or strategic intra-oral radiographs are usually needed about six months into
treatment to assess the health of the roots (root resorption risk). Entries made in Axium are required and are
used during audits to indicate that progress evaluations have been done.
4. Develop skills in fabrication and placement of a variety of retainers.
5. Obtain complete records on completion of the active phase of treatment. Perform a detailed case analysis and
write-up in the treatment record for review by the supervising faculty member (See Clinic Manual for details.)
Similar records and write-ups should be done at the time of discontinuation of retention and on at least three
cases at least two years post retention (final records).
6. Assess patients and prepare patient records for potential presentation for the American Board of Orthodontics
Phase III examination.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Successful completion of ORTD 610.

Expectations
The faculty expects each student to attend all scheduled clinics and complete assignments in a timely manner.

Examination and Grading (Measurement of Competency)

The grading system has four categories: (1) performance evaluations, (2) instructors’ observations, (3) varied
experiences, and (4) student self-evaluation. A grade is given in ORTD 620 only after the student meets attendance,
clinic policy, and record audit requirements.

Students are evaluated on an ongoing basis by the clinical faculty. At each patient visit, the instructor reviews the work
done and must approve codes and notes in the treatment record. Clinical faculty rate the students’ case write-ups,
technical abilities, patient management, clinic organization and cleanliness, and understanding of treatment progress
and mechanotherapy. Increased levels of competence and understanding are expected as the program progresses. All
patient records are audited for coding, organization, completeness and approvals. The letter grade for the semester
represents a composite grade. Assignment of a C grade results in an assessment of the need and type of remedial help.
A deferred (DFR) grade will be assigned if the approvals and charts are not properly maintained; the grade will be
changed to an F grade if not remedied. A Grade of F is grounds for department head action, which may include

1
107 Appendix I
ORTD 620, Orthodontic Clinic

dismissal, repeating the semester, or extending the length of the program.

1. Performance evaluations:
a. Written examinations with different weights
i. Written exams as given by instructors
b. Completion of assignments

2. Instructors’ observations:
a. Daily evaluation
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on the attendance in the class and
participation in group discussion
b. Assignment
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on completion of assignment with
acceptable quality and timely manner.

3. Varied experiences:
a. Class assignments
i. After each session the instructor may assign an activity based on the subject being discussed.
Assignments will be graded accordingly.
b. Quizzes and final exams
i. The understanding of each subject being taught will be assessed during and at the end of the
term.

4. Student self-evaluation:
a. Hands on exercises
b. Student reports
c. Product examinations, such as essays describing the experiences with a final paragraph on
self-evaluation

Any student, who misses an examination for a reasonable cause, as determined by the course director, will be allowed
to take a make-up examination. This examination may be written, as described above, or oral, or in some other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of the material covered
in this course. If an essay is assigned, there will be no extension to the essay’s deadline.

Assigned Reading and Course Materials

Detailed procedures, course materials, equipment instructions, etc., are located in Blackboard in a section called ORTD
101.

Remediation
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and postgraduate
courses.

2
108 Appendix I
ORTD 620, Orthodontic Clinic

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with
disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation
should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and
Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which
accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students
who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with
the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination
and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and
methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with
consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing
grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director will consult with the department head in cases
of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who
expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not
excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will
be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this
course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In
all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious
holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or
exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized
for religious observances.

3
109 Appendix I
ORTD 630, Orthodontic Clinic

Course: Orthodontic Clinic, ORTD 630 Course Coordinator: Kusnoto

Semester: Fall, Spring Updated: June 30, 2013
Credit Hours: Fall – Eight (8), Spring – Eight (8)
Faculty: Listed on A/B Week Schedule
Class: Third Year

Course Description
Continuation of the students’ ongoing supervised clinical experience. The students continue to be involved with
assisting predoctoral dental students with the clinical management of minor tooth movement cases

Course Objectives

1. It is expected that most of the routine original patients who were assigned during the first year will be retained
prior to completion of the third academic year.
2. Toward the end of the spring semester prior to graduation a transfer report for all active cases will be provided
and reviewed by the supervising instructor. Approval of the transfer report in Axium is required. Clinic
instructors will have reviewed all active cases under their supervision in the clinic.
3. All debonded cases will have a final report that must be entered into Axium and approved by the supervising
instructor.
4. In the spring semester, three particularly interesting cases with high quality pretreatment and retention records
are selected for presentation at the American Association of Orthodontists Annual Meeting.
5. Students will assess patients and prepare patient records for potential presentation for the American Board of
Orthodontics Phase III examination.
6. Completion of ORTD 630 requires successful outcome of an oral examination from an outside expert
examiner. Three cases started and finished by the resident must be prepared in ABO format for the
examination.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Successful completion of ORTD 620.

Expectations
The faculty expects each student to attend all scheduled clinics and complete assignments in a timely manner.

Examination and Grading (Measurement of Competency)

The grading system has four categories: (1) performance evaluations, (2) instructors’ observations, (3) varied
experiences, and (4) student self-evaluation. A grade is given in ORTD 630 only after the student meets attendance,
clinic policy, and record audit requirements.

Students are evaluated on an ongoing basis by the clinical faculty. At each patient visit, the instructor reviews the work
done and must approve codes and notes in the treatment record. Clinical faculty rate the students’ case write-ups,
technical abilities, patient management, clinic organization and cleanliness, and understanding of treatment progress
and mechanotherapy. Increased levels of competence and understanding are expected as the program progresses. All
patient records are audited for coding, organization, completeness and approvals. The letter grade for the semester
represents a composite grade. Assignment of a C grade results in an assessment of the need and type of remedial help.
A deferred (DFR) grade will be assigned if the approvals and charts are not properly maintained; the grade will be
changed to an F grade if not remedied. A Grade of F is grounds for department head action, which may include
dismissal, repeating the semester, or extending the length of the program.

1. Performance evaluations:
a. Written examinations with different weights
i. Written exams as given by instructors
ii. Completion of assignments

1
111 Appendix I
ORTD 630, Orthodontic Clinic

2. Instructors’ observations:
a. Daily evaluation
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on the attendance in the class and
participation in group discussion
b. Assignment
i. Each instructor will evaluate the resident based on completion of assignment with
acceptable quality and timely manner.

3. Varied experiences:
a. Class assignments
i. After each session the instructor may assign an activity based on the subject being discussed.
Assignments will be graded accordingly.
b. Quizzes and final exams
i. The understanding of each subject being taught will be assessed during and at the end of the
term.

4. Student self-evaluation:
a. Hands on exercises
b. Student reports
c. Product examinations, such as essays describing the experiences with a final paragraph on
self-evaluation

Any student, who misses an examination for a reasonable cause, as determined by the course director, will be allowed
to take a make-up examination. This examination may be written, as described above, or oral, or in some other format
that will allow the student an opportunity to demonstrate his/her knowledge and understanding of the material covered
in this course. If an essay is assigned, there will be no extension to the essay’s deadline.

Assigned Reading and Course Materials

Detailed procedures, course materials, equipment instructions, etc., are located in Blackboard in a section called ORTD
101.

Remediation
The Department of Orthodontics follows the General Policies of the College of Dentistry for graduate and postgraduate
courses.

2
112 Appendix I
ORTD 630, Orthodontic Clinic

General Policies
Policy on Disability Accommodations
It is the policy of the College of Dentistry to make every reasonable effort to accommodate students with
disabilities in accordance with University policy and Federal law. Students who require accommodation
should contact the Office of Disability Services (ODS) and the College of Dentistry Office of Student and
Diversity Affairs to arrange for their accommodations well before the start of the semester for which
accommodations are desired.

Remediation Policy
Graduate and postgraduate students are expected to earn grades no less than “B” in all courses. Students
who earn a final grade of “C” or lower will be offered, on the recommendation of the course director and with
the approval of the program director, one of the following: (1) repetition of the course, (2) reexamination
and/or additional work, or (3) no remediation.

Failure to maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 will result in academic probation.

Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to complete all assignments and exams on their own, using only the resources and
methods allowed by the course director. Instances of academic dishonesty will be addressed with
consideration to the seriousness of the violation and in accord with university disciplinary policies.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty may include a failing grade for the assignment or examination, a failing
grade for the course, and/or expulsion. The course director will consult with the department head in cases
of academic dishonesty.

Absences
Students are expected to attend all lectures, labs, and/or clinics associated with this course. Students who
expect to miss a class should notify the department office and the course director. Notification does not
excuse the absence. The course director has sole discretion for determining how missed coursework will
be made up.

Course Evaluation
Students may be asked to by the course director or department head to submit their evaluation of this
course. The evaluation may be on a paper form provided for that purpose, or using an online program. In
all cases the submissions must not identify the submitter in any manner.

Religious Holidays
Every reasonable effort has been made not to schedule exams or assignments on or during religious
holidays. Students who choose to observe religious holidays that conflict with scheduled assignments or
exams must notify the course director within ten days of the start of the class. Students will not be penalized
for religious observances.

3
113 Appendix I
Course: Orthodontic-Periodontic Relationships Course Coordinator: Handelman
(ORTD 667)
Semester: Spring 2013 Updated: December 13, 2012
Credit Hours: Two (2) Class: Second Year
Faculty: Greenberg, Handelman, Nedvetsky
Schmerman

Course Description:

This seminar series will focus on problems encountered in the diagnosis and treatment of
malocclusions in adults with emphasis on periodontal, prosthestics and implants needs. The
importance of a close interaction between the periodontist, prosthodontist, implant surgeons and
orthodontist for optimal patient care will be stressed.

The importance of periodontal disease and the potential for loss of periodontal support as the result
of orthodontic treatment (iatrogenic) will be emphasized.

Participant Assignments

Each participant will be responsible for writing two short critical reviews covering specific
sections of the reading list which will be assigned at the beginning of the course. Such reviews
should be typed and one copy should be made available to the faculty and one copy to the
other participants at the time of the seminars.

Students will be asked to make one case presentation of an adult whom they are treating that would
be of interest to the group.

All participants should read all references, however, at minimum, read those with an asterisk. Each
seminar will be led by the assigned faculty member and active participation in seminar discussions
is expected.

Course Objectives

The student has a thorough knowledge of:

1) Indications and contraindications of orthodontic treatment in periodontically

compromised dentitions.

2) Specific aspects of orthodontics treatment in periodontically compromised dentition.

3) Contribution of orthodontic treatment to the periodontal condition of patients.

4) Limitations of orthodontic treatment including iatrogenic damage.

5) Specific aspects of orthodontic treatment in combined orthodontics-restorative patient

care.

1
115 Appendix I
 Revised December 13, 2012
ORTD 667

Calendar for Course in Adult Orthodontics – 2013

“Orthodontic, Periodontal and Prosthetic Relationships”

Faculty: Chester S. Handelman, Orthodontist

Daniel Greenberg, Periodontist
Yana Nedvetsky, Restorative Dentistry, Implants
Mike Schmerman, Periodontist

Time: 8:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m., Thursdays

January 3 What the orthodontist must know about periodontal disease. (CH)

January 10 Orthodontic treatment of the periodontally compromised patient. (CH)

January 17 Molar uprighting and intrusion and 2nd molar problems. (CH)

January 24 Periodontal surgery as an adjunct to orthodontic treatment. (MS) (Start at 8:30).

January 31 Treatment of periodontal disease. (DG) (Start at 8:30 a.m.)

February 7 Transverse malocclusion. Maxillary expansion in adults (CH)

February 14 The limitations of orthodontic treatment and iatrogenic consequences. (CH)

February 21 Transverse malocclusion. Maxillary and Mandibular expansion in adults. (CH)

*First literature review papers due.

February 28 Gingival recession. Tony Eltink * Student case presentation.

March 7 Research and Clinic Day. No Class

March 14 Crowding and spacing. Evaluation and treatment options. (CH)

*Student case presentations.

March 18 No Class (Break Week)

March 28 Orthodontic treatment to enhance prosthetic periodontal and implant treatment

(CH)
*Second literature review papers due.

April 4 Soft tissue consideration in natural dentition and implant supported prostheses
(YN)

2
116 Appendix I
April 11 No Class - Department Debate

April 18 Biological requirements for implant dentistry (YN)

April 25 The borderline surgical case.

* Student case presentations.

May 2 Periodontally accelerated orthodontic treatment (CH)

*Student case presentations.

May 9 Idiopathic Condylar Rescription (CH)

*Student case presentations.

READING LIST

A. Review articles.

1. *Zachrisson BU: Clinical implications or recent orthodontic-periodontic research findings.

Semin Orthod 2:4-12, 1996.

2. *Kokich VG: Excellence in finishing: Modifications for the perio-restorative patient.

Semin Orthod 9:184-203, 2003.

3. Kwokv, Caton: Prognosis revisited: A system for assigning periodontal progress: J

Periodontal, 78:2063-2071, 2007

B. Age

1. Holm-Pederson, Agerback, N, and Thelade, E: Experimental gingivitis in young and

elderly individuals. J Clin Periodont 2:14-24, 1975.

2. *VanDerVelden, V: Effect of age of the periodontium - review article. J Clin Periodont

11:181-194, 1984.

C. Oral Cleanliness

1. *Lindhe J, and Nyman S: The effect of plaque control and surgical pocket elimination on
the establishment and maintenance of periodontal health. A longitudinal study of
periodontal therapy in cases of advanced disease. J Clin Periodont 2:67-79, 1975.

D. Occlusal Trauma

3
117 Appendix I
 1. Lindhe J, and Svanberg G: Influence of trauma from occlusion on progression of
experimental periodontitis in the beagle dog. J Clin Periodont 1:3-14, 1974.

2. Meitner S: Co-destructive factors of marginal periodontitis and repetitive mechanical

injury. J Dent Res 54 (Special Issue C):C78-C85, 1975.

3. *Polson AM, Meitner SW, and Zander HA: Trauma and progression of marginal
periodontitis in squirrel monkeys. IV. Reversibility of bone loss due to trauma alone and
trauma superimposed upon periodontitis. J Periodont Res 11:290-293, 1976.

4. Hanamura H, Houston F, Rylander H, et al: A comparative study of patients with

periodontal disease and occlusal parafunctions. J Periodont, 58: 173-176, 1987.

E. Bacteriology and Immunology.

1. *Socransky SS, Haffgjee AD: The bacterial etiology of destructive periodontal disease:
Current concepts. J Periodont 1992; 63:322-331.

F. Pathogenesis of Periodontal Disease

1. *Page RC, and Schroeder HE: Pathogenesis of inflammatory periodontal disease. A

summary of current work. Laboratory Investigations 33:235-249, 1976.

2. Page RC, and Schroeder HE: Current status of the host response in chronic marginal
periodontitis. J Periodontol 52:477-491, 1981.

G. Parameters of Periodontal Disease

1. *Listgarten M: Periodontal probing: What does it mean? J Clin Periodontol 71:165-76,

1980.

2. Akesson LH, Akannson J, Rohlin M: Comparison of panoramic and intraoral radiography

and pocket probing for the measurement of marginal alveolar bone level. J Clin Periodont
19:326-332, 1992.

3. Goodson JM, Haffajee AD, and Socransky S: The relationship between attachment level loss
and alveolar bone loss. J Clin Periodontol 11:348-349, 1984.

4. Lang NP, Joss A, Orsanic T, Gusberti FA, and Siegrist BE: Beeding on probing. A
predictor for the progression of periodontal disease? J Clin Periodontol 13:590-596, 1986.

5. *Haffajee AD, Socransky S, and Goodson JM: Clinical parameters as predictors of

destructive periodontal disease activities. Clin Periodont 10:257-265, 1983.

6. Claffey N, Egelberg J: Clinical indicators of probing attachment loss following initial

periodontal treatment in advanced periodontitis patients. J Clin Periodont 1995; 22:690-696.

4
118 Appendix I
 7. Jeffcoat MV: Current concepts in periodontal disease testing. J Am Dent Assoc 125:1071-
1079, 1994.

H. Genetics, Epidemiology, and Environmental Factors

1. *Loe H, Anerud A, Boysen H, and Morrison E: Natural history of periodontal disease in man.
Rapid, moderate and no loss of attachment in Sri Lankan laborers 14 to 46 years of age. J
Clin Periodontol 13:431-440, 1986.

2. Abbas F, VanderVelden, U, and Hart AAM: Relation between wound healing after surgery
and susceptibility to periodontal disease. J Clin Periodont 11:221-224, 1984.

3. Michalowicz BS, Aeppli D, Virag JG, Klump DA, Hinrichs JE, Segal NL, Bouchard TJ, and
Philstrom BL: Periodontal findings in adult twins. J Periodont 62:293-299, 1991.

4. *Haber J, Wattles J, Crowley M, Mandell R, Josipura K, and Kent RL: Evidence for cigarette
smoking as a major risk factor for periodontitis. J Periodont 64:16-23, 1993.

I. Malocclusion and periodontal disease.

1. *Geiger AM, Wasserman B, Thompson RH, and Turgeon LR: Relationship of occlusion and
periodontal disease. Part V. Relation of classification of occlusion to periodontal status and
gingival inflammation. J Periodont 43:554-560, 1972.

2. Geiger AM, Wasserman BH, and Turgeon LR: Relationship of occlusion and periodontal
disease. Part VIII. Relationship of crowding and spacing to periodontal destruction and
gingival inflammation. J Periodont 45:43-49, 1974.

3. *Bjonaas T, Rygh P, and Boe OE: Severe overjet and overbite and reduced alveolar bone
height in 19 year old men. Am J Orthodont Dentofac Orthoped 106:139-145, 1994.

J. Natural History of Periodontal Disease

1. Becker W, Becker BE, and Berg L: Periodontal treatment without maintenance - a

retrospective study in 44 patients. J Periodontol 55:505-509, 1984.

2. *Hirschfield L, and Wasserman B: A long term survey of tooth loss in 600 treated
periodontal patients. J Periodont 49:225-237, 1978.

3. Goodson JM, Tanner CR, Haffejee AD, Sornberger GC, and Socransky SS: Patterns of
progression and regression of advanced destructive periodontal disease. J Clin Periodont
9:472-481, 1982.

4. Socransky SS, Haffajee AD, Goodson JM, and Lindhe J: New concepts of destructive
periodontal disease. J Clin Periodont 11:21-32, 1984.

5
119 Appendix I
 5. *Wojcik MS, DeVore CH, Beck FM, and Horton JE: Retained “hopeless” teeth: Lack of
effect periodontally-treated teeth have on the proximal periodontium of adjacent teeth 8 years
later. J Periodont 63:663-666, 1992.

6. *Artun J, Kokich VG and Osterberg SK: Long-term effect of root proximity on periodontal
health after orthodontic treatment. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthoped 91:125-130, 1987.

Part 3 Molar Uprighting, Forced Eruption, and Orthodontic Treatment to Improve Bone Support.

A. Molar Uprighting and Closure of Molar Spaces

1. *Brown IS: The effect of orthodontic therapy on certain types of periodontal disease. I.
Clinical findings. J Periodont 44:742-756, 1973.

2. *Lundgren D, Kurol J, Thorstensson B, and Hugosan A: Periodontal conditions around

tipped and upright molars in adults. Europ J Orthod 14:449-455, 1992.
3. *Horn BM, and Turley PK: The effects of space closure of the mandibular first molar area
in adults. Am J Orthod 85:457-469, 1984.

4. Lindskog-Stockland B, Wennstrom J, Nyman S, et al.: Orthodontic movement into

edentulous areas with reduced bone height. An experiental study in the dog. Eur J Orthod.
15:89-96, 1993.

B. Forced Eruption

1. Ingber JS: Forced eruption: Part II. A method of treating non-restorable teeth. Periodontal
and restorative considerations. J Periodont 47:203-216, 1976.

2. Kozlovsky A, Tal H, and Lieberman M.: Forced eruption combined with gingival
fiberotomy. J Clin Periodtontol 15:544-538, 1988.

3. Berylunth T, Marinello C, Lindhe J, et al: Periodontal tissue reactions to orthodontic

extrusion. J Clin Periodont 18:330-336, 1991.

4. *Zachrisson BJ: Repositioning the gingival margin by extrusion and intrusion. World J
Orthod 4:72-77, 2003.

5. *Zachrisson BJ: Alveolar bone augmentation for implants by orthodontic extrusion. World
J Orthod 4:168-173, 2003.

6. *Zachrisson BJ: Implant site development by horizontal tooth movement. World J Orthod
4:266-272, 2003.

C. Orthodontic Movement and Its Effect on Bone and Gingival Level

6
120 Appendix I
 1. Polson A, Caton J, Polson AP, Nyman, S, Nood KJ, and Reed B: Periodontal response after
tooth movement into intrabony defects. J Periodont 55:197-202, 1984.

2. *Wennstrom JL, Stokland BL, Nyman S, and Thilander B: Periodontal tissue response to
orthodontic movement of teeth with infrabone pockets. Am J Dentofac Orthoped 103:313-
319, 1993.

3. Melsen B, Agerbaek N, Eriksen J, and Terp S: New attachment through periodontal

treatment and orthodontic intrusion. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 94:104-116, 1988.

4. *Kokich VG: Esthetics: The orthodontic-periodontic restorative connection. Semin

Orthod 2:21-30, 1996.

5. Cardaropoli D, Re S, Corrente G et al. Intrusion of migrated incisions with infrabony

defects in adult periodontal patients. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 120:671-675, 2001.

Part 4 Periodontal Therapy

A. Surgical and Nonsurgical Therapy

1. *Rosling B, Nyman S, Lindhe J, and Jern B: The healing potential of the periodontium
following different techniques of periodontal surgery in plaque free dentitions. J Clin
Periodont 3:233-250, 1976.

2. Ramfjord SP, Caffesse RG, Morrison EC, Hill RW, Kerry GJ, Appleberry Ea, Nissle RR, and
Stults DL: 4 modalities of treatment compared over 5 years. J Clin Periodontol 14:445-452,
1987.

3. Waerhaug J.: Healing of the dento-epithelial junction following subgingival plaque control. I.
As observed in human biopsy material. J Periodont 49:1-8, 1978.

4. Badorstern A, Nilveus R, Egelberg J: Effect of nonsurgical periodontal therapy, II. Severely

advanced periodontitis. Clin Periodont 11:63-76, 1984.

5. Slots J, Rams TE: Antiobiotics in periodontal therapy: Advantages and disadvantages. J Clin
periodont 17:479-4933, 1990.

B. Refractory Periodontal Disease

1. Page RC, Altman LC, Ebersole JL, Vandersteen GE, Dohlberg WH, Williams BL, and
Osterberg SK: Rapidly progressive periodontitis: A distinct clinical condition. J Periodont
54:197-209, 1983.

7
121 Appendix I
 2. Magnusson I, Marks RG, Clark WB et al: Clinical microbiological and immunological
characteristics of subjects with a “refractory” periodontal disease. J Clin Periodont 18:291-
299, 1991.

C. Mucogingival Problems and Surgery

1. Edwards JG: A surgical procedure to eliminate rotational relapse. Am J Orthod 57:35-46,

1970.

2. Vanarsdall RL, and Corn H: Soft tissue management of labially positioned unerupted teeth.
Am J Orthod 72:53-64, 1977.

3. Wennstrom JL: Lack of association between width of attached gingival and development of
soft tissue recession. A 5-year longitudinal study. J Clin Periodontol 14:181-184, 1987.

4. *Wennstrom JL: Mucogingival considerations in orthodontic treatment. Semin Orthod 2:46-

54, 1996.

C. Maintenance

1. *Ramfjord SP: Maintenance care for treated periodontitis patients. J Clin Periodontol
14:433-437, 1987.

Part 5 Treatment of the Periodontically Compromised Patient, Iatrogenic Problems and the
Limitations of Orthodontic Treatment.

A. Orthodontic Treatment and Risks

1. *Boyd RL, Leggott PJ, Quinn RS, Eakle WS and Chambers D: Periodontal implication of
orthodontic treatment in adults with reduced or normal periodontal tissues versus those of
adolescents. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 96:191-198, 1989.

B. Splinting Teeth

1. *Galler C, Selipsky H, Phillips C, and Ammons WF.: The effect of splinting on tooth
mobility after osseous surgery (2). J Clin Periodont 6:317-333, 1978.

2. Ericsson I, Giargia M, Lindhe J, and Neiderud AM: Progression of periodontal tissue

destruction at splinted/non-splinted teeth. J Clin Periodont 20:693-698, 1993.

3. Nyman SR, Lang NP: Tooth mobility and the biological rationale for splinting teeth.
Periodontology 2000, 4:15-22, 1994.

C. Iatrogenic Problems

8
122 Appendix I
 1 *Zachrisson B, and Alnaes L: Periodontal condition in orthodontically treated and untreated
individuals. I. Loss of attachment, gingival pocket depth and clinical crown height. Angle
Orthod 43:402-411, 1973,

2. *Zachrisson B, and Alnaes L: Periodontal condition in orthodontically treated and untreated

individuals. II. Alveolar bone loss: Radiographic findings. Angle Orthod 44:48-55, 1974.

3. *McFadden WM, Engstrom C, Engstrom H, and Anaholm JM: A study of the relationship
between incisor intrusion and root shortening. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 96:390-396,
1989.

4. Kaley J, Phillips C: Factors related to root resorption in edgewise practice. Angle Orthod
61:125-132, 1991.

5. Lupi JE, Handelman CS, Sadowsky C: Prevelance and severity of apical root resorption and
alveolar bone loss in orthodontically treated adults. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop:109:28-37,
1996.

6. *Nelson P, Artun J: Alveolar bone loss of maxillary anterior teeth in adult orthodontic
patients. Am J Orthod Dentofac orthoped 111:328-334, 1997.

7. *Sadowsky C, and BeGole EA: Long-term effects of orthodontic treatment on periodontal

health. Am J Orthod 80:156-172, 1981.

8. *Levander E, Malmgren O, Eliasson S: Evaluation of root resorption in relation to two

orthodontic treatment regimens: A clinical experimental study. Eur J Orthod 16:223-228,
1994.

9. *Lang NP, Spield U, Bragger U: Effect of chlorhexidine (0.12%) rinses on periodontal

tissue healing after tooth extraction. J Clin Periodont 21:415-421, 1994.

10. Bragger U, Schild U, Lang ND: Effect of chlorhexidine (0.12%) rinses on periodontal tissue
healing after tooth extraction (II). Radiographic parameters. J Clin Periodont 21:422-430,
1994.

D. Anatomic Limitations

1. *Edwards JG: A study of the anterior portion of the palate as it relates to orthodontic
therapy. Am J Orthod 69:249-273, 1976.

2. *TenHoeve A, and Mulie RM: The effect of antero-posterior incisor repositioning on the
palatal cortex. J Clin Orthod 10:804-822, 1976.

3. *Mulie RM, and TenHoeve A: The limitation of tooth movement within the symphysis
studied with laminagraphy and standardized occlusal films. J Clin Orthod 10:882-899, 1976.

9
123 Appendix I
 4. Arun J, Krogstad: Periodontal status of mandibular incisors following excessive
proclinications. A study in adults with surgically treated mandibular prognathism. Am J
Orthod Dentofac Orthop 1987, 91:225-232.

5. Wehrbein H, Fuhrmann RA, Diedrich PR: Periodontal conditions after facial root tipping
and palatal root torque of incisors. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 106:455-62, 1994.

6. Wehrbein H, Bauer W, Diedrich P: Mandibular incisors, alveolar bone, and symphysis after
orthodontic treatment. A retrospective study. Am J Orthod Dentofac Orthop 110:239-246,
1996.

5. *Handelman CS: The anterior alveolus: Its importance in limiting orthodontic treatment and
its influence on the occurrence of iatiogenic sequelae. Angle Orthod 66:96-110, 1966.

6. 1. Biomechanic and appliance design. Seminars in Orth. 1995, Vol 1, No. 1

2. Vol. 1, No. 2. 1995

Part 7 Treatment of Adult Malocclusions: Crowding and Palate Expansion

1. *Tuverson DL: Anterior interocclusal relations. Part I and II. Am J Orthod 78:361-370 and
371-393, 1980.

2. *Kokich VC, and Shapiro PA: Lower incisor extraction in orthodontic treatment. Angle
Orthod 54:139-153, 1984.

3. *Sheridan JJ: Air rotor stripping update. J Clin Orthod 21:781-788, 1987.

4. *Handelman CS: Nonsurgical rapid maxillary alveolar expansion in adults: A clinical

evaluation. Angle Orthod 67:291-308, 1997.

5. Northway WM: Surgical assisted rapid maxillary expansion: A comparison of technique,

response and stability. Angle Orthod 67:309-320, 1997.

6. *Handelman CS, Wang L, BeGole EA, Haas AJ: Nonsurgical rapid maxillary expansion in
adults: Report on 47 cases using the Haas expander. Angle Orthod 70:129-144, 2000.

7. Bryk C, White LW. The geometry of Class II correction with extractions.

Part 8 See Dr. Nedvetsky’s reading list.

10
124 Appendix I
 UIC
OSCI 441
Statistics for Oral Sciences

Instructors:

Christopher Engeland, PhD

Charles W. LeHew, PhD

Brad Johnson, DDS, MHPE

Grace Viana, MSc

Ellen BeGole, PhD

Judy Yuan, DDS, MS

College of Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago

Fall 2013

125 Appendix I
Fall 2013 3 credits

Course Director:

Christopher Engeland, PhD, Assistant Professor, Department of Periodontics, College of Dentistry,

UIC, 801 S. Paulina (MC 859), Chicago, IL 60612, Tel: 814 865-4694;
engeland@[Link]

The primary goal of this course is to introduce residents to a variety of techniques for analyzing
quantitative data and to provide hands-on experience in performing these analyses with statistical
software. Residents will gain a sense of the breadth of techniques available for understanding and
exploring relationships in data. This course will provide a statistical basing for future research questions
and projects. Ultimately, we hope this course will free residents from the tyranny of fear which
seemingly surrounds quantitative data analysis in research. 

Course Instructors (Contact Information):

Christopher Engeland (Perio), Tel: 814 865-4694; engeland@[Link]

Charles W. LeHew (Pedo), Room 563B, Tel: 312 355-4479; lehew@[Link]

Brad Johnson (Endo), Room 302A, Tel: 312 996-8519; bjohnson@[Link]

Grace Viana (Ortho), Room 109B, Tel: 312 996-1810; gviana@[Link]

Ellen BeGole (Ortho), Room 237A, Tel: 312 996-1812; ebegole@[Link]

Judy Yuan (Pros), Room 351C, Tel: 312-355-4027; yuanjudy@[Link]

Course objectives: Upon completion of this course residents will be able to:

1 Organize a data set and examine data for discrepancies and errors in entry.
2 Explore the relationships between variables in a data set and identify interesting patterns.
3 Select appropriate statistical methods for testing hypotheses in a set of data and perform the analyses.
4 Interpret and report the results of statistical analyses.
5 Recognize the limitations of quantitative data analysis.

While residents will cover a number of issues during the course, it is not expected that they will gain an
in depth view of all aspects of every issue that is raised. However, the residents will have a chance to
begin to structure their thinking around issues in data analysis, gain a set of skills that will allow them to
ask new research questions, and become more informed consumers of the research literature in their
field.

126 Appendix I
Suggested Resources:

There is no required textbook for this course. However, for a more comprehensive understanding of the
statistical methods used we do recommend the following textbook:

David C. Howell, Statistical Methods for Psychology, Thomson Wadsworth, 2007.

This textbook can be purchased online (new) from [Link] for $98 (free shipping included) and
second hand for ~ $61 plus shipping. It is not mandatory for the course but is a useful resource. Your
individual departments have been encouraged to purchase a copy – before purchasing please speak to your
individual course instructor(s). This book is a useful and practical guide to statistics.

In addition, Dr. Ellen BeGole has written an SPSS Manual which will serve as a valuable study aid for this
course. A copy will be made available on Blackboard. Both the textbook and manual are optional for this
course and material will not appear on the final exam that has not been covered in online lectures and
assignments. Optional readings from these two books will be suggested throughout the course.

Software:

Computers in the 4th floor Commons Area (COD) have been equipped with Statistical Package for
the Social Sciences (SPSS) 20.0 for the purpose of this course. If you prefer to own a copy of SPSS,
this software can be purchased from the UIC Micro/Station ([Link] or ordered
online or from many computer stores. It might also be available through UIC's E-Sales website (we can
only see the software available to faculty/staff): [Link]

Versions of SPSS older than SPSS 20.0 may not be compatible and are not acceptable for this course.

SPSS has become the standard windows-based statistical software package for most psychological and
educational applications. It is available in versions for MS Windows, Mac, and other operating systems. It
includes a large array of statistical procedures and provides a convenient windows-based interface. As
residents, you are eligible to purchase the "Graduate Pack" version, which comes with very little
documentation but is only ~$115 for the PC and Mac, and includes all the procedures you're likely to want
for a long time. Be sure that your version of SPSS includes a full version of SPSS Base (with no case or
variable limits), SPSS Advanced Models™, and SPSS Regression Models™, as you will need them for
this course.

Course Sites:

We will be using Blackboard for this course. This is available through the UIC home page quick links,
and there is also a link from the College of Dentistry home page.

The URL is [Link] You login using your University NetID and login.

All course lectures will take place in Blackboard. The course datasets and documentation will also be
posted there, as will class-wide discussions and questions for instructors.

127 Appendix I
Schedule:

The course includes posted lectures (in PowerPoint), assigned readings, and hands-on analysis of data sets.
The lectures and assignments for each topic (along with the data sets) can be found by pressing the
"Assignments" tab in Blackboard.

The optional readings will provide additional information on topics covered in the lectures as well as help
in conducting analyses using SPSS.

Assignments:

Residents will be grouped into pairs. For assignments, each pair will post their results on Blackboard. In
addition, residents will individually comment on the postings of 2 pairs each week who have been selected
as Presenters. Thus, online discussion is required about posted assignments and will comprise 20% of the
grade for each assignment. As with many things, the more you put into this course the more you will get out
of it. This discussion should take place between Tuesday (5 pm) and Fri (5 pm), after which we will provide
feedback on the assignments posted by that week’s Presenters, the other submitted assignments, and the
ensuing online discussion.

Although each assignment will be graded, we will not be able to formally review each individual
assignment. Rather, a general review of all the assignments will be posted. Each assignment is worth 8/10
marks.

The remaining 2/10 marks will be determined by the discussion, and this will be scored on an individual
basis. We strongly recommend commenting on the posting pair’s assignment before reading other people’s
points of discussion. You may also wish to comment on your experience in completing the assignment (e.g.,
things you had trouble with, things you liked/disliked, points of confusion).

Please take note of past residents’ experiences. Those who participated fully gained self-confidence in
quantitative analysis, while the few who remained silent got little out of the course. If you do not ask any
questions, we will presume that means you understand the topic fully. However, if it means that you feel so
confused that you don’t even know what to ask, we urge you to tell us, even if you can’t articulate the
specifics. The units build on one another, so it is vital that you stay up-to-date. To facilitate this, you will
generally be given two weeks for each topic. Importantly, we want you to get the most out of this
experience!

The final assignment is an exam that allows you to put into practice many of the techniques you learned in
the course. The exam will be “open book” at a computer and will be completed individually.

128 Appendix I
A note about expectations concerning on-line interactions and feedback:

The faculty will prepare assignments for the residents and will monitor the on-line discussions about the
presentation. The faculty will not participate directly in the on-line “Questions for Each Other.” If we did,
it would inhibit the resident learning process. Residents are expected to learn from each other and their
colleagues’ expertise. However, faculty will read and respond to any questions posted in the “Queries to
Instructor” forum once every weekday. The faculty will also provide comprehensive end-of-topic
comments about presented assignments. The comments should be sufficient to provide adequate feedback to
residents. There will be no weekly individual feedback. This is an unrealistic expectation because of the
amount of time it would require from faculty. The on-line learning in this course is different from classroom
teaching. In the current asynchronous on-line mode, learning relies more on individual effort and group
work compared to the spontaneous interactions among/between faculty and residents in the classroom. One
advantage of the on-line format is that written interactions can be more thoughtful than in the off-the-cuff
classroom interactions because the residents have more time to think through their ideas before presenting
them. The time requirements of this course are very flexible in this format as well. And don’t forget,
faculty will always be there to clarify.

Office Hours:

Instructors for each department will hold one office hour per week, during which they will be available for
one-on-one instruction and advice if needed. Specific times will be listed (by department) on the
Blackboard site. Alternate times to meet will be at the discretion of the instructor.

Grading:

The course grade depends on two factors:

1) Completion of assignments 70% (breakdown: 80% group assignment; 20% individual on-line
discussion)
2) Final exam 30%. Grading: A: 85-100 B: 75-84 C: 66-74

Note. To obtain a grade of A, a resident must score high in both components AND get a total score of 85 or
more. To pass the course, the resident must pass both the assignments and the final exam.

129 Appendix I
Course Overview by Week:

Week 1 Design of Research and Experiments

Week 2 Hypothesis Testing and Error
Weeks 3-4 Data Entry and Exploratory Data Analysis
Weeks 5-6 Categorical Data and Chi-Square
Weeks 7-8 Hypothesis Testing Applied to Means
Weeks 9-10 Non-Parametric Tests
Weeks 11-12 Repeated Measures
Weeks 13-14 Correlation and Regression
Week 15 Review (Individual assignment)

2013 Assignment Schedule:

Receive Assignment due Comment due Points Assignment

Week(s) assignment (generally (Friday 5pm) Done By…
(Friday) - 7am Tuesday) - 5pm
1 8/30 (Fri) NA NA Individual
2 8/30 9/6 (Fri) NA /5 Individual
3-4 9/6 9/17 9/20 /10 Pair
5-6 9/20 10/1 10/4 /10 Pair
7-8 10/4 10/15 10/18 /10 Pair
9-10 10/18 10/29 11/1 /10 Pair
11-12 11/1 11/12 11/15 /10 Pair
13-14 11/15 11/26 11/29 /10 Pair
15 11/29 12/6 (Fri) NA /5 Individual
16 Final Exam
Thu Dec 12
5-7pm

130 Appendix I
 ANTHRO 534 / OSCI 534 / PMPG 534
DENTAL AND MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY WITHIN HUMAN
EVOLUTION
In the Tradition of Clarke Johnson, DDS, MS, PhD
Orthodontist and Anthropologist
FACULTY:

David Reed, PhD, Research Assistant, Department of Oral Biology. College of Dentistry,
University of Illinois at Chicago. AREA: Determinates of Tooth Morphology in
Primates.

Alison Doubleday, PhD. Assistant Professor, Department of Oral Biology. College of

Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago. AREA: Dental Modifications in Human
History.

Hala Taha DDS, MS, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthodontics, College of

Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago. AREA: Orthodontics, Dental, and Physical
Anthropology.

William Pestle, MSc, PhD, Assistant Professor, Department of Anthropology, University

of Miami, Miami, Florida. AREA: Physical Anthropology, Bio-Archeology,
Archaeology, Human Osteology, Paleopathology, Paleodiet

Robert Druzinsky, PhD, Associate Professor, Department of Oral Biology, College of

Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago. AREA: Evolution and Human Disease

Michael Colvard, DDS, MTS, MS, FDS RCSED. Department of Oral Medicine and
Diagnostic Sciences, College of Dentistry, University of Illinois at Chicago; Department
of Anthropology and Botany, Field Museum of Natural History. AREA: Medical
Anthropology, Paleopathology, Medical Ethnobotany, Ethnomedicine,

COURSE HOURS: Variable 1 to 3 Hours.

LOCATION: Unless otherwise noted, class will meet on the First Floor, in the
Orthodontics Ricketts Research and Conference Facility, Department of Orthodontics,
UIC College of Dentistry.

COURSE DESCRIPTION: ANTHRO/OSCI/PMPG 534 is designed as a dental and

medical anthropology course, with central orientation on hominid teeth. This is a
research, reading, and lab-based summer concentration. This course will survey, from the
dental clinical viewpoint, current literature in primate and hominid evolution and ancient
evolution of patterns of disease and treatments (history of dental medicine and
paleopathology) with respect to dentistry. Current literature detailing global healing
systems (medical anthropology), ethnomedicine, ethnopharmacology (origins of modern
botanical and natural medicines), and forensic sciences with respect to dentistry will be

1
131 Appendix I
studied. This course will provide students with the opportunity to broaden their
knowledge base in the clinical dental, forensic, and medical anthropology sciences as
well as global trends in medical care, preparing them for future clinical practice of
dentistry, dental anthropology, dental forensics and identification.

PREREQUISITES: Senior level or Graduate Students with consent of the instructor.

This course is designed as an introduction to dental and medical anthropology for dental,
medical, nursing, and pharmacy Residents planning to work in the anthropology,
archeology, dentistry, forensic science, medicine, nursing, pharmacognosy, or public
health domains. Additionally, this course can assist Graduate Students specializing as
scientists in anthropology, criminal and forensic sciences, pharmacognosy, and public
health.

SCHEDULE:
Class meets 1:00 PM to 2:30 PM Thursdays. Lab: 2:30 PM to 5:00 PM

It is absolutely essential that you plan your day and patients to guarantee that you arrive
on time for every class.

CALENDAR:
June 20:
Course Logistics, Introduction to Hominid Family. William Pestle, MSc, PhD / Michael
Colvard, DDS, MS, FDS RCSED.

Textbook: What Makes Us Human: How Evolution, Culture and Serendipity Shape Who
We Are and Who We Will Become. Scientific American, Volume 22, Number 1, Winter
2013.

Readings: Wood 2010, Koussoulaku 2009, Koussoulaku 2009, Huysseune 2009, Soukup
et al. 2008, Wood and Richmond 2000.

POPULAR INTERNET LINKS:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

June 27:
Evolution of Modern Humans and Relationships to Diseases, Robert Druzinsky, PhD.
READINGS:

July 04:
“Fourth of July” No class, READING WEAK: TAKE HOME MIDTERM

2
132 Appendix I
July 11:
Biomechanical Determinates of Tooth Morphology in Primate Dentitions. David Reed,
PhD.
READINGS: Myoung et al, 2009, Lucas et al. 2008,

July 18:
Dental Modifications, Alison Doubleday, PhD:
READINGS: Bernardini et al. 2012, Gonzales, 2010;

July 25:
Intersection of Orthodontics and Anthropology. Hala Taha, DDS, MS.
READINGS: Rose and Roblee 2009, Corruccini 1990, Heusdens et al. 2000, Scott 1979

Aug 01:
Medical Anthropology, Ethnomedicine, and Human Lifeway’s,
Michael Colvard, DDS, MS, FDS RCSED, Field Museum of Natural History.
READINGS: Readings: Cordell and Colvard 2012, Hardy et al, 2012, Colvard and
Cordell 2008, Colvard et al. 2006, Cordell and Colvard 2005, Pestle et al. 2007, Etkin
2003, Jackson 1996, Willey-Hoffman, 1994.

August 08:
Biometric and Spectroscopic Anthropology at the Protein Level.
Michael Colvard, DDS, MS, FDS RCSED and William Pestle, PhD.

READINGS: Pestle et al. 2013, Pestle and Colvard 2012, Buzon et al. 2005, Ambrose et
al. 2003, Walker and Hewlett 1990.

FINAL PAPERS DUE:

COURSE CREDIT:
OPTION ONE: 1 hour Graduate School Credit:
1 hour credit: Course attendance, lectures, Midterm, Field Museum Labs.
Final Paper: 10 pages, double spaced, not counting bibliography.
OPTION TWO: 3 hours Graduate School Credit:
Same as option A: Course attendance lectures, Midterm, Field Museum Labs for 3 hours.
Final Paper: 20 pages, double spaced, not counting bibliography.

IN CLASS CD: Dental and Medical Anthropology: Dr Clarke Johnson, DDS, MS,
PhD.

CLASSIC TEXTS:

3
133 Appendix I
1. The Anthropology of Modern Human Teeth: Dental Morphology and Its Variation in
Recent Human Populations. G. Richard Scott and Christy G. Turner 11. New York:
Cambridge University Press, 1997.

2. Anthropological Perspectives on Tooth Morphology: Genetics, Evolution, Variation by

Scott, George Richard/ Scott, G. Richard. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2013.

3. An Anthropology of Biomedicine. Margaret Lock, Vinh-Kin Nguyen. Wiley-

Blackwell. Chichester, UK, 2010.

4. Medical Anthropology: Contemporary Theory and Method. Thomas Johnson, Carolyn

Sargent. Praeger, New York. 1990.

5. Medical Anthropology in an Ecological Perspective. Ann McElroy, Patricia Townsend.

Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. 1989.

6. Ethnobotany: Evolution of a Discipline. Richard Evans Schultes, Siri van Reis.

Dioscorides Press, Portland, Oregon, 1997.

7. Medicinal Natural Products: a Biosynthetic Approach. 2nd Edition. Paul Dewick. John
Wiley and Sons. Chichester, UK. 2002.

8. A History of Dentistry: From the Most Ancient Times Until the End of the Eighteen
Century. Vincenzo Guerini. Lea and Febiger. Philadelphia and New York. NY. 1909

09. Gerard’s Herball: The Essence thereof distilled by Marcus Woodward, from the
Edition of TH Johnson, 1636. Gerald Howe, Publisher, R and R Clark. London, 1927.

10. An Introduction to the History of Dentistry: With Medical and Dental Chronology
and Bibliographic Data. Berhhard Weinberger. Mosby. St Louis. MO, 1948.

11. Identification of Pathological Conditions in Human Skeletal Remains. 2nd Edition.

Donald Ortner, Academic Press, Elsevier. New York, NY. 2003.

12. Human Skeletal Remains: Excavation, Analysis, Interpretation. 3rd Edition. Aldine
Manuals of Archeology, Taraxacum, Washington DC. 1999.

ADDITIONAL LECTURE SPECIFIC READINGS:

David Reed, PhD: Lecture Topic Area: Biomechanical

determinates of tooth morphology in primate dentitions

4
134 Appendix I
REQUIRED READING LIST:
1) Lucas, Peter, Paul Constantino, Bernard Wood, and Brian Lawn. "Dental enamel as a dietary
indicator in mammals." BioEssays 30, no. 4 (2008): 374-385.

2) Myoung, Sangwon, James Lee, Paul Constantino, Peter Lucas, Herzl Chai, and Brian Lawn.
"Morphology and fracture of enamel." Journal of biomechanics 42, no. 12 (2009): 1947-1951

ADDITIONAL READING FOR YOUR TERM PAPER:

THE DIVERSITY OF PRIMATE ENAMEL MICROSTRUCTURE:
1) Maas, Mary Carol, and Elizabeth R. Dumont. "Built to last: the structure, function, and evolution
of primate dental enamel." Evolutionary Anthropology Issues News and Reviews 8, no. 4 (1999):
133-152.

THE IMPACT OF TOOTH SHAPE ON FOOD PROCESSING

1) Berthaume, Michael A., Elizabeth R. Dumont, Laurie R. Godfrey, and Ian R. Grosse. "How does
tooth cusp radius of curvature affect brittle food." (2013).

HOW ENAMEL MICROSTRUCTURE IMPACTS FRACTURE MECHANICS

1) Bajaj, Devendra, and Dwayne Arola. "Role of prism decussation on fatigue crack growth and
fracture of human enamel." Acta biomaterialia 5, no. 8 (2009): 3045-3056.

2) Bechtle, Sabine, Stefan Habelitz, Arndt Klocke, Theo Fett, and Gerold A. Schneider. "The fracture
behaviour of dental enamel." Biomaterials 31, no. 2 (2010): 375-384.

3) He, Bing, Shengbin Huang, Junjun Jing, and Yuqing Hao. "Measurement of hydroxyapatite
density and Knoop hardness in sound human enamel and a correlational analysis between
them." Archives of Oral Biology 55, no. 2 (2010): 134-141.

4) He, Li-Hong, and Michael V. Swain. "Enamel—A functionally graded natural coating." Journal of
dentistry 37, no. 8 (2009): 596-603.

5) Lawn, Brian R., James Jin-Wu Lee, Paul J. Constantino, and Peter W. Lucas. "Predicting failure in
mammalian enamel." Journal of the Mechanical Behavior of Biomedical Materials 2, no. 1
(2009): 33-42.

HOW ENAMEL MICROSTRUCTURE IMPACTS WEAR

1) Lucas, Peter W., Ridwaan Omar, Khaled Al-Fadhalah, Abdulwahab S. Almusallam, Amanda G.
Henry, Shaji Michael, Lidia Arockia Thai, Jörg Watzke, David S. Strait, and Anthony G. Atkins.
"Mechanisms and causes of wear in tooth enamel: implications for hominin diets." Journal of The
Royal Society Interface 10, no. 80 (2013).

5
135 Appendix I
 COURSE OUTLINE
OSCI 537
BIOSTATISTICS APPLIED TO CRANIOFACIAL RESEARCH

OBJECTIVES

The purpose of this course is to interrelate biostatistics with orthodontics in order to promote
correct interpretation of the literature. It is also inteded to guide the residents with the basic
information needed for their own research.

Basic information on statistics may be presented. Guest speakers are occasionally invited to
present their expertise to the residents.

At the conclusion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand and evaluate literature.

2. Interrelate to presentations in other seminars.

3. Understand the author=s interpretation of articles.

4. Be better prepared to present their own research with appropriate interpretation and
conclusions.

COURSE INFORMATION

Prerequisites
Enrollment in the Master of Oral Sciences program and the Orthodontic certificate program.

Expectations
This is a 3-credit/hour course which extends over the entire time of residency. Each student is
expected to attend all scheduled lectures and to participate.

Examination and Grading

The grading system has two categories: (1) performance evaluations based on participation, and
(2) instructor=s observations based on attendance and being on time for the class. Letter grades
will be assigned at the end of the course.

READING MATERIAL

$ Barnett ML, Hyman JJ. Challenges in interpreting study results. The conflict between
appearance and reality. J Am Dent Assoc 137:32S-33S, October 2006.

$ Baumrind S. Some comments on clinical studies in orthodontics and their applications to

orthodontic treatment. Semin Orthod 5(2):96-109, 1999.

137 Appendix I
$ Bollen AM, Cunha-Cruz J, Bakko DW, Huang GJ, Hujoel PP. The effects of orthodontic
therapy on periodontal health. A systematic review of controlled evidence. J Am Dent
Assoc 139:413-422, April 2008.

$ Crawford JM, Briggs CL, Engeland CG. Publication bias and its implications for
evidence-based clinical decision making.

$ DeGuzman L, Bahiraei D, Vig KWL, Vig PS, Weyant RJ, O=Brien K. The validation of
the Peer Assessment Rating index for maloccusion severity and treatment difficulty. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 107(2):172-176, 1995.

$ Glick M, Meyer DM. Evidence or science based? J Am Dent Assoc 142(1):12-14,

January 2011.

$ Glick M, Greenberg BL. The hermeneutic pitfalls of P. J Am Dent Assoc 141(12), 2010.

$ Gunson MJ, Arnett W, Formby B, Falzone C, Mathru R, Alexander C. Oral contraceptive

pill use and abnormal menstrual cycles in women with severe condylar resorption: A case
for low serum 17β-estradiol as a major factor in progressive condylar resorption. Am J
Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 136(6):772-779, 2009.

$ Gopen GD, Swan JA. The science of scientific writing. Amer Scient 78:550-558, 1990.

$ Greenberg RB, Kantor ML. The clinician=s guide to the literature. Interpreting results. J
Am Dent Assoc 140:48-54, 2009.

$ Hicks ML. How to write the results section of a scientific paper. J Endod 19(9):479-481,
1993.

$ Holmes B. Feeling the future. New Scientist 39-41, 14 January 2012.

$ Intellectual property: Dividing line between Afair use@ and plagiarism? Principal
Investigators Association, Inc., 2010.

$ Journal publication seminar. Instructions for authors from Angle Orthod, J Dent Educ,
Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop, J Dent Res, Australian Orthod J, J Orthod.

$ Law SV, Chudasama DN, Rinchuse DJ. Evidence-based orthodontics. Angle Orthod
80(5):952-956, 2010.

$ Littlewood SJ, Millett DT, Doubleday B, Bearn DR, Worthington HV. Orthodontic
retention: A systematic review. J Orthod 33:205-212, September 2006.

$ Martinson BC, Anderson MS, de Vries R. Scientists behaving badly. Nature 435:737-

138 Appendix I
 738, 2005.

$ Miller JR. Malocclusions and clinical research. 1st Ed, 2009.

$ O=Brien KS, Wright JL, Mandall NA. How to . . . do a randomized controlled trial. J
Orthod 30"3337-341, 2003.

$ Phillips C. Sample size and power: What is enough? Semin Orthod 8(2):67-76, 2002.

$ Philstrom BL. Reporting clinical trial results. J Am Dent Assoc 140:12-15, January 2009.

$ Rinchuse DJ, Rinchuse DJ, Karam JR. Consecutive treatments and the Arandom walk@.
Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 133:792-795, 2007.

$ Tu Y, Nelson-Moon ZL, Gilthorpe MS. Misuses of correlation and regression analyses in

orthodontic research: The problem of mathematical coupling. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop 130(1):62-68, 2006.

$ Wadman M. One in three scientists confesses to having sinned. Nature 435:718-719 and
737-738, June 2005.

$ Williams J. How to . . . Write and analyse a questionnaire. J Orthod 30:245-252, 2003.

$ Witt M, Flores-Mir C. Laypeople’s preferences regarding frontal dentofacial esthetics:

tooth-related factors. J Am Dent Assoc 142(6):635-645, 2011.

$ Yancey JM. Ten rules for reading clinical research reports. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop 109(5):558-564, 1990.

$ Young NS, Ioannaidis JPA, Al-Ubaydli O. Why current publication practices may distort
science. PloS Medicine 5(10):1-5, October 2008.

139 Appendix I
 CRANIOFACIAL DEVELOPMENT
AND REGENERATION
FALL 2012 ADVANCED ORAL SCIENCES
Advanced Oral Sciences: Clinical Implications of Oral Structures and Function. Graduate Course & Lecture Series
[Advanced Oral Sciences 581 & CE Credit]. Thursdays 4.30-6pm, Room 330D. Course Director: Dr. Xianghong Luan

Craniofacial Development
1 Introduction: Craniofacial Growth Tom Diekwisch, UIC Brodie Sep 6
and Development
2 Student Presentations I Ortho Students Sep 13
3 Signaling Pathways Regulating
Craniofacial Development David Clouthier, University of Colorado Denver Sep 20

Proteins in Enamel Development

4 Amelogenin – Thousand Faces Tom Diekwisch, UIC Brodie
of an Enamel Matrix Protein Sep 29
5 Student Presentations III Ph.D. Students/Others Oct 4
6 Ameloblastin – Enamel Protein
or Vagabond King? Xianghong Luan, UIC Brodie Oct 11

Bone Regeneration
7 Biological Minerals as David Kohn, University of Michigan Oct 18
Templates for New Biomaterials
8 Student Presentations II Pros/Pedo Students Nov 1
9 Small Matrix Proteoglycans in
Bone Regeneration Mitsuo Yamauchi, UNC Chapel Hill Nov 8

Enamel and Periodontal Tissue Engineering

10 Materials Design for Tom Diekwisch, UIC Brodie Nov 15
Periodontal Regeneration
11 Student Presentations IV/ Review Perio/Endo Students Nov 29
12 Enamel Tissue Engineering Masaki Honda, Nihon University Dec 6
13 Student Presentations V/ Examination Xianghong
141
Luan, UIC Brodie Dec
Appendix I
13
 THE PERIODONTIUM
FALL 2013 ADVANCED ORAL SCIENCES
Advanced Oral Sciences: Clinical Implications of Oral Structures and Function. Graduate Course & Lecture Series
[Advanced Oral Sciences 580 & CE Credit]. Thursdays 4.30-6pm, Room 230D. Course Director: Dr. Xianghong Luan

Periodontal Disease, Development, and Regeneration

1 Periodontal Disease & Wound Healing Tom Diekwisch, UIC Brodie Sep 5
2 Student Presentations I Perio Residents Sep 12

3 Antimicrobial peptides Sven-Ulrik Gorr, U Minnesota Sep 19

& periodontal bacteria
4 Student Presentations II Prostho Residents Sep 26

5 Periodontal Stem Cells & Regeneration Tom Diekwisch, UIC Brodie Oct 10
6 Student Presentations III Endo Residents Oct 17

Surface Topographies and Bone

7 Periodontal Cell Behavior on Douglas W. Hamilton, Schulich Oct 24
Surface Topographies Ontario, Canada
8 Student Presentations IV Pedo Residents Oct 31

9 Osteoblast-lineage Cells and NFkB in Dana Graves, UPenn Nov 7

Periodontal Disease
10 Primary Cilia in Skeletal Development L. Darryl Quarles, Memphis, TN Nov 14
and Mechanosensing

11 Student Presentations V/ Review Ortho Residents Nov 21

12 Epigenetics and Dashzeveg Bayarsaihan, UConn Dec 5
Craniofacial Development

13 Student Presentations VI Ortho Residents and Ph.D. students

Examination Xianghong Luan, UIC Brodie Dec 12

142 Appendix I
REGENERATION
FALL 2011 ADVANCED ORAL SCIENCES
Advanced Oral Sciences: Clinical Implications of Oral Structures and Function. Graduate Course & Lecture Series
[Advanced Oral Sciences 581 & CE Credit]. Thursdays 4.30-6pm, Room 330D. Course Director: Dr. Xianghong Luan

Materials & Ethics

1 Materials Design for Tissue Engineering Tony Mikos Rice University Sep 1
2 Student Presentations I Pros/Pedo Sep 8
3 Ethics Graham Parker Wayne State U Sep 15

Progenitors and Periodontal Regeneration

4 Stem Cells from the Tooth Fairy - Tom Diekwisch UIC COD Brodie Sep 22
Origins and Applications of Dental Stem Cells
5 Student Presentations II Perio/Endo Sep 29
6 Progenitors and Microtopographies - Tom Diekwisch UIC COD Brodie Oct 6
The Code for Periodontal Regeneration

Dentin Regeneration and Wound Healing

7 Dentin Regeneration Anne George UIC COD Brodie Oct 13
8 Student Presentations III Ortho Oct 20
9 Wound Healing and Regeneration LuAnn di Pietro UIC COD Oct 27

Nanotechnology and Clinical Applications

10 Nanofibers for Tissue Regeneration Xiaohua Liu Baylor COD Nov 3
11 "Mesenchymal stem cells:
from clinics to bench-top and back" Songtao Shi U Southern Cal Nov 17
12 Student Presentations IV/ Review Tom Diekwisch UIC COD Brodie Dec 1

13 Student Presentations V/ Examination Xianghong Luan UIC COD Brodie Dec 8

143 Appendix I
2013 OSUR 532
Diagnosis and Treatment Planning in Orthognathic Surgery
Fall Term, Wednesdays, 7:30-8:30 a.m.

Course Director: Jason Jamali, DDS, MD (jjamali@[Link])

Location: Ricketts Orthodontic Conference Room 138

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to provide 1st year Orthodontic and Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery residents
with the information necessary to properly diagnose dentoskeletal maxillomandibular deformities, and to
formulate a problem list and a prioritized treatment plan. At the completion of the course, the student should
be able to analyze the diagnosis records of a candidate for orthognathic surgery, perform cephalometric
surgery with STOs, Dolphin analysis and computerized predictions, dental model analysis and surgery, and
formulate a treatment plan. In addition, various topics of interest to the Orthodontist and Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgeon, including craniofacial deformities and surgical management, will be discussed.

Recommended Readings
Profitt. Contemporary Orthodontics.
Profitt, White. Surgical-Orthodontic Treatment.
Bell. Modern Practice in Orthognathic and Reconstructive Surgery.
Epker, Fish. Dentofacial Deformities.
Reyneke. Essentials of Orthognathic Surgery 2nd Ed.
Bell, Profitt, White. Surgical Correction of Dentofacial Deformities.
Miloro. Peterson’s Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, 3rd Ed.

Date Topic Lecturer

08/15/12 Welcome Breakfast Depts of Ortho and OMS

08/22/12 Introduction to Orthognathics Miloro
08/29/12 Patient Assessment for Orthognathics Miloro
09/05/12 3D Planning for Orthognathic Surgery Miloro
09/12/12 AAOMS Annual Meeting No Conference
09/19/12 Mandibular Surgery Miloro
09/26/12 Maxillary Surgery Jamali
10/03/12 Model Surgery, Splint Fabrication Stucki
10/10/12 Cephalometric Surgery, STO Weiskopf
10/17/12 Genioplasty Procedures Jamali
10/24/12 Surgically-Assisted Maxillary Expansion Jamali
10/31/12 Cleft Lip and Palate Jamali
11/07/12 Alveolar Bone Grafting Jamali
11/14/12 Cleft Orthognathic Surgery Jamali
11/21/12 Hemifacial Microsomia Jamali
11/28/12 Craniosynostosis Jamali
12/05/12 Distraction Osteogenesis Miloro
12/12/12 Orthognathic Surgery: Current Therapy Miloro
12/19/12 Final Examination Jamali

145 Appendix I
Special Topics in Biostatistics, Seminar Series: Fall and Spring- UIC- College of Dentistry -
Orthodontics Department – 2007 to 2012.

Spring 2012 Research Protocol

Spring 2012 Holmes B. Feeling the future. New Scientist 39-41, 14 January 2012

Fall 2011 Frontal dentofacial esthetics. JADA 635-645, 21 June 2011

Spring 2011 Editorial: Evidence or science based.

Fall 2010 Why current publications practices may distort science?

Spring 2010 Scientist behaving badly

Spring 2010 Research Protocol.

Fall 2009 Reporting clinical trials results.

Spring 2009 Commentary and discussing about registration of clinical trials results.

Fall 2008 Sample size and power what is enough?

Fall 2008 What do investigators need to know about animal research.

Spring 2008 Discussing of an article: The effects of orthodontic therapy on periodontal health.

Spring 2008 Critical Thinking, Based on the book "Critical Thinking" by Brunnet DM.

Fall 2007 Special attention to the topics about research strategies.

Spring 2007 Orthodontic retention; a systematic review.

Spring 2007 Research Methodology.

146 Appendix I
 [Link] 08-20-2013

Welcome| Mission| Virtual Tour| Brodie Institute for Orthodontics | Kottemann Gallery| New
Clinic| New Lab| New Classrooms/Offices| Contact Us
INFORMATION FOR APPLICANTS TO THE SPECIALTY PROGRAM
Main Links

 Information for Patients

 Information for Applicants
 Faculty & Staff
 Curriculum
 Predoctoral Courses
 Schedule
 Special Lectures & Seminars
 Brodie Laboratory for
Craniofacial Genetics
 Alumni News
 Electronic Study Club for Orthodontics (ESCO)


Related Links

 Illinois Society of Orthodontists

 Public Formal Grievance Procedures


801 South Paulina Street

Chicago, Illinois 60612

1 Appendix J
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The Department of Orthodontics, University of Illinois at Chicago, offers

a program which leads to a Specialty Certificate in Orthodontics through
the College of Dentistry and the M.S. in Oral Sciences degree under the
auspices of the Graduate College.

A minimum of 32 consecutive months of continuous attendance is

required of candidates for the Specialty Certificate and M. S. degree.
Nine residents begin the program each August. Students must register
for a full program each semester during their residency, which will
include the clinical and didactic courses required for the Specialty
Certificate, Oral Sciences courses, research, and teaching.

The program is designed to prepare residents for American Board of

Orthodontics diplomate status. The curriculum is composed of seminars,
lectures, clinical practice with emphasis on critical thinking and problem
solving. The program includes instruction and extensive experience in
diagnosis and treatment planning, biomechanics, orthognathic surgery
and other interdisciplinary procedures. The residents will have the
opportunity of treating the full range of different malocclusions in children
and adults in a state-of-the-art orthodontic facility.

An original research project intended to produce results suitable for

publication in a peer reviewed journal is required for the receipt of the
Certificate in Orthodontics as well as the MS Degree. Residents are also
encouraged to present their scientific results at regional and national
meetings.

The program can be individualized for those who wish to combine

specialty training in orthodontics with a Ph.D. degree. The program is
accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American
Dental Association. The content follows the ERASMUS
recommendations.

TUITION AND FEES

The College of Dentistry implemented a programmatic tuition for its

specialty programs effective with classes matriculating July, 2008 and
after. The 2011-2012 programmatic tuition rate is $27,200 for Fall,
Spring and Summer. University fees, instrument costs, etc. will be in
addition to tuition charges.

For those students matriculating on and after 2010, the College has
implemented a revenue sharing program, Postgraduate Compensation
Program . Under this program, eligible students will have an opportunity

2 Appendix J
to earn, on a semi-annual basis, gross payments equaling 20% of their
actual collections for clinical work performed in their specialty clinics.
The revenue sharing program was announced for the 2012-2013
academic year, but is subjected to review subsequently.

We do not provide a stipend or tuition waiver. Consequently, you may

wish to apply for financial assistance to help cover the cost of your
education. Consideration for federal and/or state aid programs require
applicants to complete the FAFSA beginning January 2008. For eligibility
and further information visit the UIC's Office of Student Financial Aid
WebPages [Link]. You may also contact them at (312) 996-
3126 or money@[Link].

Students are required to purchase their own instruments, at a cost of

approximately $9,300 for first year residents, $750 for second year
residents, and $550 for third year residents. In addition, students are
required to purchase their own clinic digital camera, laptop computer,
books, travel to meetings, subscriptions, and memberships. They also
pay general fees, student insurance, and the health service fee (totaling
approximately $2,600 per year). We urge our residents to take the
written portion of the American Board of Orthodontics examination in
Year 2 of the program.

What's new?

Beginning in the Fall, 2013, the university has approved a new

international student fee. The fee will be $80.00 per semester (Fall and
Spring) and $40.00 per summer session for all international students
attending UIC in valid non-immigrant status such as F-1, J-1, H-4, and J-
2 The fee will allow the Office of International Services to continue to
provide essential services, upgrade technologies used for student
advising, increase programming options, and host cultural events to
increase and expand upon the “UIC Experience.”

Thank you in advance for your attention to this important information. If

you have any questions, please contact us at 312-996-3121 or
ois@[Link].
APPLICATIONS
Information about application procedures is available from:
Department of Orthodontics (M/C 841)
College of Dentistry
University of Illinois at Chicago
801 South Paulina Street
Chicago, IL 60612-7211
Fax: 312-996-0873
E-mail: ortho@[Link]

3 Appendix J
Please note that we participate both in PASS (Postdoctoral Application
Support Service) and in the Postdoctoral Dental Matching Program.
Applicants should request BOTH Applicant Agreement Packages from:

PASS

ADEA PASS Contact Information:

ADEA PASS Customer Support Representatives are available
Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (ET), except federal
holidays.
Email: passinfo@[Link]
Phone: 617-612-2065
[Link]

AND

National Matching Services

595 Bay Street, Suite 301
Toronto, Ontario Canada
M5G 2C2
416-977-3431
416-977-5020 (FAX)
E-mail: dentres@[Link]
[Link]

The PASS application deadline for the class starting in August,

2014 is August 15th, 2013.

Submit ALL of the following documents as listed:

To PASS (by August 15th, 2013):

1. Completed 2013 PASS Application Form

2. Payment if submitting a money order
3. ETS PPI Evaluation
4. Professional Evaluations if required or desired
5. Official Dean's Evaluation Form (which is to include dental board
scores)
6. Institution Evaluation
7. Official Dental School Transcripts

* Please review the following training videos for prospective

applicants and potential evaluators:

 Students interested in learning more about the ADEA PASS

4 Appendix J
 process can review the video of a live webinar about ADEA
PASS and Match at
[Link]

 Faculty and staff completing ETS PPI for ADEA evaluations

can learn more about the PPI process at
[Link]
.be.

If you have any questions or concerns please feel free to contact

me at JonesY@[Link] or 202-289-7201 Ext. 190.
Provide the documents listed below to UIC's Department of Orthodontics
directly: These materials are required by the program and not processed
through PASS. The deadline for these items is August 21, 2013,
unless otherwise noted.

To UIC (by August 21, 2013):

1. Official undergraduate college transcripts

2. Official dental school transcripts
3. Curriculum Vitae/Resume (two pages maximum)
4. Official Dental Admissions Test (DAT) scores
5. Official National Dental Board Examination (NDBE) scores if
these exams were taken.
6. UIC Personal Statement. Use THE FORM provided by the
Department of Orthodontics. ( Please click HERE to download
the form. )
7. Official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)
examination results, required of applicants educated in a country
where English is not the primary language.
8. Official Graduate Record Examination scores (GRE is
REQUIRED for all applicants. Candidates are expected to
score in the upper 50th percentile. )
9. ONLY CANDIDATES ACTUALLY SELECTED FOR THE
ORTHODONTIC SPECIALTY PROGRAM WILL BE REQUIRED
TO PAY A PROCESSING FEE TO UIC'S ADMISSIONS OFFICE.
The non-refundable application fee for both U.S. and international
applicants is $60.00 (non-refundable). DO NOT SEND MONEY
YET.

Note:

* We understand that not all candidates take DATs, but we want to

see the standardized tests that they have taken. For DATs we will
evaluate the admissions packages even if the applicants haven't

5 Appendix J
submitted all the scores.
* Our GRE and TOEFL requirements are the same as for the MS in
Oral Sciences degree program.
* The GRE General is required of all applicants. Candidates are
expected to score in the upper 50th percentile.
* Minimum English Competency Test Score, TOEFL 550 (paper-
based); 213 (computer-based).
*We would like to receive letters of recommendation directly to UIC,
but not if the letters are the same as included the PASS documents.
* Information on detailed application prerequisite and matriculation
requirements is available on
[Link]
INTERVIEWS

A personal, on-site interview is required for admission except in unusual

circumstances. Interviews are usually held in October and early
November for applicants selected by the admissions committee. All
interviews are scheduled by invitation from the Department of
Orthodontics.

Faculty and applicants meet during formal interviews as well as during

social events hosted by the current residents. Time is provided for
applicants to ask questions of faculty, residents, and staff and to tour the
Orthodontic Clinic, Residents' Lab and the University.

After the interview schedule is concluded, the admission committee meet

and the results are forwarded to the PASS and Match Programs.

Admission criteria are applied equally to all applicants regardless of

race, sex, color, national origin, or religion. We encourage minority
students to apply.
REQUIREMENT TO ENROLL

Applicants must possess a DDS, DMD, or equivalent degree.

Should you have any other questions, please contact ortho@[Link].
©2012 University of Illinois at Chicago Department of Orthodontics All Rights Reserved
Contact the webmaster

6 Appendix J
December 18, 2012

Name
Address
City

Dear Dr. :

You have been selected for postgraduate study in the Advanced Program of Orthodontics at
the University of Illinois, College of Dentistry. Your official acceptance is contingent upon
the following points:

1. Submitting updated original official transcripts to the Department of Orthodontics.

The official transcripts will indicate all courses taken and the degree received from
the registrants of each college you have attended, both undergraduate and graduate
including complete dental transcripts. Please submit transcripts in sealed envelopes
that have been obtained through the registrar.

2. By February 15, 2013, please return to the UIC Department of Orthodontics a

signed copy of this letter and the Medical Immunization form.

3. Agreeing to register for the Master of Science in Oral Sciences degree program in
the Graduate College.

a. Please use this link for Domestic applicants and select fall 2013 term:
[Link]
b_page_id_in=2GD.

b. For International Applicants, please use the following link and select fall 2013
term:
[Link]
b_page_id_in=2GI.

4. Agreeing to apply to the Orthodontics Certificate Program. Please use the following
link to apply and select fall 2013 term:
[Link]
age_id_in=2PR

5. Your application for a specialty training license including required supporting

documents should be returned to the Department of Orthodontics accompanied by
your check for $150.00 no later than June 17, 2013. We will obtain the necessary
signatures for the CA-DEN form and mail it to Illinois Department of Professional
Regulation. The application may be downloaded from:
[Link] in the right column, click on
“Dentist, Temporary,” scroll down to “Temporary Dental Training License-Non
Exam” and complete the form. Don’t forget to attach your ED-DEN form with the
necessary signatures from your dental school.

You will be assessed tuition based on an estimated programmatic rate of $29,700, pending
approval by the Board of Trustees. Billing will occur in each of the 3 semesters. The rate
for fall and spring is estimated at $11,125 per7 semester and $7,416 for summer. Additional
Appendix J
expenses in the first year include university student fees totaling $4,000, camera, laptop,
licensing and board exams, memberships and estimated instrument costs of $9,300, etc.

The College has implemented a revenue sharing program, the Postgraduate Compensation
Program, which is intended to provide a source of income for eligible postgraduate residents in
the Orthodontic program. Under this program eligible students will have an opportunity to
earn, on a semi-annual basis, gross payments equaling 20% of their actual collections for
clinical work performed in their specialty clinics. There are no guarantees expressed or
implied as to the amount of income a resident may generate or the program may realize. This
program is renewed annually and a decision of continuance made by June 30th; the decision
will be effective for classes entering on or after July 1.

Since we do not provide a stipend or tuition waiver, you may wish to apply for financial
assistance to help cover the cost of your education. Consideration for federal and/or state
aid programs requires applicants to complete the FAFSA beginning January 2013. For
eligibility and further information visit the UIC’s Office of Student Financial Aid
WebPages ([Link] You may also contact them at (312)
996-3126 or [Link]@[Link].

You should plan to immerse yourself in your studies. I especially want to emphasize that
this course of study requires a full-time commitment. In view of this, little, if any time, can
be spent in outside employment. We look forward to your arrival in the Department of
Orthodontics! If you have any questions, please contact Ortho@[Link].

Sincerely,

Carla A. Evans, D.D.S., [Link].

Professor and Head

Encl: 1. Copy of this letter to be returned with signature and date

2. Medical immunization form

8 Appendix J
 College of Dentistry
POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR PROMOTION AND DISMISSAL
FOR ACADEMIC REASONS
STUDENTS IN ADVANCED SPECIALTY EDUCATION PROGRAMS

1. Recommendations for dismissal of student for academic deficiencies or academic

misconduct shall be made by the Department Head and Program Director in consultation
with the faculty of the respective certification program. Students holding General
Medical Education (GME) residency positions are also subject to the GME Resident
Professional Conduct policies.

2. The Program Director shall notify the Department Head and student who has been
recommended for dismissal for academic deficiencies in writing (if present) or by
certified mail. In the case of an absent student, notification shall be sent to the student
via the student’s University email and by certified mail to the address of record as found
in the Banner system. A copy will also be sent to the Executive Associate Dean for
Academic Affairs. The notification will include a copy of the Policy and Procedures for
Promotion and Dismissal for Academic Reasons – Students in Advanced Specialty
Education Programs in Dentistry.

3. Review procedure

a. Upon receipt of written notification of recommendation for dismissal, a student may

request, in writing, a review of the recommendation for dismissal. The written
request for review must be received by the Executive Associate Dean for Academic
Affairs within five (5) working days of the student’s receiving notification of the
action.

b. The student is entitled to and should attend all classes, seminars and clinic sessions
(unless the dismissal is for clinical incompetence) until final disposition of the case is
determined as set forth below.

c. The Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs shall set a date and time for the
review hearing by the Graduate Dental Education Committee (GDEC) which is to be
held within ten (10) working days of the receipt of a written request for a review from
the student. The Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs may extend the 10
working day limitation with the verbal concurrence of the involved student

d. The Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs shall notify the student and the
student’s Department Head and Program Director of the time and place for the
review. Notification shall be sent to the student via the student’s University email. In
the case of an absent student, notification shall be sent to the student via the student’s
University email and by certified mail to the address of record as recorded in the
Banner system.

1 Appendix L
 e. The review will be conducted by the Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs
along with the Program Directors of each of the other programs. No entitlements
accrue to the student at this review except that the student will be requested to be
present.

f. A simple majority of Program Directors from the departments (excluding the

student’s department) shall constitute a quorum.

g. The review hearing will held in accordance with the Process for Appeals Hearing
UIC Students in Predoctoral and Post-Grad Programs.

h. The Executive Associate Dean will chair the hearing and will have no vote unless
there is a tie vote, in which case, the Executive Associate Dean must cast the deciding
vote.

4. After the review has been held, the Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs shall
notify the Department Head, the Program Director and the student in writing of the final
decision within seven (7) working days of the completion of the review. Notification
shall be given to the student in a formal meeting with the student. In the case of an
absent student, notification shall be sent to the student via the student’s University email
and by certified mail to the address of record as recorded in the Banner.

5. PROCEDURES FOR APPEAL OF GDEC ACTION

a. General

A student affected by any GDEC action may appeal the decision. The Executive
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs (or designee), upon receipt of a written petition
for appeal from the student, shall initiate the formal GDEC appeal procedures.

A student petitioning for appeal of an action by the GDEC shall be allowed

provisional registration until final resolution of the action is made. However, if the
cause for the action, in whole or in part, is based on an "F" grade in clinical courses
involving patient care, the student shall not be permitted to participate in the clinical
program of the College of Dentistry while the appeal is in progress. If the student is
considered to be a danger, in any way, to his/her patients, peers, or staff, the student
shall not be permitted to participate in the academic or clinical program of the
College of Dentistry while the appeal is in progress.

b. Request and Grounds for Appeal

The student’s appeal request must be in writing and received by the Executive
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs (or designee) within five (5) working days of
the student receiving notice of GDEC action. In the appeal request, the student must
allege one or more of the following grounds as justification for an appeal to overturn
a GDEC decision.

2 Appendix L
 1. Substantial evidence not previously considered:

New evidence exists, sufficient to alter a decision, which was not available to
the student at the time of the original hearing.

2. Evidence of prejudice by a member of the GDEC:

Significant evidence exists that a member of the GDEC who took part in the
original decision was prejudiced against the student and used that prejudice to
influence the other voting members of the committee.

3. Significant policy or procedural errors by the GDEC:

A procedural error occurred in the original hearing on the matter by the

GDEC as set forth above, which substantially affected the outcome of the
review.

c. Selection of the Appeals Panel

Three (3) full time faculty members who were not part of the original hearing, and
who are not members of the appealing student’s department shall be appointed by the
Dean within five (5) working days of the student’s written request. The Dean shall
notify the Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs of the names of the
Appeals Panel members.

d. Scheduling of Appeal

The Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs (or designee) shall schedule a
meeting of the Appeal Panel within five (5) working days following receipt of the
names of the Appeals Panel members. The meeting shall be convened no sooner than
ten (10) working days and no later than twenty (20) working days from receipt of the
student’s appeal request. The student may waive the ten (10) working day provision
by signing and dating a waiver agreement. Should the student waive the ten (10)
working day provision, all involved parties of interest shall be notified promptly as to
the date, time and location of the Appeal Hearing.

e. Notice of Appeal Hearing

The Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs shall notify the student, the
Appeal Panel and any involved Program Director(s) of the date, time, and place of the
appeal hearing. Copies of the GDEC on POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR
PROMOTION AND DISMISSAL FOR ACADEMIC REASONS-STUDENTS IN
ADVANCED SPECIALTY EDUCATION PROGRAMS and the PROCESS FOR
Hearing – UG-PG STUDENTS shall be furnished to the departments at the same time
that notice of the appeal is given.

3 Appendix L
e. Appeal Procedures

1. Composition of the Appeal Panel:

The Appeal Panel shall be chaired by the Executive Associate Dean for
Academic Affairs, who shall not have a vote. All voting members of the
Appeal Panel must be present for the appeal to proceed as scheduled. Ex-
officio GDEC members may be present at the discretion of the Chair. In the
event of a tie vote, the Executive Associate Dean for Academic Affairs must
cast the tie-breaking vote.

2. Evidence to be considered:

The Appeal Panel shall examine the appeal request, consider all relevant
information presented to the GDEC at the time its original decision was made
and may hear new evidence, interview new witnesses or review new evidence
as the Appeal Panel members deem necessary.

a. The student must submit to the Executive Associate Dean for Academic
Affairs (or designee) a list of witnesses he/she would like the Appeal
Panel to interview, with reasons (in writing) why the interviews would be
relevant. The list of witnesses must be submitted at least 48 hours prior to
the scheduled hearing. The Appeal Panel shall have discretion to
determine if the evidence or interviews would be relevant.

b. The chair of the Appeal Panel shall limit discussion to only those issues
contained in the appeal request.

c. The Appeal Panel may recess and reconvene as necessary to consider the
evidence presented or as is otherwise appropriate.

d. The action of the Appeal Panel shall be based on all of the evidence
presented at the appeal.

3. Student Involvement:

The student need not appear at the appeal hearing, but the student may request
that he/she along with the Associate Dean for Student and Diversity Affairs or
his/her advocate be present at times when new evidence is presented. If the
student opts to have an advocate present, the Executive Associate Dean for
Academic Affairs (or designee) must be notified in writing at least 48 hours
prior to the scheduled hearing. Should the advocate be a lawyer, the College
of Dentistry must notify University legal counsel and have legal counsel
present at the hearing. The Appeal Panel shall determine whether or not it is
appropriate to include the student, the Associate Dean for Student and

4 Appendix L
 Diversity Affairs, witnesses and/or the student's advocate at the appeal
hearing.

4. Decision of the Appeal Panel:

The Appeal Panel is empowered to do one of the following:

a. uphold the original hearing decision of the GDEC

b. modify the decision of the GDEC
c. overturn the decision of the GDEC

The decision of the Appeal Panel shall be final and shall be implemented
immediately. The Executive Dean for Academic Affairs must notify the student,
in writing, within two (2) working days of the Appeal Panel’s decision. If the
student is not present this notification will be sent via registered courier and U. S.
mail to the student’s address of record in the Banner system.

Approved by the Graduate Dental Education Committee June 17, 2013

5 Appendix L
 Process for Appeals Hearing
UIC Students in Predoctoral and Post-Grad Programs
Executive Session
1) Assure a quorum is present

2) Explain purpose for the Hearing

3) Ask for questions or discussions prior to the Student/resident being seated (but only
questions for process or procedure)

Open Session
4) Escort the student and advisor and the Department Representatives into the hearing room

5) Call Meeting to order.

6) Explain the purpose of the hearing.

7) Introduce the student and advocate

8) Have each committee member introduce him/herself to the student

9) Explain the process and procedure and rules for advocate (if present).

10) Ask student/resident if he/she has any questions prior to the start of the hearing.

11) Chairperson of Hearing, Department Head, Program Director or Course Director addresses
the committee and explains the reason for action (dismissal). Any materials that are
presented should be distributed to all members of the committee and to the student/resident.

12) Committee asks questions of the Department Head/Program Director.

13) Student/resident is asked to address the committee. Any materials that are presented should
be distributed to all members of the committee.

14) The committee asks questions of the student/resident.

15) Witness or Spokesperson (if present)

a) Witness or spokesperson for student invited into hearing room

b) Witness speaks, committee asks questions

c) Witness leaves hearing room

16) Chairperson, Department Head, Program Director or Course Director closing statement

17) Student closing statement

18) Ask the student/resident if he/she felt that they had a fair opportunity to present his/her case
to the committee.

19) Thank the student/resident for presenting

20) Thank the department for presenting

1 Appendix L
 21) Inform the student/resident that they will receive a written response (certified US mail or
delivery service) of the committee’s decision within seven (7) working days

22) Department Head/Program Director/Course Director and Student/Resident are escorted out
of the hearing room

23) Ask all parties to remain in the area should amplification be needed

Executive Session
24) Return to the conference room.

25) Advise the committee of the various options that are available. (a. continue academic
dismissal or b. recommend the reinstatement of the student into the program with or
without conditions).

26) Ask that a motion be made.

27) Ask for a second to the motion

28) Open the floor for discussion

29) Vote on the motion.

30) Repeat 25-28 until a resolution is reached

Open Session
31) Thank the committee for meeting

32) Dismiss the department and student from the waiting area

33) Arrange for communication of outcome to all parties (department, university officials,
student/resident.)

Approved by SSP September 20, 2012

Approved by Graduate Dental Education Committee June 30, 2013

2 Appendix L
 Appendix M

Copy of the written material given to entering students, describing their rights and
responsibilities to the institution, program and faculty.

All entering students are given a packet which contains the following documents:

Blue Folder/Left Pocket

1. Getting started-memos to new residents—US and International
2. Department Roster
3. Department Phone and Address List
4. Key acceptance form
5. Demographic information form
6. Photo Icard form
7. Assistant to Head Business Card
8. Behavior Expectation Contract(two copies)
9. I-9 acceptable documents list
10. Conditional Hire Acknowledgement
11. Confidentiality Agreement
12. Drug Free Workplace
13. CBC form
14. UIC Orthodontic Faculty and Resident Dress Code
15. General Information for Incoming Postdoctoral Students
16. Orthodontics Program Goals and Objectives
17. UIC COD Mission Statement
18. Photo ID Form and Parking Letter
19. (Grad Year) Ortho PG Certificate Class List (from Blackboard-Academic Affairs)
20. Policy and Procedures for Promotion and Dismissal
21. Internal Clearance Form for Postgraduate Students (Graduation)
22. Withdrawal Form for Postgraduate Students (Graduation)
23. Postgraduate Compensation Program Letter
24. Student Financial Aid—most frequently asked questions
25. Student Insurance Coverage Information – CampusCare
26. Student Life Important Telephone Numbers
27. CampusCare FAQs
28. University Policy on Telephones and Usage
29. Excused Absence form
30. CTA-Ventra U-Pass Announcement
31. UIC&COD Tech Essentials

Center Spine—Weekly Schedule

Blue Folder/Right Pocket

32. Chair Arrangements with Resident Number
33. 2nd Floor Locker Assignments
34. Student Disciplinary Policy
35. Human Subjects Guide for Investigators and Research Staff
36. Orthodontics Brodie Room Rules, Library Policy

I:\Accreditation 2013\First day packet Revised: August 27, 2013 Appendix M

 37. Measuring Gauge from ABO
38. GAC International Ideal Arch
39. Office of Academic Affairs General Memo
40. Blackboard PG&Grad Student Resources
41. Academic Affairs FAQ
42. Journal of Clinical Orthodontics Subscription Form
43. Research @ UIC HIPPA Online Course Information
44. Getting Started Guide from OVCR website
45. Master of Science in Oral Sciences
46. Admissions Login web page Release [Link]
47. UIC COD M.S. Program in Oral Sciences Policy and Procedures (4 pages)
48. UIC Admissions How to Apply to UIC – Graduate Degree Programs (5 pages)
49. Thesis Publishing Cover Sheet
50. UIC Graduate College Electronic Thesis and Dissertation Step-By-Step Guide
51. COD Office of Research Memo – Guidelines on Authorship of Publications
52. Additional notes on Guidelines on Authorship of Publications
53. UIC Animal Care Training

I:\Accreditation 2013\First day packet Revised: August 27, 2013 Appendix M

December 19, 2012

Dear Dr. :

You have been selected for postgraduate study in the Advanced Program of Orthodontics at the
University of Illinois, College of Dentistry. Your official acceptance is contingent upon the following
points:

1. Submitting updated original official transcripts to the Department of Orthodontics. The

official transcripts will indicate all courses taken and the degree received from the registrants
of each college you have attended, both undergraduate and graduate including complete dental
transcripts. Please submit transcripts in sealed envelopes that have been obtained through the
registrar.

2. By February 15, 2013, please return to the UIC Department of Orthodontics a signed copy of
this letter and the Medical Immunization form.

3. Agreeing to register for the Master of Science in Oral Sciences degree program in the
Graduate College.

a. Please use this link for Domestic applicants and select fall 2013 term:
[Link]
_in=2GD.

b. For International Applicants, please use the following link and select fall 2013 term:
[Link]
_in=2GI.

4. Agreeing to apply to the Orthodontics Certificate Program. Please use the following link to
apply and select fall 2013 term:
[Link]
=2PR

5. Your application for a specialty training license including required supporting documents
should be returned to the Department of Orthodontics accompanied by your check for $150.00
no later than June 17, 2013. We will obtain the necessary signatures for the CA-DEN form
and mail it to Illinois Department of Professional Regulation. The application may be
Phone (312) 996-7138 • Fax (312) 996-0873 • [Link]/depts/dort/[Link]

3 Appendix M
 downloaded from: [Link] in the right column, click on
“Dentist, Temporary,” scroll down to “Temporary Dental Training License-Non Exam” and
complete the form. Don’t forget to attach your ED-DEN form with the necessary signatures
from your dental school.

You will be assessed tuition based on an estimated programmatic rate of $29,700, pending approval
by the Board of Trustees. Billing will occur in each of the 3 semesters. The rate for fall and spring is
estimated at $11,125 per semester and $7,416 for summer. Additional expenses in the first year
include university student fees totaling $4,000, camera, laptop, licensing and board exams,
memberships and estimated instrument costs of $9,300, etc.

The College has implemented a revenue sharing program, the Postgraduate Compensation Program,
which is intended to provide a source of income for eligible postgraduate residents in the Orthodontic
program. Under this program eligible students will have an opportunity to earn, on a semi-annual
basis, gross payments equaling 20% of their actual collections for clinical work performed in their
specialty clinics. There are no guarantees expressed or implied as to the amount of income a resident may
generate or the program may realize. This program is renewed annually and a decision of continuance
made by June 30th; the decision will be effective for classes entering on or after July 1.

Since we do not provide a stipend or tuition waiver, you may wish to apply for financial assistance to
help cover the cost of your education. Consideration for federal and/or state aid programs requires
applicants to complete the FAFSA beginning January 2013. For eligibility and further information
visit the UIC’s Office of Student Financial Aid WebPages ([Link]
You may also contact them at (312) 996-3126 or [Link]@[Link].

You should plan to immerse yourself in your studies. I especially want to emphasize that this course
of study requires a full-time commitment. In view of this, little, if any time, can be spent in outside
employment. We look forward to your arrival in the Department of Orthodontics on Monday, August
12, 2013 at 8:30 am! If you have any questions, please contact Ortho@[Link].

Sincerely,

Carla A. Evans, D.D.S., [Link]. -----------------------------------

Professor and Head Applicant signature and date

Encl: 1. Copy of this letter to be returned with signature and date

2. Medical immunization form

Phone (312) 996-7138 • Fax (312) 996-0873 • [Link]/depts/dort/[Link]

4 Appendix M
 AAMC/ADEA Dental Loan Organizer and Calculator
FACT SHEET
The Association of American Medical Colleges and the American Dental Education Association
(AAMC/ADEA) Dental Loan Organizer and Calculator (DLOC) is a new educational debt
management tool designed specifically for dental school students and residents. DLOC is
designed to help promote responsible borrowing and responsible repayment and should prove a
tremendous resource for borrowers who need help managing their student loans. DLOC provides
a secure location to both organize and track student loans while also providing repayment
information for borrowers under various repayment plans.

Benefits of DLOC

1. With DLOC, you can keep all your student loan borrowing in one electronic file.
2. With DLOC, you always know how much the loans you borrow each year will impact your
repayment amounts when you graduate.
3. With DLOC, you always know how much you have borrowed to date.
4. With DLOC, you get help choosing a repayment strategy that works best for you based on
your career goals and objectives.

Getting Started

1. To access the Dental Loan Organizer and Calculator, go to [Link]/GoDental.

2. Follow the simple instructions on the Home Page for first time users.
3. You can manually enter your student loan data or you can choose to export any federal
loans you already have that are listed at [Link] into the Dental Loan
Organizer and Calculator.

Important Reminders

1. Work closely with your school’s Financial Aid Office to ensure you do not miss any
important deadlines for grants, scholarships, and campus-based loan programs that may be
available, as this may help reduce the amount you have to borrow for dental school.
2. Don’t borrow more than you need.
3. Be sure you know your school’s financial aid budget (also called the Cost of Attendance) for
each year you borrow, and pay close attention to the monthly living allowance.

Questions and Comments

Send your questions and comments on the Dental Loan Organizer and Calculator
to FIRST@[Link].

5 Appendix M
 BEHAVIOR EXPECTATIONS OF ORTHODONTIC RESIDENTS
UIC DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS

I understand that teamwork is fundamental to orthodontic practice. I acknowledge that I received UIC’s Orthodontic Clinic Manual
and the College of Dentistry Clinic Manual and affirm that I will follow the manuals’ guidelines as written.

In particular, I agree to
• Follow the dress code and cleanliness rules, and present myself in a professional manner
• Follow clinical documentation, HIPAA/privacy, audit rules, and timelines for chart completion
• Follow library rules, lab rules, and the captain assignments as well as assist my class president in Department activities
• Communicate with patients, staff, faculty, and other residents in a timely and respectful manner

I understand that
• Full-time attendance each day is required, and I will record my full daily schedule in AxiUm™.
• Prior approval from the Department Head, Dr. Evans, is required for any absence or tardiness.
• The front desk should know where I am at all times during regular working hours.
• If I am ill, I will notify both the Business Office by telephone at (312-996-7505) and e-mail David at (dsrebr2@[Link])
before the day begins.
• Patient records are not my property and must remain under the control of the College of Dentistry.
• The AxiUm™ patient record is a legal document and everything I enter will be truthful.
• Because the Orthodontic Clinic is a specialty clinic and I do not have a license to practice orthodontics independently in
the State of Illinois, I must obtain the instructors’ approval and electronic signatures to document treatment I provide.
• If I disregard my role as a team member in UIC’s Orthodontic Clinic, I am likely to receive a failing grade in the
Orthodontic Clinic course – an event which will, at a minimum, prevent me from graduating from the orthodontic
specialty program on time. I must fulfill my responsibilities satisfactorily prior to having a clinic grade recorded – A
SECOND TERM WITH AN “INCOMPLETE” or “DEFERRED” GRADE IN ANY REQUIRED COURSE WILL
INITIATE THE PROCESS FOR DISMISSAL FROM THE PROGRAM.
• A “B” average is required for completion of the M.S. in Oral Sciences program.
• My research protocol is due by the end of the second semester of enrollment in the M.S. in Oral Sciences degree program
or I risk failing OSCI 598.
• Checkout for graduation from the orthodontic specialty program requires submission of my defended and revised M.S. or
Ph.D. thesis to the Graduate College. I will not be allowed to take my final clinical examinations unless my course,
patient, clinic, and research requirements are all satisfactorily completed.
• My personal possessions belong in my locker or desk and I recognize that if they are left behind in the Department, they
may be disposed of.
• All work will be my own or properly attributed where appropriate, and I will not plagiarize or be dishonest. I will not
expect staff, faculty, or other residents to do my assigned work for me.

I know that I can file complaints about the Specialty Program with the Commission on Dental Accreditation by mail to 211 East
Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611-2678 or by telephone to 1-800-621-8099, Ext. 4653.

I am aware that the Department encourages participation in the American Board of Orthodontics certification process and I give my
permission to have the ABO release my grades, quintile rankings, and performance on the examinations to the department.

__________________________8/12/2013 __________________________8/12/2013
Signature of orthodontic resident Signature of witness

__________________________8/12/2013 __________________________8/12/2013
Printed name of resident Printed name of witness

SIGN TWO COPIES (ONE TO KEEP AND ONE FOR THE DEPARTMENT’S FILE)

Revised: 8/8/2013 Appendix M

7 Appendix M
 UIC Orthodontic Faculty and Resident Dress Code

All faculty and residents are required to wear the appropriate dress that conforms to the UIC
Orthodontic Department dress code requirements. The Departmental dress code is designed
to project an air of professionalism.

Departmental Dress Code:

Professional Casual for Women:

Natural or synthetic fiber slacks or at least knee-length skirts
A collared blouse, sweater set, or conservative sweater
Consider wearing a stylish jacket over your top if the sleeves are short
Business style shoes
Open toe shoes not permitted
Light use of cosmetics

Professional Casual for Men:

Natural or blended fiber slacks

A collared, buttoned shirt with a tie
Black or brown shoes with heels and a matching belt
Open toe shoes not permitted
Dark socks

The dress code includes, but is not limited to, the following prohibitions: chains, body
piecing jewelry (except for tasteful ear rings), and writing on attire, jeans (denims), athletic
shoes, and shorts. Residents will be prohibited from rendering patient care when not in
conformity with the dress code. If you have doubts that the attire you’re wearing would meet
the professional dress code, it probably won’t. Ultimately, your dress should follow the
above outline of professional casual.

When you are performing lab work in the resident’s laboratory you should use an
appropriate cover-up of your own and not white doctor’s lab coats or disposable clinic
gowns. Residents are expected to wear a white coat when on rotation in the Craniofacial
Center. Faculty should wear white doctor’s lab coat over your professional attire when
supervising treatment in the orthodontic clinic.

Personal hygiene is most important and expected for a proper professional demeanor. That
would include use of deodorant, good oral health and unobtrusive breath. Hair should be
groomed in good taste and beards or mustaches must be neatly trimmed.

Revised 8/22/12

9 Appendix M
11 Appendix M
12 Appendix M
13 Appendix M
 Exhibit 1

AFFILIATIONS – Stroger Hospital

1.a. Official name of affiliate: Stroger Hospital (Oral and Maxillofacial Clinics), Cook
County Bureau of Health Services
(city, state) Chicago, IL

b. Length and purpose of the rotation (number of weeks, hours per week) :
Minimum requirement: One week, one half day (4 hours) in third year of program

c. Is the institution accredited by JCAHO?

X YES NO N/A

If another accrediting body, please list:

d. Distance from the affiliate to sponsoring institution: 0.2 (miles)

e. One-way commuting time: 15 minutes walking

f. Indicate why this institution was selected, the nature of training provided to students,
teaching staff responsible for conducting the program and supervising students at the
institution, and how these educational experiences supplement training received at the
sponsoring institution.

After we lost our access to UIC’s Center for Craniofacial Anomalies, the UIC ortho
postgrads were invited to observe patients who have trauma, tumors and craniofacial
anomalies at the Stroger (formerly Cook County) Hospital under the supervision of Dr.
Therese Galang, UIC Assistant Professor of Orthodontics. The students learn about hospital
procedures, team treatment, unusual conditions, and provision of care for underserved
populations. This rotation started early in 2011.

g. If affiliation agreements have not been updated to include this program, please
provide timetable for updating the agreement.

1 Exhibit 1
 Exhibit 1

AFFILIATIONS – Lurie Hospital

2. a. Official name of affiliate: Ann and Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of

Chicago of Northwestern University
(city, state) Chicago, IL

b. Length and purpose of the rotation (number of weeks, hours per week) :
Minimum requirement: Four weeks, one half day (4 hours) each week during second year of
program

c. Is the institution accredited by JCAHO?

X YES NO N/A

If another accrediting body, please list:

d. Distance from the affiliate to sponsoring institution: 5.0 (miles)

e. One-way commuting time: 30 minutes by car

f. Indicate why this institution was selected, the nature of training provided to students,
teaching staff responsible for conducting the program and supervising students at the
institution, and how these educational experiences supplement training received at the
sponsoring institution.

After we lost our access to UIC’s Center for Craniofacial Anomalies, arrangements were
made for UIC’s orthodontic postgraduate students to observe children having trauma,
tumors and craniofacial anomalies at Lurie Hospital under the supervision of Dr. Emily
Williams, UIC Clinical Assistant Professor of Orthodontics. The objective is to provide an
educational experience in the management of craniofacial anomalies in areas not currently
available at UIC:
1. Participation in a team setting in which cleft lip/palate and craniofacial anomalies are
treated by multiple medical and dental specialties.
2. Exploration of advanced imaging techniques.
3. Direct interaction with a pediatric dental residency training program.

g. If affiliation agreements have not been updated to include this program, please
provide timetable for updating the agreement.

2 Exhibit 1
 Exhibit 2

PROGRAM DIRECTOR

Please complete the following chart for all programs being reviewed at this time.

Name of Director’s Board Certified or Yr Number of Hrs/wk Number

Program First Init. & previously served Appointed to at Sponsoring of
Last Name as Program Position Institution – Hrs/wk
Director and Year Breakdown time Devoted
Appointed into following to
categories: Program
• administration
• teaching
• research
• other

Ortho- C. Evans ABO diplomate 1994 20 60

dontics 10
10
20

Exhibit 2
 Exhibit 3.1

TEACHING STAFF

On the table below, indicate the members of the teaching staff who are scheduled to devote
ONE-HALF DAY OR MORE PER WEEK specifically to the program. Indicate whether each
staff member listed is a general practitioner or specialist, the number of hours per week, and the
number of weeks per year devoted to the program. If the staff member is a specialist, indicate
the specialty and board status. Be sure to include the program director.

Board Hours Weeks

Discipline/ Percent Assignments
Name Academic Rank Status (If per per
Specialty Time *
Specialist) week year
Professor and Head
ABO
Evans, Carlotta of the Dept. of Orthodontics
diplomate
40 47 100 SC, T, PA
Orthodontics
ABO
Kusnoto, Budi Associate Professor Orthodontics
diplomate
40 47 100 SC, T, PA
ABO
Tsay, Peter Professor Orthodontics
diplomate
40 47 100 SC, T
ABO
Hohlt, William Clinical Professor Orthodontics
diplomate
40 47 100 SC, T
ABO
Galang, Therese Assistant Professor Orthodontics
diplomate
40 47 100 SC, T
Atsawasuwan, ABO
Phimon
Assistant Professor Orthodontics
diplomate
40 47 100 SC. T
Viana, Grace Biostatistician Biostatistics N/A 40 47 100 T
Clinical Associate ABO
Manasse, Robert
Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
24 47 60 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Voss, Lawrence
Professor
Orthodontics
eligible
20 47 50 SC, T
Associate Professor
BeGole, Ellen
Emeritus
Biostatistics N/A 16 47 40 T
Handelman, ABO
Chester
Clinical Professor Orthodontics
eligible
8 47 20 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Lippincott, Gary
Professor
Orthodontics
eligible
8 47 20 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
John, Ed
Professor
Orthodontics
eligible
8 47 20 SC, T
ABO
Muhl, Zane Professor Emeritus Orthodontics
eligible
8 47 20 T
Silberstein, Clinical Associate ABO
Robyn Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
4 47 10 SC, T
Jackson, Clinical Assistant ABO
Gregory Professor
Orthodontics
eligible
8 47 20 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Eltink, Anthony
Professor
Orthodontics
eligible
4 47 10 SC, T
Golden, Clinical Assistant ABO
Laurence Professor
Orthodontics
eligible
4 47 10 SC, T

1 Exhibits 3.1 & 3.2

 Board Hours Weeks
Discipline/ Percent Assignments
Name Academic Rank Status (If per per
Specialty Time *
Specialist) week year
Clinical Assistant ABO
Jo, Heekyoung
Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
4 47 10 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Kelsey, John
Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
4 47 10 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Kothari, Ashok
Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
4 47 10 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Yue, Isaac
Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
4 47 10 SC, T
Clinical Assistant ABO
Chwa, Kyint
Professor
Orthodontics
diplomate
4 47 10 SC, T
ABO
Haas, Andrew Clinical Professor Orthodontics
diplomate
4 11 5 T
TMD and
Greene, Charles Clinical Professor
Orofacial Pain
N/A 8 47 20 T
Professor (Oral
Diekwisch,
Thomas
Biology and Oral Biology N/A 40 47 100 T
Orthodontics
Associate Professor
Luan,
Xianghong
(Oral Biology and Oral Biology N/A 40 47 100 T
Orthodontics)

*Use the following codes to indicate assignments:

SC—Supervision of students in clinic

T—Teaching Didactic Sessions (lectures, seminars, courses)
PA—Program Administration

2 Exhibits 3.1 & 3.2

 Exhibit 4

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

For each item listed below, indicate whether the item is located within the dental clinic, outside
the dental clinic but readily accessible to it, or not available (check appropriate response).

Facilities, Capabilities/Equipment Within Clinic Readily Accessible Not Available

Intraoral radiographic facilities X
Extraoral radiographic facilities X
Dental laboratory facilities X
Operatories X
Staff offices X
Study areas X
Conference rooms X
Dental recovery area X
Sterilization capabilities: X
Autoclave
Ethylene oxide X
Dry heat X
Emergency drugs X
Emergency equipment: X
Oxygen under pressure
Suction X
Resuscitative equipment X

Exhibit 4
 Exhibit 5

SUPPORT STAFF

Indicate the number of positions and total number of hours per week devoted to the program. If
individuals listed are assigned to other activities, indicate this also.

Type of Support Staff ORTHODONTICS

Dental Assistants
Number of Positions 4
Total # Hours/week 150
Dental Hygiene
Number of Positions 1 (currently unfilled)
Total # Hours/week 40
Secretarial/Clerical
Number of Positions 1
Total # Hours/week 40
Fiscal clerks/reception
Number of Positions 2
Total # Hours/week 75

1 Exhibit 5
 Exhibit 6

Students’ Total Program Time

Indicate the percentage of the students’ total program time devoted to:

didactics 20 %

clinical activities 60 %

research activities 15 %

teaching 5 %

other (specify) %

Total 100 = 100%

Exhibit 6
 Exhibit 7

Sample Postgraduate Students’ Schedules

1 Exhibit 7
2 Exhibit 7
3 Exhibit 7
4 Exhibit 7
 Exhibit 8

Biomedical Sciences

Are students required to take formal courses?

 Yes No

If YES, list the title of each course, year offered, number of credit hours and, if applicable,
name of affiliated institution providing the instruction.

See next page:

Exhibit 8
Exhibit 8
 Exhibit 11.1 – Questions 50-53e

Clinical Sciences

Indicate how training is provided in each of the required subject areas of clinical sciences
identified in the Standards.

Clinical proficiencies Course/Rotation Year Clock Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness
Title Hours of experience
50a Develop treatment ORTD 615 PG-1 200 Y Outside examiners noted
plans Diagnostic that more alternative
Procedures treatment plans (more
extraction variations)
ORTD 610, 620, PG-1, Y should be considered. We
630 Orthodontic 2, 3 have increased the
Clinic emphasis on alternative
treatment plans at our
OSUR 532 PG-1 Y seminars.
Diagnosis and
Treatment
Planning in
Orthognathic
Surgery
50b Use the concepts in ORTD 513 PG-2 10 Y Y This is important
embryology and Craniofacial foundation knowledge for
genetics Growth and the Craniofacial
Development Anomalies seminars and
clinic rotations in the
ORTD 524, 525 Craniofacial Center
Craniofacial
Anomalies
50c Include knowledge ANAT 544 PG-1 100 Y Y Didactic material provides
of anatomy and Advanced Oral (labora a solid foundation for
histology Anatomy tory) clinical treatment.
Postgraduate students rate
ORTD 513 PG-1 Y ORTD 513 as their best
Craniofacial course.
Growth and
Development

OSCI 534 Dental PG-1 Y

and Medical
Anthropology
within Human
Evolution

OMDS 617 PG-1 Y

Radiology for the
Dental Specialist

1 Exhibit 11.1
Clinical proficiencies Course/Rotation Year Clock Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness
Title Hours of experience
50d Apply knowledge ORTD 610, 620, PG-1, 10 Y Y This occurs whenever
about pathology of oral 630 Orthodontic 2, 3 clinical examinations
tissues Clinic and/or radiographs are
employed in formulating
ORTD 595 PG-1, 15 treatment plans, assessing
Seminar in 2, 3 treatment progress, and
Orthodontics reviewing treatment
results.
OMDS 503 PG-1 15 First year students have a
Graduate Oral specialist level online oral
Pathology pathology course.
51 Comprehensive ORTD 610, 620, PG-1, 2000 Y Graduates are confident
clinical experience 630 Orthodontic 2, 3 and their employers say
Clinic they are safe and
trustworthy new
practitioners.
52 Treatment of all ORTD 595 PG-1, 300 Y Case presentations
malocclusions Seminar on 2, 3 (initial, progress, and
Orthodontics final) by students and
faculty on a regular basis
ORTD 610, 620, PG-1,
630 Orthodontic 2, 3
Clinic

53a Interdisciplinary ORTD 667 PG-2 40 Y Material is covered also in

treatment plans Orthodontic- multidisciplinary
Periodontic seminars, but
Relationships postgraduate students ask
for more seminars
OSUR 532 PG-1 Y attended by all
Diagnosis and departments. These
Treatment seminars are difficult to
Planning in schedule.
Orthognathic
Surgery
53b Treat developing ORTD 595 PG-1, 30 Y Early treatment seminars
problems Seminar on 2, 3 with Pediatric Dentistry
Orthodontics faculty and postgraduate
students
53c Use dentofacial ORTD 610, 620, PG-1, 100 Y Y Postgraduate students are
orthopedics 630 Orthodontic 2, 3 able to employ growth
Clinic modification when
appropriate
53d Treat dentofacial Lurie craniofacial 20 Postgraduate students
abnormalities rotation participate in care of
craniofacial patients and
Stroger rotation understand the value of a
team approach.

2 Exhibit 11.1
Clinical proficiencies Course/Rotation Year Clock Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness
Title Hours of experience
53e Provide all phases ORTD 610, 620, PG-1, 2000 Y Cases assigned to
of orthodontic 630 Orthodontic 2, 3 postgraduate students are
treatment Clinic representative of
orthodontic problems seen
in private practice.

3 Exhibit 11.1
 Exhibit 11.1 - Questions 53f - o

Clinical Sciences

Indicate how training is provided in each of the required subject areas of clinical sciences
identified
in the Standards.

Clinical proficiencies Course/Rotation Year Clock Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness of
Title Hours experience
53f Use contemporary ORTD 611 PG-1 100 Y Y Each year we have modified
orthodontic technique Orthodontic (laboratory the course so that so that new
Technique also) postgraduate students get a
quicker start in the clinic.
ORTD 610, 620, PG-
630 Orthodontic 1, 2, Y
Clinic 3

53g Manage functional OMDS 632 TMJ PG-2 40 Y Y (role- Because the TMD rotation
occlusal/TMD Disorders playing) was eliminated, Dr. Greene is
now conducting role-playing
sessions.
53h Treat orthodontic ORTD 610, 620, PG- 100 Y All adult patients are carefully
aspects of patients with 630 Orthodontic 1, 2, screened for the presence of
periodontal problems Clinic 3 periodontal conditions.
Referral for periodontal
supervision and/or treatment is
made whenever necessary.
53i Develop treatment ORTD 595 PG- 150 Y We have greatly increased our
plans using sound Seminar on 1, 2, emphasis on biomechanics
principles of appliance Orthodontics 3 since the last accreditation. Dr.
design and Hohlt is now full-time and
biomechanics ORTD 615 PG-1 Drs. Pakravan and Yue lead a
Diagnostic biomechanics course in the
Procedures second semester.
(biomechanics)
53j Obtain long term ORTD 615 PG-1 10 Y Y These skills are taught in this
files of quality images Diagnostic course; they are employed on
Procedures a daily basis in the clinic.
Both radiographs and clinic
photographs are obtained in a
digital format. Evaluation of
retention records required for
graduation.
53k Use dental ORTD 611 PG-1 50 Y These skills are taught in this
materials Orthodontic course and by visiting
Technique materials scientists; they are
employed on a daily basis in
the clinic.
53l Develop system of ORTD 610, 620, PG- 50 The patient record is now
long-term treatment 630 Orthodontic 1, 2, entirely digital form.

4 Exhibit 11.1
Clinical proficiencies Course/Rotation Year Clock Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness of
Title Hours experience
records Clinic 3 Postgraduate students scan
older photographs,
radiographs, and models for
use in case presentations.
53m Practice ethical ORTD 610, 620, PG- 10 Y Y Additional counseling has
behavior 630 Orthodontic 1, 2, been required in certain
Clinic 3 instances

ORTD 595 8 Y N Ethics curriculum with

Seminar on hypothetical situations
Orthodontics
53n Manage patients in ORTD 610, 620, PG- 10 Y Instructors give suggestions
orthodontic treatment 630 Orthodontic 1, 2,
procedures Clinic 3

53o Study literature of ORTD 595 PG- 50 Y Postgraduate students present

this field Seminar on 1, 2, comprehensive reviews of
Orthodontics 3 literature on assigned topics.
At least monthly,
ORTD 537 biostatisticians appointed in
Biostatistics the Department of
Applied to Orthodontics lead seminars on
Craniofacial use of statistics in research and
Research publishing.
Note: All seminar courses in
this program rely primarily on
articles in the periodical
literature for reading
assignments. The assigned
original articles are upload on
Blackboard so that time is not
wasted looking for the reading
assignments.

5 Exhibit 11.1
 Exhibit 11.2 – Questions 54a - n

Clinical Sciences

Indicate how training is provided in each of the required subject areas of clinical sciences
identified in the Standards.

Familiarity Course Title Year Hours Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness of
experience
54a Biostatistics OSCI 541 PG-1 50 Y Graduate course for
Biostatistics foundation knowledge.

ORTD 537 PG- Overview of typical study

Biostatistics 1, 2, design, measurement and
Applied to 3 analysis in orthodontic
Craniofacial research. Practical application
Research of foundation knowledge in
MS thesis work.
54b Orthodontic ORTD 595 PG- 3 Y Comprehensive review of
history Seminar on 1, 2, relevant literature presented by
Orthodontics 3 postgraduate students or
faculty.
54c Jurisprudence ORTD 595 PG- 3 Y Assigned readings, videotapes,
Seminar on 1, 2, outside speakers maintain
Orthodontics 3 awareness in department
54d Oral Physiology ANAT 544 PG-1 20 Y Biomechanical aspects of the
Advanced Oral masticatory apparatus
Anatomy

Lurie craniofacial Practical information about

rotation feeding, breathing, speech
54e Pain and Anxiety ORTD 513 PG-1 2 Y Effects of medication on tooth
Control Craniofacial movement and orofacial pain
Growth and
Development

OMDS 623 TMJ PG-2 2 Y

Disorders

ORTD 610, 620, PG- 4 Y Practical application of

630 Orthodontic 1, 2, knowledge
Clinic 3

1 Exhibit 11.2
 Familiarity Course Title Year Hours Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness of
experience
54f Pediatrics ORTD 513 PG-1 10 Y Courses cover somatic and
Craniofacial emotional growth and
Growth and development.
Development

ORTD 524, 525 PG-2 1 Pediatrician lectures in Ortd

Cranifacial 524, 525
Anomalies

Lurie craniofacial 4 Practical application of

rotation knowledge
54g Periodontics ORTD 667 PG-2 15 Y Course attended by
Orthodontic- postgraduate student and
Periodontic faculty orthodontists and
Relationships periodontists

54h Pharmacology ORTD 595 PG- 5 Y Topics relevant to orthodontic

Seminar in 1, 2, practice are covered.
Orthodontics 3
54i Preventive ORTD 595 PG- 5 Y Topics relevant to orthodontic
Dentistry Seminar in 1, 2, practice are covered.
Orthodontics 3
54j Psychological ORTD 513 PG-1 6 Y Overview of psychological
Aspects Craniofacial development presented by
Growth and clinical psychologist, Dr.
Development Michael Stone

54k Public Health ORTD 595 PG- 5 Topics relevant to orthodontic

Aspects Seminar in 1, 2, practice are covered
Orthodontics 3
54l Speech Pathology ORTD 524 PG-2 6 Y Y Two seminars on speech and
and Therapy Craniofacial audiology. Postgraduate
Anomalies students observe speech,
language, and hearing
evaluations during the Lurie
craniofacial rotation
54m Practice ORTD 595 PG- 20 Y Outside speakers and faculty
Management Seminar in 1, 2, lead discussions. Off-hours
Orthodontics 3 visits to private practices are
arranged when requested.
Illinois Society of PG- 21 Y The students meet orthodontic
Orthodontists 1, 2, practitioners and listen to
meetings 3 expert speakers.

2 Exhibit 11.2
 Familiarity Course Title Year Hours Seminar Clinic Scope and effectiveness of
experience
54n Variety of ORTD 611 PG-1 50 Y Y Techniques taught focus on
recognized techniques Orthodontic several “flavors” of Edgewise:
Technique • Standard appliance
• Preadjusted appliance
• Bioprogressive
• Segmented arch
• Haas RPE and
tandem mechanics
• Bi-dimensional
technique
• Self-ligation
Additionally, postgraduate
students take the Invisalign™
course, use the Damon™
bracket, Wilson Lingual arch
technique, Tweed philosophy,
and functionals such as
Frankel and bionator
appliances.

3 Exhibit 11.2